Professional Documents
Culture Documents
S e r v i c e M a n u a l Ve r . 1 . 1
DocuCentre SC2020
Service Manual Ver.1.1
Issued : May. 2014
● This service manual covers the following ● Revision and Modification Information
models When design changes or revisions relating to
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. this service manual occur, the overseas
・ DocuCentre SC2020 technical information or overseas service
bulletin may be issued as supplementary
information until such changes are
●Confidentiality accommodated in the updated version of this
This service manual is issued intending use by service manual.
maintenance service personnel authorized by
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. Copying, transferring or Caution Important changes including
leasing this manual without prior consent by revisions of spare part numbers and
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. is prohibited. adjustment specifications must
When this service manual becomes not in use, immediately be reflected on the
uninstall it on the PC and destroy the print by respective pages of this manual.
burning or shredding it.
Handle with care to avoid loss or damage of
the manual.
Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. Solution Service & Operational Management CS Dept.
MMC Bldg.
3-6-1, Minato Mirai, Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi, Kanagawa, JAPAN 220-0012
Updating Procedure:
Purpose
Used to describe the purposes of Adjustment and Troubleshooting.
Terminology
Table 1 Terminology
Terminology Description
Assy Means Assembly.
TEC Value Abbreviation of Typical Electricity Consumption, which means the standard
power consumption. Read as 'tec'.
For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the regula-
tions regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete component unit must be replaced. It
must never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall be strictly prohibited
because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.
Important Information Stored Component (ISC)
This component stores all the important customer information that is input after the installation. When
performing replacement, follow the procedures in 'Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment' to
replace/discard. Make absolutely sure that no customer information gets leaked outside.
3. Heavy Parts • APO/GCO: ’Safe Working Practices for Engineers’ published by FX Solution/Service Operation
Headquarters, CS Division PS Division & APO RTS
Always work in a pair when removing or installing heavy parts as shown below.
• One Tray Module (STM):11kg
4. Safety Device
See that safety devices for preventing mechanical accidents, such as fuses, circuit breakers, inter-
lock switches, etc., and those for protecting customers from injury, such as panels and covers, func-
tion properly. Modifications that hinder the function of any safety devices are strictly prohibited.
5. Installing and Removing Parts
The edge of parts and covers may be sharp, take care not to touch them. Be careful not to touch
those parts, and wipe off any oil that may have adhered to your fingers or hands before servicing.
When removing parts, cables, and etc. do not pull them out by force but remove them slowly.
6. Battery
Do not replace the battery by yourself.
• The battery may produce heat, blow out, or catch fire if the terminal comes in contact with the
other metal and short-circuits. If the battery alone is to be collected, be sure to cover the termi-
nal with a adhesive insulating tape, etc.
• If the battery is attached on the PWB or other part, put it in the packing material (bag or box) of
the part to be replaced for collection.
7. Specified Tools
Follow the instruction when a tool is specified.
8. Cleaning the Toner and Developer
As the toner can be explosive, sweep or brush the spilled toner into a container for collecting the
sweepings.
Clean away the remaining toner with a damp cloth or use an FX standard vacuum cleaner that is
toner-tolerant. Never use the customer’s vacuum cleaner.
Do the same when cleaning the Developer because it also contains some toner.
9. Organic Solvents
When using an organic solvent such as the Drum Cleaner or Machine Cleaner, pay attention to the
following:
• Ensure good ventilation in the room to prevent too much inhalation of solvent fumes.
• Do not use heated solvent.
• Keep it away from fire.
(3) Select [Error History] in System Administrator Mode and press [Print].
NOTE: When replacing parts that will incur cost to the customer, obtain the customer's agreement
before performing the replacement.
NOTE: When replacing parts that will incur cost to the customer, obtain the customer's agreement
before performing the replacement.
3. Perform TRIM Service.
1.3 Detailed Contents of the Service Call 1.4 TRIM Check List
1.3.1 Initial Actions C: Perform checking. Clean, replace, or feed if necessary.
1. Ask the operator(s) about the machine condition. O: Always perform cleaning and checking.
• How often and where do paper jams have been occurring recently *: Always perform replacement service at the specified interval.
• How is the copy quality
Table 1
2. Record the copy meter readings.
3. Inspect any error copies, then check the machine. Every
No. Servicing Items time Service Details
4. Check the print samples from previous service calls and the Service Log.
1.1 Pre-servicing Check C • Activate the machine and check that abnormal noise is
(Check the machine oper- not heard.
1.3.2 Checking Reproducibility of Problem ation sound)
1. Check the problem status by performing the Level 1 Troubleshooting in [Chapter 2 Troubleshoot- 1.2 Pre-servicing Check C • Make several sheets of copies using the Test Chart
ing]. (Copy and print the Test (499T 00247), then check the quality of the copies.
2. Perform the applicable Level 2 Troubleshooting FIP in [Chapter 2 Troubleshooting]. Chart)
3. If there are no applicable items, troubleshoot by referring to [Chapter 7 BSD]. 2 Clean the interior of the C • Clean any paper dust and toner residue in the paper
machine path and on the jam sensor.
(Clean the paper transport • Especially, clean the operation section of the operator
1.3.3 Checking Copy Quality system) carefully.
1. Make several sheets of copies using the Test Chart (499T 00247), then check the quality of the cop-
ies. 3 Cleaning the IIT C • Clean the Platen Glass surface and the Platen Cushion
with the optical cleaning cloth.
• Clean the Reflector, back of the Platen Glass, mirrors
1.3.4 TRIM Servicing and lens with the optical cleaning cloth.
Perform TRIM servicing during a service call to maintain the machine performance. 4 Clean the DADF C • Clean the Feed Roll, Nudger Roll, and Retard Roll with
a cloth that has been wrung dry.
1. Follow the TRIM Check List to perform the required TRIM items.
• Clean the DADF Platen Glass with the optical cleaning
2. Check for parts that require periodical cleaning/replacement (consumables, parts) by referring to the cloth.
TRIM Chec List, the Periodic Replacement Parts/Consumables List, and the Maintenance Report, 5 Safety Check O • Make sure that the power plug is plugged in properly.
and clean them if necessary. If a replacement is done, make sure that you enter the CE Mode and
• Make sure that the power cords are not cracked and no
use Printer Diag > Parameter > Life to clear the applicable counter(s).
wires are exposed.
• Make sure that no extension cord with insufficient
length or power cord outside the specification, such as
an off-the-shelf power strip, is being used.
• Make sure that a single socket does not have multiple
power plugs plugged into it.
6.1 Post-servicing check C • Make several sheets of copies using the Test Chart
(Copy Quality Check) (499T 00247), then check if the quality satisfies the
specification.
6.2 Post-servicing check C • Check the paper feed and abnormal noise.
(Check the machine oper-
ation)
6.3 Post-servicing check C • Create the Service Log and Service Report.
(Check the meter)
1.5 Periodic Replacement Parts/Consumables List Table 1
When servicing, check the number of copies and number of fed sheets for the consumables and parts Replacement
that require periodical cleaning/replacement. Clean or replace them if necessary. For the history, enter No Parts/Consumables Name/PL No. Interval Description
CE Mode and go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life Print to check the coressponding counters (6.4.12.2 8 Deve Unit 38KPV 38KPV is calculated with A4L 100%.
Life Print). (PL 5.1) Life Evaluation Condition: The stan-
dard life level (PV) is shown under
For the items that cannot be checked in CE Mode, clean or replace them according to the replacement the following conditions since it dif-
intervals (standard PV). fers according to the number of
Power On/Off, adjustments to main-
CAUTION tain print quality, specification envi-
Do not place the imaging materials, such as the Toner and the Drum, in the car for a long time. ronment, etc.
B-Zone environment, AMPV=4KPV,
NOTE: Clean the Platen Glass with a Platen Wax Cleaner 499D 00194 (194D) every 10K Feeds. Job size=2, AC=5%, YMCK: Each
color 5%
Table 1
[GCO] Do not stop when life span is
Replacement reached.
No Parts/Consumables Name/PL No. Interval Description [Other] Stop at Dead End (50KPV).
Switching possible in NVM setting.
1 Fusing Unit 100KPV or IOT 100KPV is calculated with A4L
(PL 7.1) resistance welding 100%. Default is Stop. Notify with warning
before development life is reached.
time of
18,000,000sec 9 DADF Feed Roll/Nudger Roll 200KPV Count up 1 with 1 Document Feed
(PL 56.5) Replace the Feed Roll, Nudger Roll,
2 Tray 1 Feed Roll / Retard Pad 50KFeed 1 Feed = 1 Count Up.
(PL 9.2) Replace both at the same time. DADF Retard Pad and Retard Pad at the same time.
(PL 56.13)
3 MSI Feed Roll/MSI Nudger Roll/MSI 50KFeed 1 Feed = 1 Count Up. NOTE: Clean the Platen Glass with a
Retard Pad Replace all 3 at the same time. Platen Wax Cleaner 499D 00914
(PL 13.3) (194D) every 10K Feeds.
4 Tray 2 Feed Roll/Nudger Roll/Retard 300KFeed 1 Feed = 1 Count Up. 10 Drum Cartridge BW 89.6KPV equiv- Configuration similar to CRU (The
Pad (PL 8.1) alent (700K Cycle) worker basically is an engineer but
(PL 10.3) FC 68.2KPV equiv- can request work to the user. Drivers
5 Tray 2 Retard Pad 50KFeed 1 Feed = 1 Count Up. alent (700K Cycle) available. Instructions included).
(PL 10.3) Drum Cartridge for APO is CRU.
6 IBT Belt Unit (Includes IBT Belt 120KPV 120KPV is calculated with A4L 11 Odor Filter 120KPV Individual support kit.
Cleaner) 100%. (PL 19.1)
(PL 6.1)
7 2nd BTR Roll 120KPV 120KPV is calculated with A4L
(PL 6.1) 100%.
016-734 Download Signature Error ................................................................................ 28 024-958 MSI Paper Size Mismatch................................................................................ 36
016-737 Download Format Error .................................................................................... 28 024-959 Tray 1 No Suitable Paper................................................................................. 36
016-741 Download Protect Error .................................................................................... 28 024-960 Tray 2 No Suitable Paper................................................................................. 37
016-742 Download ID Error............................................................................................ 28 024-963 MSI No Suitable Paper .................................................................................... 37
016-743 Download Range Error..................................................................................... 28 024-965 Auto Paper Error .............................................................................................. 37
016-744 Download Check Sum Error............................................................................. 28 024-966 Auto Paper Error (both sides) .......................................................................... 37
016-745 Download header Error .................................................................................... 28 024-970 Tray 1 Paper Size Switch Error........................................................................ 37
016-746 Prohibit Error .................................................................................................... 28 024-971 Tray 2 Paper Size Switch Error........................................................................ 37
016-757 Auditron - Invalid User...................................................................................... 28
016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function ............................................................................ 29 CHAIN 27
016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit.................................................................................. 29 027-446 IPv6 duplicate .................................................................................................. 39
016-764 SMTP Server Connection Error........................................................................ 29 027-452 IPv4 duplicate .................................................................................................. 39
016-765 SMTP Server HD Full....................................................................................... 29 CHAIN 31
016-766 SMTP Server File System Error ....................................................................... 29
031-521 SMB Login Error .............................................................................................. 41
016-767 Invalid Recipient Email Address....................................................................... 29 031-522 SMB user authentication fail or SMB Scanner login fail................................... 41
016-768 Invalid Sender Address (Login Error) ............................................................... 29
031-523 Problem with share name in SMB scan server ................................................ 41
016-786 Data Send/Receive Timeout Error ................................................................... 29
031-524 SMB Scan User Over limit ............................................................................... 41
016-790 F2N Module Starting-up ................................................................................... 29 031-525 SMB Error ........................................................................................................ 41
016-799 Job Environment Violation................................................................................ 30
031-526 SMB Scan Host Name Resolution Fail ............................................................ 41
016-985 Mail Size Error.................................................................................................. 30
031-527 SMB Scan DNS Server Not Set....................................................................... 42
016-986 File Size Error................................................................................................... 30 031-528 In SMB scan, server connection error.............................................................. 42
CHAIN 17 031-529 SMB Scan DNS Server Not Set....................................................................... 42
017-600 Address Info Sum Check Fail........................................................................... 31 031-530 Problem with storage location of scanned image in SMB scan server ............ 42
017-970 FAX Memory Full.............................................................................................. 31 031-531 Couldn't get file/folder name of SMB scan server ............................................ 42
017-971 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 31 031-532 Suffix of SMB scan file name/folder name is over limit .................................... 42
017-972 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 31 031-533 SMB Scan File Creation Fail ............................................................................ 43
017-973 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 31 031-534 SMB Scan Folder Creation Fail ....................................................................... 43
017-974 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 31 031-535 SMB Scan File Deletion Fail ............................................................................ 43
017-975 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 31 031-536 SMB Scan Folder Deletion Fail ........................................................................ 43
017-976 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 32 031-537 No free space in storage location on SMB scan data server ........................... 43
017-977 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 32 031-539 Invalid SMB server (Net BIOS) name is specified ........................................... 43
017-978 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 32 031-540 SMB protocol error(4-007)Invalid scan domain name is specified................... 44
017-979 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 32 031-541 SMB protocol error (4-008)Invalid scan user name is specified ...................... 44
017-980 Report File Open/Close Error........................................................................... 32 031-542 SMB(TCP/IP) is not active ............................................................................... 44
017-983 EEPROM R/W Error......................................................................................... 32 031-543 SMB protocol error(4-045)Scan login prohibited time ...................................... 44
017-986 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 32 031-544 SMB protocol error(4-046) Password expired.................................................. 44
017-987 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 33 031-545 SMB protocol error(4-047) Password change is required ................................ 44
017-988 Scan Time Out ................................................................................................. 33 031-546 SMB protocol error(4-048)User is invalid ......................................................... 45
017-989 FAX Controller Error......................................................................................... 33 031-547 SMB protocol error(4-049)Lock-out ................................................................. 45
031-548 SMB protocol error(4-050)User is expired ....................................................... 45
CHAIN 24 031-549 SMB protocol error(4-051)User is restricted. Null pass-word is prohibited ...... 45
024-340 IOT Firmware Error .......................................................................................... 35 031-550 SMB Scan Append Command Fail .................................................................. 45
024-348 MCU Fatal Error ............................................................................................... 35 031-551 SMB Scan Rename Command Fail ................................................................. 45
024-360 MCU Down Load Error ..................................................................................... 35 031-552 In SMB scan, Cancel is selected for processing in the case of file name duplication, and job is can-
024-362 IOT Start Image Marking Timeout .................................................................... 35 celled because of file name duplication .......................................................................... 46
024-371 IOT-ESS Communication Fail .......................................................................... 35 031-574 FTP Scan Host Name Resolution Fail ............................................................. 46
024-910 Tray 1 Paper Size Mismatch ............................................................................ 35 031-575 FTP Scan DNS Server Not Set........................................................................ 46
024-911 Tray 2 Paper Size Mismatch ............................................................................ 35 031-576 Server Connection Error in FTP Scan ............................................................. 46
024-946 Tray 1 Detached............................................................................................... 36 031-578 FTP Scan Login Name or Password Error....................................................... 46
024-947 Tray 2 Detached............................................................................................... 36 031-579 Problem with Location FTP-scanned Image is Saved in ................................. 46
031-580 Fail to get file name/folder name of FTP scan server ...................................... 46 033-766 Target File Opening ......................................................................................... 53
031-581 Suffix of FTP scan file name/folder name is over limit ..................................... 46 033-767 MMR MN86064 Decode Error.......................................................................... 54
031-582 FTP Scan File Creation Fail ............................................................................. 47 033-768 AT Move Counter Over .................................................................................... 54
031-584 FTP Scan Folder Creation Fail......................................................................... 47 033-769 JBIG NEWLEN Marker Error............................................................................ 54
031-585 FTP Scan File Deletion Fail ............................................................................. 47 033-770 YD Error ........................................................................................................... 54
031-587 FTP Scan Folder Deletion Fail ......................................................................... 47 033-771 Abort Marker Error ........................................................................................... 54
031-588 FTP Scan Server Data Write Fail..................................................................... 47 033-772 Undefined Marker Error.................................................................................... 54
031-590 FTP Error ......................................................................................................... 47 033-773 BIH Error .......................................................................................................... 54
031-594 FTP Scan TYPE Command Fail (Network Error)............................................. 47 033-774 FAX TX Encode Output Buffer Over ................................................................ 55
031-595 FTP Scan PORT Command Fail (Network Error) ............................................ 47 033-775 FAX RX Encode Output Buffer Over................................................................ 55
031-598 FTP Scan Append Command Fail ................................................................... 47 033-776 SCAN Encode Output Buffer Over................................................................... 55
031-599 FTP Scan Rename Command Fail .................................................................. 48 033-777 FAX RX Decode Input Buffer Over .................................................................. 55
033-779 Log File Create Fail.......................................................................................... 55
CHAIN 33 033-782 NSS/DCS Function disagreement.................................................................... 55
033-500 FAX RX JPEG Data Limit Over........................................................................ 49 033-784 Fax Codec Error............................................................................................... 55
033-501 Fax Codec Error............................................................................................... 49 033-786 Fax Codec Error............................................................................................... 56
033-502 File Open Error................................................................................................. 49 033-787 Fax Memory Error ............................................................................................ 56
033-503 Memory Full ..................................................................................................... 49 033-788 Fax Memory Full .............................................................................................. 56
033-510 Fax Codec Error............................................................................................... 49 033-789 Fax Job Canceled ............................................................................................ 56
033-511 Fax Codec Error............................................................................................... 49 033-790 Fax Job Canceled ............................................................................................ 56
033-512 Fax Communication Error ................................................................................ 49 033-791 Fax Job Canceled ............................................................................................ 56
033-513 Fax Communication Error ................................................................................ 49 033-795 FAX Send Count Limit...................................................................................... 56
033-514 JPEG DNL/SOF0 Error .................................................................................... 50 033-799 Fax Codec Error............................................................................................... 56
033-515 JBIG NF Error .................................................................................................. 50
033-516 JPEG EOI Error................................................................................................ 50 CHAIN 34
033-517 DFAX Password Error...................................................................................... 50 034-508 Command Refuse Signal Send........................................................................ 59
033-518 DFAX Fax Country is not set correctly ............................................................. 50 034-515 DIS DCS Illegal Command Receive................................................................. 59
033-519 DFAX Fax Function is not available ................................................................. 50 034-791 Check Line Connection .................................................................................... 59
033-520 JBF_ERROR_CALLBACK ............................................................................... 50 034-799 No Dial Data..................................................................................................... 59
033-521 JBF_ERROR_MARKER_ABORT .................................................................... 50
033-522 JBF_ERROR_MARKER_UNKNOWN ............................................................. 51 CHAIN 35
033-523 JBF_ERROR_MARKER_NOT_FOUND .......................................................... 51 035-701 Send T1 Time Out............................................................................................ 61
033-524 JBF_ERROR_MARKER_BAD_ATMOVE........................................................ 51 035-702 Receive DCN ................................................................................................... 61
033-525 JBF_ERROR_MARKER_BAD_NEWLEN........................................................ 51 035-704 Not Send Ability................................................................................................ 61
033-526 JBF_ERROR_BIH............................................................................................ 51 035-705 DCS/NSS Resend Over ................................................................................... 61
033-573 E-mail Sending Error........................................................................................ 51 035-706 Fall Back Error ................................................................................................. 61
033-751 Over Run.......................................................................................................... 51 035-708 Post Message Resend Over ............................................................................ 61
033-752 During Call Busy Tone ..................................................................................... 51 035-709 G3 Send RTN/PIN Receive.............................................................................. 62
033-753 CJ Not Detection .............................................................................................. 52 035-710 Receive PIN ..................................................................................................... 62
033-754 V8 Error............................................................................................................ 52 035-716 T2 Time Out ..................................................................................................... 62
033-755 Phase2 Error .................................................................................................... 52 035-717 G3 Receive RTN Send..................................................................................... 62
033-756 Phase3 Error .................................................................................................... 52 035-718 Receive T1 Time Out ....................................................................................... 62
033-757 Primary Channel Synchronization Error........................................................... 52 035-720 Not Receive Ability ........................................................................................... 62
033-758 Control Channel Synchronization Error............................................................ 52 035-728 G3 EOL Not Receive........................................................................................ 63
033-759 Control Channel Retrain Error.......................................................................... 52 035-729 Career Cut........................................................................................................ 63
033-760 Control Channel OFF Time Out ....................................................................... 53 035-730 RS Request CS NOT ON................................................................................. 63
033-761 Primary Channel OFF Time Out ...................................................................... 53 035-737 CTC/EOR Resend Over................................................................................... 63
033-762 DM Prevention Function Receive Refuse ........................................................ 53 035-739 T5 Time Out ..................................................................................................... 63
033-763 Manual Transmission Read Manuscript Not Do............................................... 53 035-740 ECM Send EOR-Q Send.................................................................................. 63
033-764 Draw Data Create Not Do ................................................................................ 53 035-742 ECM Receive EOR-Q Receive ........................................................................ 64
033-765 File Pointer Error .............................................................................................. 53 035-746 Before Dial Tone .............................................................................................. 64
035-779 FAX FWD document change error ................................................................... 64 062-956 Not-Supported Doc Size Platen ....................................................................... 79
035-781 Target Fax Busy ............................................................................................... 64
035-792 JM Not Detection.............................................................................................. 64 CHAIN 71
035-793 Digital Line Detection ....................................................................................... 64 071-105 Regi. Sensor On Jam (Tray 1) ......................................................................... 81
071-211 Tray 1 Sensor Fail............................................................................................ 81
CHAIN 41
041-340 IOT NVRAM Error ............................................................................................ 65 CHAIN 72
041-347 IOT I/F Failure .................................................................................................. 65 072-100 Tray2 Miss Feed Jam ...................................................................................... 83
041-388 Marking Logic Fail ............................................................................................ 65 072-105 Regi. Sensor On Jam (Tray 2) ......................................................................... 83
072-211 IOT Option Feeder 2 Failure ............................................................................ 83
CHAIN 42 072-461 Tray 2 Lift Up NG ............................................................................................. 83
042-313 IOT Fan Motor Failure ...................................................................................... 67
042-325 (01h) Main Motor Fail ....................................................................................... 67 CHAIN 75
042-325 (02h) YMC Link Sensor Fail ............................................................................. 67 075-101 Regi. Sensor On Jam (MSI) ............................................................................. 85
042-326 Sub Motor Fail .................................................................................................. 67 CHAIN 77
042-327 Fusing Motor Fail.............................................................................................. 68
077-104 Regi. Sensor Off Jam....................................................................................... 87
042-330 Fusing Exhaust Fan Fail................................................................................... 68
077-106 Fusing Unit Exit Sensor On Jam...................................................................... 87
042-700 IOT Cooling Down ............................................................................................ 68 077-108 Fusing Unit Exit Sensor Off Jam (Short) .......................................................... 87
CHAIN 50 077-109 Fusing Unit Exit Sensor Off Jam (Long) .......................................................... 87
050-101 IOT Remain Zone LH-1 JAM............................................................................ 71 077-123 Regi. Sensor On Jam (Duplex Direct).............................................................. 88
050-102 IOT Remain Zone LH-1 + DUP-1 JAM............................................................. 71 077-217 Duplex Miss Configuration ............................................................................... 88
050-103 IOT Remain Zone LH-1 + DUP-2 JAM............................................................. 71 077-300 Front Cover Open ............................................................................................ 88
050-104 IOT Remain Zone LH-2 JAM............................................................................ 71 077-301 L/H Cover Open ............................................................................................... 88
050-106 IOT Remain Zone LH-2 + DUP-2 JAM............................................................. 71 077-302 STM Left Cover Open ...................................................................................... 88
050-109 IOT Remain Zone LHL JAM ............................................................................. 71 CHAIN 91
050-112 IOT Remain Zone MSI JAM ............................................................................. 71 091-313 CRUM ASIC Comm Fail .................................................................................. 89
050-121 IOT Remain Zone 1T JAM ............................................................................... 72
091-400 Waste Toner Bottle Near Full........................................................................... 89
050-122 IOT Remain Zone 2T JAM ............................................................................... 72
091-401 Drum Cartridge K Near Life ............................................................................. 89
CHAIN 61 091-402 Drum Cartridge K Life Over ............................................................................. 89
061-371 LPH Error ......................................................................................................... 73 091-406 Drum Cartridge K Pre Near Life....................................................................... 89
091-411 Drum Cartridge Y Near Life ............................................................................. 89
CHAIN 62 091-416 Drum Cartridge Y Pre Near Life....................................................................... 89
062-276 IIT System Error ............................................................................................... 75 091-421 Drum Cartridge M Near Life ............................................................................. 89
062-277 DADF Communication Fail............................................................................... 75 091-426 Drum Cartridge M Pre Near Life ...................................................................... 89
062-300 Platen Interlock Open....................................................................................... 75 091-431 Drum Cartridge C Near Life ............................................................................. 90
062-311 IIT Software Logic Fail...................................................................................... 75 091-436 Drum Cartridge C Pre Near Life....................................................................... 90
062-312 IIT Initialization Error ........................................................................................ 75 091-480 Drum Cartridge Y Life Over ............................................................................. 90
062-317 IIT Video Overrun ............................................................................................. 75 091-481 Drum Cartridge M Life Over ............................................................................. 90
062-318 IIT Scan Timing Error ....................................................................................... 75 091-482 Drum Cartridge C Life Over ............................................................................. 90
062-319 PLL Lock Timeout Error ................................................................................... 76 091-910 Waste Toner Box Detached............................................................................. 90
062-320 WOZ Library Error ............................................................................................ 76 091-911 Waste Toner Bottle Full ................................................................................... 90
062-322 Scan Parameter Error ...................................................................................... 76 091-913 Drum Cartridge K Life End............................................................................... 90
062-328 FPGA Config Timeout ...................................................................................... 76 091-914 Drum CRUM K Communication Fail ................................................................ 90
062-360 Carriage Position Fail ....................................................................................... 76 091-915 Drum CRUM K Data Broken ............................................................................ 91
062-371 Lamp Illumination Fail ...................................................................................... 76 091-917 Drum CRUM Y Communication Fail ................................................................ 91
062-380 AGC Fail........................................................................................................... 77 091-918 Drum CRUM M Communication Fail................................................................ 91
062-386 AOC Fail........................................................................................................... 77 091-919 Drum CRUM C Communication Fail ................................................................ 91
062-393 CCD PWB Sync Signal Fail.............................................................................. 78 091-920 Drum CRUM Y Data Broken ............................................................................ 92
062-396 CCD Cable Connection Fail ............................................................................. 79 091-921 Drum CRUM K Not In Position......................................................................... 92
062-790 Copy Limit (Scan-JobAbort) ............................................................................. 79 091-922 Drum CRUM M Data Broken ........................................................................... 92
091-923 Drum CRUM C Data Broken ............................................................................ 92 093-951 Toner M CRUM Communication Fail ............................................................... 100
091-927 Drum CRUM Y Not In Position......................................................................... 92 093-952 Toner C CRUM Communication Fail................................................................ 100
091-928 Drum CRUM M Not In Position ........................................................................ 92 093-960 Toner Y CRUM Data Mismatch........................................................................ 101
091-929 Drum CRUM C Not In Position......................................................................... 93 093-961 Toner M CRUM Data Mismatch ....................................................................... 101
091-932 Drum Cartridge Y Life End ............................................................................... 93 093-962 Toner C CRUM Data Mismatch ....................................................................... 101
091-933 Drum Cartridge M Life End .............................................................................. 93 093-970 Toner Y CRUM Not In Position ........................................................................ 101
091-934 Drum Cartridge C Life End............................................................................... 93 093-971 Toner M CRUM Not In Position........................................................................ 101
091-960 Drum CRUM Y Data Mismatch ........................................................................ 93 093-972 Toner C CRUM Not In Position ........................................................................ 101
091-961 Drum CRUM M Data Mismatch........................................................................ 93 093-973 Toner K CRUM Not In Position ........................................................................ 102
091-962 Drum CRUM C Data Mismatch ........................................................................ 94 093-980 Toner Y CRUM Data Broken............................................................................ 102
091-963 Drum CRUM K Data Mismatch ........................................................................ 94 093-981 Toner M CRUM Data Broken ........................................................................... 102
093-982 Toner C CRUM Data Broken ........................................................................... 102
CHAIN 92
092-651 ADC Sensor System Fail (Shutdown Fail) ....................................................... 95 CHAIN 94
092-652 ADC Sensor Fail .............................................................................................. 95 094-417 IBT Unit Near End Warning.............................................................................. 103
092-661 Temperature Sensor Fail ................................................................................. 95 094-419 2nd BTR Unit Near End Warning ..................................................................... 103
092-662 Humidity Sensor Fail ........................................................................................ 95 094-420 IBT Unit End Warning ...................................................................................... 103
092-670 ADC Elec Patch Fail Y ..................................................................................... 95 094-422 2nd BTR Unit End Warning.............................................................................. 103
092-671 ADC Elec Patch Fail M..................................................................................... 95 094-911 IBT Unit Life End .............................................................................................. 103
092-672 ADC Elec Patch Fail C ..................................................................................... 95
092-673 ADC Elec Patch Fail K ..................................................................................... 95 CHAIN 116
116-314 MAC Address Error .......................................................................................... 105
CHAIN 93 116-315 ESS On Board RAM W/R Check Fail............................................................... 105
093-406 Toner K Pre Near Life ...................................................................................... 97 116-317 ESS ROM Check (Main) Fail ........................................................................... 105
093-407 Toner Y Pre Near Life ...................................................................................... 97 116-323 ESS NVRAM1 W/R Check Fail ........................................................................ 105
093-408 Toner M Pre Near Life...................................................................................... 97 116-324 ESS Illegal Exception....................................................................................... 105
093-409 Toner C Pre Near Life ...................................................................................... 97 116-327 ESS Instruction Cache Error ............................................................................ 105
093-413 Deve HSG K Life Over ..................................................................................... 97 116-328 ESS Data Cache Error ..................................................................................... 105
093-414 Deve HSG Y Near Life ..................................................................................... 97 116-343 ASIC Fail .......................................................................................................... 105
093-415 Deve HSG M Near Life .................................................................................... 97 116-350 On Board Network Communication Fail........................................................... 105
093-416 Deve HSG C Near Life..................................................................................... 97 116-351 Network Error ................................................................................................... 106
093-417 Deve HSG K Near Life ..................................................................................... 97 116-352 Network Error ................................................................................................... 106
093-418 Deve HSG Y Life Over ..................................................................................... 98 116-355 Network Error ................................................................................................... 106
093-419 Deve HSG M Life Over .................................................................................... 98 116-361 PCI Bus #0 Error Detected............................................................................... 106
093-420 Deve HSG C Life Over..................................................................................... 98 116-362 PCI Bus #0 Host Bridge Controller Error.......................................................... 106
093-423 Toner Y Near Life............................................................................................. 98 116-363 PCI Bus #1 Host Bridge Controller Error.......................................................... 106
093-424 Toner M Near Life ............................................................................................ 98 116-364 Timer Fail ......................................................................................................... 107
093-425 Toner C Near Life............................................................................................. 98 116-366 PCI Bus #1 Error Detected............................................................................... 107
093-426 Toner K Near Life............................................................................................. 98 116-368 PCI Error Messages received from Bus #0 - Device #1................................... 107
093-925 Toner K CRUM Communication Fail................................................................ 98 116-369 PCI Error Messages received from Bus #0 - Device #0................................... 107
093-926 Toner K CRUM Data Mismatch........................................................................ 99 116-390 ESS NVRAM1 SIZE And ID Check Fail ........................................................... 107
093-928 Toner K CRUM Data Broken............................................................................ 99 116-396 Fatal Error Related to Maillib............................................................................ 107
093-930 Toner Y Life Over............................................................................................. 99 116-721 Collate Full ....................................................................................................... 107
093-931 Toner M Life Over ............................................................................................ 99 116-722 WSD (Web Services on Device) Scan destination error .................................. 107
093-932 Toner C Life Over............................................................................................. 99 116-987 Fatal Error Related to Format Library .............................................................. 108
093-933 Toner K Life Over............................................................................................. 99
093-944 Deve HSG Y Life End ...................................................................................... 99 CHAIN 117
093-945 Deve HSG M Life End...................................................................................... 99 117-315 EEPROM Driver Error ...................................................................................... 109
093-946 Deve HSG C Life End ...................................................................................... 100 117-331 IPS Error .......................................................................................................... 109
093-947 Deve HSG K Life End ...................................................................................... 100 117-340 Controller Error................................................................................................. 109
093-950 Toner Y CRUM Communication Fail................................................................ 100 117-344 Fax Error .......................................................................................................... 109
117-347 Billing Life Error ................................................................................................ 109 133-272 Message Send Error ........................................................................................ 120
117-350 Controller Error................................................................................................. 109 133-273 Memory Pool Release Error............................................................................. 120
117-361 IIT Parameter Verify NG................................................................................... 109 133-274 Message Receive Error ................................................................................... 120
117-362 EEPROM Sum Check Error ............................................................................. 109 133-275 OS Call Error.................................................................................................... 120
117-363 NVM Sum Check Error..................................................................................... 109 133-276 File Open Error ................................................................................................ 120
117-365 Low Voltage...................................................................................................... 110 133-277 File Close Error ................................................................................................ 120
117-367 FXIF error ......................................................................................................... 110 133-278 File Erase Error................................................................................................ 120
133-279 FAX CODEC I/F Error...................................................................................... 121
CHAIN 123 133-280 ERR_FAX_TIME.............................................................................................. 121
123-314 Control Panel Error........................................................................................... 111 133-281 Power Off Report Create Fail........................................................................... 121
123-333 Panel FW transmission error............................................................................ 111 133-282 Memory Pool Get Error .................................................................................... 121
123-399 Panel Device Reboot Error............................................................................... 111 133-283 Message Send Error ........................................................................................ 121
CHAIN 124 133-286 OS Call Error.................................................................................................... 121
133-287 File Open Error ................................................................................................ 121
124-325 Billing Error....................................................................................................... 113
124-375 Product information error (Master) ................................................................... 113 133-288 File Close Error ................................................................................................ 121
133-289 File Erase Error................................................................................................ 121
124-376 Product information error (Backup/IOT) ........................................................... 113
133-290 Print Decode Error ........................................................................................... 122
124-377 Product information error (All) .......................................................................... 113
124-378 Billing meter type error (Different value)........................................................... 113 CHAIN 134
124-379 Billing meter type error (Wrong format) ............................................................ 113 134-211 Fax Card Modem Error .................................................................................... 123
CHAIN 131 CHAIN 193
131-397 File2Net Fatal Error .......................................................................................... 115 193-700 Custom Toner Mode ........................................................................................ 125
131-398 SMB client Fatal Error ...................................................................................... 115
131-399 FTP client Fatal Error ....................................................................................... 115 2.2.3 Other Failure FIP
2.2.3.1 AC Power FIP .................................................................................................... 127
CHAIN 133 2.2.3.2 +5VDC Power FIP.............................................................................................. 127
133-231 T_FAXCOM Data Receive I/F Error ................................................................. 117 2.2.3.3 +24VDC Power FIP............................................................................................ 128
133-234 JBIG Parameter Error....................................................................................... 117
133-235 MHR Parameter Error ...................................................................................... 117 2.2.4 Common FIP
133-236 MHR Encode Error ........................................................................................... 117 CF-001 ADC Sensor Fail ............................................................................................... 129
133-237 MHR Input Buffer Error..................................................................................... 117 CF-002 Temperature / Humidity Sensor Fail ................................................................. 130
133-238 MHR Output Buffer Error.................................................................................. 117 CF-003 ADC Patch Fail.................................................................................................. 130
133-239 FAX ECM Buffer Address Error........................................................................ 117
133-240 Resolution Change Error.................................................................................. 117 2.3 NET System Fault Check
133-241 Memory Pool Get Error .................................................................................... 118 2.3.1 Interface (Physical/Logical) ................................................................................... 133
133-242 Memory Pool Release Error ............................................................................. 118 2.3.2 ’Cannot connect to the network’ or ’Print is not found from the PC’ ...................... 133
133-243 Message Send Error ........................................................................................ 118 2.3.3 No output is available, no data is printed .............................................................. 134
133-244 Message Receive Error.................................................................................... 118 2.3.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally ............................................................ 135
133-246 Memory Pool Get Error .................................................................................... 118 2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow.................................................................... 135
133-247 Message Send Error ........................................................................................ 118 2.4 Software Download
133-248 Memory Pool Release Error ............................................................................. 118 2.4.1 Software Download ............................................................................................... 137
133-249 Message Receive Error.................................................................................... 119
133-251 File Open Error................................................................................................. 119
133-252 File Close Error ................................................................................................ 119
133-253 File Erase Error ................................................................................................ 119
133-254 Memory Full...................................................................................................... 119
133-259 OS Call Error .................................................................................................... 119
133-260 File Open Error................................................................................................. 119
133-261 File Close Error ................................................................................................ 119
133-269 File Close Error ................................................................................................ 120
133-271 Memory Pool Get Error .................................................................................... 120
2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot 2.1.2 Glossary
Level 1 Troubleshooting: The following terminology are used throughout the troubleshooting section. The meaning of these termi-
nology must be fully understood when performing problem analysis.
• Level 1 Troubleshooting (Level 1 FIP) is the first step to diagnose a problem. Level 1 FIP asks you
whether any Fault Code and other problematic symptoms exist, guiding you to Level 2 Trouble- Common terms:
shooting or BSD to resolve the problem.
• Fault Code
Level 2 Troubleshooting: This 6-digit code appears when the machine has found problems.
• Actuate (Deactuate)
• Level 2 Troubleshooting is a diagnostic procedure of separating a problem by Fault Code, docu- To mechanically push (release) the Actuator of the switch or the connected mechanical linkage.
ment/paper jam and other problematic symptoms. Performing a FIP or an appropriate procedure in
• Block
the Check Procedure enables you to discover causes of a problem in a short period of time.
To place a sheet of document or paper on the photo sensor surface for detection.
• Check
How to proceed with troubleshooting and Cautions:
To visually check for operation failure of parts such as relay or mechanical linkage, and the failure
• First, perform Level 1 FIP to categorize a problem. Second, proceed to an appropriate Level 2 FIP status of the parts.
or BSD to resolve the problem. To find the causes of the problem using FIP or Check Procedure • Enter the CE Mode
etc., thoroughly read the instructions and follow the procedure properly. Sometimes, when two or To enter the CE Mode by following the procedure described in ’How to Enter/Exit the CE Mode’ of
more causes exist, they cannot be identified at once, so the same FIP should be repeated. In this Chapter 6.
case, pay attention to a different judgment made in the process of the same FIP. • Check the connection for short circuit
Turn the power OFF. Measure the resistance between the wire and the frame using the ohm range
• For source voltage related problems, such as being unable to power up the machine, refer to ’Other of a tester.
Failure FIP’ to proceed with the troubleshooting. • Check the connection for open circuit
Turn the power OFF. Measure the resistance between both ends of the wire using the ohm range of
• The Check Procedure for general electrical parts (Motor, Solenoid/Clutch, Switch, Sensor etc.) may a tester.
not be shown in each troubleshooting for some cases. In such cases, proceed to troubleshoot by • Input Check [xxx-xxx]/Output Check [xxx-xxx]
referring to ’Generic FIP’.
To enter the Component Check by following the procedure described in ’How to Use the CE Mode’
of Chapter 6.
• Analog Monitor [xxx-xxx]
To enter the Analog Monitor by following the procedure described in ’How to Use the CE Mode’ of
Chapter 6.
• Check the voltage level
Table 1
Voltage Level Range
+3.3VDC (H) +3.2 to +3.6VDC
(L) 0.0 to +1.0VDC
+5VDC (H) +4.8 to +5.4VDC
(L) 0.0 to +1.0VDC
+24VDC (H) +23.3 to +25.7VDC
(L) 0.0 to +3.0VDC
• PL 4.2
Refer to PL 4.2 in Chapter 5 Parts List.
• CH 6.2 Zone J4
Output all jobs that are stored in the memory. Turn the power OFF and ON. Is the UI display normal?
Y N
Refer to [BSD (CH2.1)] and [2.2.3 Other Failure FIP] for repairing the malfunction in UI display.
Check the Error History. Enter Administrator Mode and output Error History. Is the Fault Code (Chain-
Link) displayed?
Y N
Refer to [Problem Solving] in the User guide and repair the malfunction.
The magnification requested from the document size and paper size exceeded the system limit.
Cause/Action
1. Delete the Job in suspended state. Press the [Close] button or recover after the time course which
was set in Fault Timeout.
2. Check the document and rerun the Job.
There is no support paper size that matches the APS calculation result.
Cause/Action
1. Delete the Job in suspended state. Press the [Close] button or recover after the time course which
was set in Fault Timeout.
2. Check the document and rerun the Job.
Unable to rotate because the image horizontal scanning exceeded the image pass limit.
Cause/Action
1. Delete the Job in suspended state. Press the [Close] button or recover after the time course which
was set in Fault Timeout.
2. Check the document and rerun the Job.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn the Power OFF and check for disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between STM
PWB J541 and DRIVE PWB J419.
3. Check for disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between DRIVE PWB J1 and ESS
PWB J6.
4. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• STM PWB (PL 10.6)
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
• After Pre-Feed started for the first sheet (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in Simplex and Duplex, the After the DADF Pre Regi Sensor turned OFF at Scan operation, the DADF Regi Sensor did not turn OFF
DADF Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time. within the specified time.
• After Pre-Feed started for the second sheet onwards (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex, the
DADF Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time. Cause/Action
Check the following:
Cause/Action
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path.
Check the following:
• The surface of the Regi Roll, Out Roll, and Exit Roll for foreign substances.
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path. • The surface of the Regi Roll, Out Roll, and Exit Roll for wear.
• The surface of the Feed Roll and Nudger Roll for foreign substances. • Malfunction of DADF Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-110]). (PL 56.14)
• The surface of the Feed Roll and Nudger Roll for wear. • Malfunction of DADF Pre Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-206]). (PL 56.14)
• Malfunction of DADF Pre Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-206]). (PL 56.14) • Malfunction of DADF Feed Motor (DADF IIT Output[005-008]). (PL 56.6)
• Malfunction of DADF Feed Clutch (DADF IIT Output[005-062]). (PL 56.7) • The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• Malfunction of DADF Feed Motor (DADF IIT Output[005-008]). (PL 56.6)
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage. If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 56.2)
The DADF Regi Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the DADF Pre Regi Sensor On.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action Check the following:
Check the following: • Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path.
• The surface of the Out Roll and Exit Roll for foreign substances.
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path.
• The surface of the Out Roll and Exit Roll for wear.
• The surface of the Takeaway Roll and Regi Roll for foreign substances.
• Malfunction of DADF Invert Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-211]). (PL 56.10)
• The surface of the Takeaway Roll and Regi Roll for wear.
• Malfunction of DADF Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-110]). (PL 56.14)
• Malfunction of DADF Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-110]). (PL 56.14)
• Malfunction of DADF Feed Motor (DADF IIT Output[005-008]). (PL 56.6)
• Malfunction of DADF Pre Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-206]). (PL 56.14)
• Malfunction of Exit Pinch Roll (Includes Exit Nip Release Solenoid (DADF IIT Output[005-072]) mal-
• Malfunction of DADF T/A Clutch (DADF IIT Output[005-098]). (PL 56.7)
function). (PL 56.7)
• Malfunction of DADF Feed Motor (DADF IIT Output[005-008]). (PL 56.6)
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 56.2) If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 56.2)
005-132 DADF Invert Sensor On Jam 005-135 DADF Side 2 Pre Regi. Sensor On Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.5,CH5.4 BSD-ON:CH5.4,CH5.5
DADF Invert Sensor will not turn on after certain amount of time has passed from DADF Regi. Sensor On After the DADF Feed Motor started the reverse rotation at Invert operation, the DADF Pre Regi Sensor
in Simplex. did not turn ON within the specified time.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path. • Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path.
• The surface of the Out Roll for foreign substances. • The surface of the Exit Roll for foreign substances.
• The surface of the Out Roll for wear • The surface of the Exit Roll for wear
• Malfunction of DADF Invert Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-211]). (PL 56.10) • Malfunction of DADF Pre Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-206]). (PL 56.14)
• Malfunction of DADF Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-110]). (PL 56.14) • Malfunction of DADF Feed Motor (DADF IIT Output[005-048]). (PL 56.6)
• Malfunction of DADF Feed Motor (DADF IIT Output[005-008]). (PL 56.6) • Malfunction of Exit Pinch Roll (Includes Exit Nip Release Solenoid (DADF IIT Output[005-072]) mal-
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage. function). (PL 56.7)
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 56.2)
If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 56.2)
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the size of the document that was fed by the user. If it is within the permitted length for DADF Download the correct version of DADF-FW.
transport, check the following:
• Malfunction of DADF Pre Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-206]). (PL 56.14)
• Malfunction of Document Tray Size Sensor 1/2 (DADF IIT Input[005-221/222]). (PL 56.11) 005-275 DADF RAM Fail
BSD-ON:CH3.2
If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 56.2)
RAM failure on DADF PWB was detected. (At Power ON)
Cause/Action
005-199 Too Long Size Jam 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 56.2)
BSD-ON:CH5.4,CH5.2
Cause/Action
005-500 DADF Download Flash Write Error
1. Check for any residue of paper on DADF Invert Sensor, returning malfunction of the Actuator, Sen-
BSD-ON:CH3.2 sor uncleanness.
2. Check for malfunction of DADF Invert Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-206]). (PL 56.10)
Failed to write into the Flash ROM during DAFD Download.
3. If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 56.2)
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence: 005-940 DADF No Original Fail
• DADF PWB (PL 56.2) BSD-ON:CH5.1
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
It was detected that the document was pulled out during document feed.
Cause/Action
005-907 DADF Pre Regi. Sensor Reload the document.
BSD-ON:CH5.4,CH5.5
DADF Pre Regi. Sensor detected paper when Powering On, closing Feeder Cover Interlock, or closing
DADF Open Sensor.
005-942 Not-Supported Doc Size DADF
Cause/Action BSD-ON:CH5.4,CH5.2
1. Check for any residue of paper on DADF Pre Regi. Sensor, returning malfunction of the Actuator, Detected unsupported document size in DADF Scan.
Sensor uncleanness.
2. Check for malfunction of DADF Pre Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-206]). (PL 56.14) Cause/Action
3. If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 56.2)
1. Check the size of the document that was fed by the User.
2. If the error is not cleared, check the following:
• Malfunction of DADF Pre Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-206]). (PL 56.14)
005-908 DADF Regi. Sensor Static Jam • Malfunction of Document Tray Size Sensor 1/2 (DADF IIT Input[005-221/222]). (PL 56.11)
BSD-ON:CH5.5
3. If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 56.2)
DADF Regi. Sensor detected paper when Powering On, closing Feeder Cover Interlock, or closing DADF
Open Sensor.
005-948 SS-Size Mismatch Jam on No Mix-size
Cause/Action BSD-ON:CH5.4,CH5.2
1. Check for any residue of paper on DADF Regi. Sensor, returning malfunction of the Actuator, Sen-
sor uncleanness. In No Mix mode, it was detected that a document with a shorter size in Slow Scan (SS) direction was
transported from the DADF. (Notify Fail when (NVM[710-600] value is "3", size mismatch was detected,
2. Check for malfunction of DADF Regi. Sensor (DADF IIT Input[005-206]). (PL 56.14)
vertical scanning length was short.)
3. If no problem is found, replace the DADF PWB. (PL 56.2)
BSD-ON:CH10.3
Detected AD value that was determined as broken wire of Fusing Unit Thermistor 3 consecutive times. Procedure
Turn the Power OFF and remove DRIVE PWB connector J511.
Check Items Calculate the resistance between P2-1 Pin and P2-3 of DRIVE PWB side.. Is the resistance infinite?
Y N
• Turn the Power Off and check to see if the Fusing Unit is correctly set.
Replace DRIVE PWB. (PL 18.2)
• Check the Drawer Connector between the Fusing Unit and the Main Unit (DP/DJ600) for broken/
bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
Replace the following parts in sequence:
• Check to see if DRIVE PWB Connector J414 is connected correctly. • Fusing Unit (PL 7.1)
• LVPS (PL 18.3)
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
Procedure • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Turn OFF the power and remove the Fusing Unit.
NOTE: Always turn the Poser Switch Off when installing, removing the Fusing Unit. After replacing the Fusing Unit, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Fusing Unit Print
Count / Fusing Unit Time Count and initialize the Life Counters.
Measure the resistance between DJ600S-7 Pin and DJ600S-8 Pin of the Fusing Unit. Is the resis-
tance infinite?
Y N 010-397 (03h) Heat Roll NC Sensor Disconnection Fail
Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. BSD-ON:CH10.3
• Between Fusing Unit DP600S-7 and DRIVE PWB J414-11.
• Between Fusing Unit DP600S-8 and DRIVE PWB J414-10. Fusing Unit NC Sensor compensation AD value was 1020 or more for 10 consecutive times when the
Fusing Unit temperature monitor value was 20 degrees C or more, or the Fusing Unit Thermistor AD
value was 900 or more. (Use the obtained compensation/detection AD value instead of the temperature
Replace the DRIVE PWB if there is no problem after checking. (PL 18.2)
monitor value (average of 4 times))
Check Items 010-397 (04h) Heat Roll NC Sensor Over Temperature Fail
• Turn OFF the power and remove the Fusing Unit. Check whether foreign substances or paper is BSD-ON:CH10.3,CH10.2
wound around the Heat Roll.
Procedure Cause/Action
Turn the Power OFF and remove DRIVE PWB connector J511. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Calculate the resistance between P2-1 Pin and P2-3 of DRIVE PWB side.. Is the resistance infinite? 2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
Y N • Is the Power Supply voltage above 10% of the rated value? Occurs if the voltage is low.
Replace DRIVE PWB. (PL 18.2) • The Fusing Unit for improper installation
• The Drawer Connector between the Fusing Unit and the Main Unit (DP/DJ600) for broken/bent
Replace the following parts in sequence: pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
• Fusing Unit (PL 7.1)
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Unit DJ600 and PSLV-NR
• LVPS (PL 18.3)
P2.
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Unit DJ600S and DRIVE
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2) PWB P414.
3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
After replacing the Fusing Unit, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Fusing Unit Print • Fusing Unit (PL 7.1)
Count / Fusing Unit Time Count and initialize the Life Counters.
• LVPS (PL 18.3)
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
010-397 (05h) Heat Roll Paper Winding Fail • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
BSD-ON:CH10.3
4. After replacing the Fusing Unit, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Fusing Unit
Print Count / Fusing Unit Time Count and initialize the Life Counters.
Detected the paper was wrapped around the Heat Roll from the monitor value of Fusing Unit Thermistor
and NC Sensor.
NOTE: . To release this Fail, clear NVM[759-122] (High Temperature Abnormality Detection History) [0] 010-397 (07h) Fusing Unit On Time Fail
after removing the cause and turn the Power Off/On. The relationship between the displayed value and BSD-ON:CH10.3,CH10.2
the sensor that detected the high temperature error is as follows:
• 0: Normal The Heater Rod stayed On after the specified time has passed.
• 1: Abnormally high temperature of Fusing Unit NC Sensor
• 2: Abnormally high temperature of Fusing Unit Thermistor Cause/Action
• 3: Abnormal temperature increase of Fusing Unit NC Sensor, Fusing Unit Thermistor 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
Cause/Action • The Fusing Unit for improper installation
1. Remove the jammed paper.
• The Drawer Connector between the Fusing Unit and the Main Unit (DP/DJ600) for broken/bent Cause/Action
pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Unit DJ600 and LVPS P2. 2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Unit DJ600S and DRIVE • The Fusing Unit for improper installation
PWB J414.
• The Drawer Connector between the Fusing Unit and the Main Unit (DP/DJ600) for broken/bent
3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
• Fusing Unit (PL 7.1)
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Unit DJ600 and LVPS P2.
• LVPS (PL 18.3)
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Unit DJ600S and DRIVE
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2) PWB J414.
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2) 3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
4. After replacing the Fusing Unit, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Fusing Unit • Fusing Unit (PL 7.1)
Print Count / Fusing Unit Time Count and initialize the Life Counters.
• LVPS (PL 18.3)
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
010-397 (08h) Heat Roll NC Sensor Differential Amp Fail 4. After replacing the Fusing Unit, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Fusing Unit
BSD-ON:CH10.3 Print Count / Fusing Unit Time Count and initialize the Life Counters.
Malfunction of temperature monitor AD value of Fusing Unit NC Sensor was detected for 10 consecutive
times.
010-397 (0Ah) Heat Roll NC Sensor Broken Fail
NOTE: . To release this Fail, clear NVM[759-123] (Differential Amplifier Detection History) [0] after BSD-ON:CH10.3
removing the cause and turn the Power Off/On.
• (Fusing Unit NC Sensor temperature- Fusing Unit Thermistor temperature) was 90 (NVM) degrees
Cause/Action or more for more than 10 consecutive times.
1. Clear the history at the NVM then turn the power OFF and ON. • (Fusing Unit Thermistor temperature- Fusing Unit NC Sensor temperature) was 70 (NVM) degrees
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following: or more for more than 10 consecutive times.
• The Fusing Unit for improper installation
• The Drawer Connector between the Fusing Unit and the Main Unit (DP/DJ600S) for broken/ Cause/Action
bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Unit DJ600S and DRIVE
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
PWB P414.
• The Fusing Unit for improper installation
3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• The Drawer Connector between the Fusing Unit and the Main Unit (DP/DJ600) for broken/bent
• Fusing Unit (PL 7.1) pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2) • Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Unit DJ600S and DRIVE
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2) PWB P414.
4. After replacing the Fusing Unit, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Fusing Unit 3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Print Count / Fusing Unit Time Count and initialize the Life Counters.
• Fusing Unit (PL 7.1)
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
010-397 (09h) Fusing Unit Hot Not Ready Return Time Fail 4. After replacing the Fusing Unit, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Fusing Unit
BSD-ON:CH10.3,CH10.2 Print Count / Fusing Unit Time Count and initialize the Life Counters.
The time taken to recover from High Temperature Not Ready state has exceeded the specified time.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Prepare new Fusing Unit as necessary. (PL 7.1)
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• The Fusing Unit for improper installation
• The Drawer Connector between the Fusing Unit and the Main Unit (DP/DJ600S) for broken/
bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc. 010-421 Fusing Unit Life Warning
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Unit DJ600S and DRIVE BSD-ON:CH10.3
PWB P414.
3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence: Detected the replacement time of the Fusing Unit.
• Fusing Unit (PL 7.1)
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Replace the Fusing Unit. (PL 7.1)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
4. After replacing the Fusing Unit, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Fusing Unit
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Fusing Unit Print Count /Fusing
Print Count / Fusing Unit Time Count and initialize the Life Counters. Unit Time Count and initialize the Life Counters.
010-397 (0Ch) Fusing Unit Cold Not Ready Return Time Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.3,CH10.2
The recovery time from Low Temperature Not Ready state exceeded the specified time.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• The Fusing Unit for improper installation
• The Drawer Connector between the Fusing Unit and the Main Unit (DP/DJ600) for broken/bent
pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Unit DJ600 and LVPS P2.
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Unit DJ600S and DRIVE
PWB J414.
3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Fusing Unit (PL 7.1)
• LVPS (PL 18.3)
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
016-359 MRAM Fail
BSD-ON:-
016-405 Certificate DB Error
MRAM Device error. BSD-ON:-
016-505 POP Authentication Fail for Maillib Remote device certification verification error.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Cannot login to POP3 server to send email.
Certificate of destination client is invalid. Contact administrator. Confirm certificate of destination client
and reset.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. On CWIS, 016-530 LDAP Address Book- Access Error
check if user name and password used for POP3 server are set correctly. If the error persists after the
action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and BSD-ON:-
then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
LDAP Address Book Other Access Errors.
Cause/Action
016-570 Job Ticket Out Of Memory
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. On CWIS,
BSD-ON:-
check if SMTP server or POP3 server is set. If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure
that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL
XPIF parser detects insufficient memory in the processing of XCPT (XPIF) interpretation.
18.2)
Cause/Action
016-507 SMTP Authentication Fail for Maillib
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time.
BSD-ON:-
Cannot login to SMTP server to send email. 016-571 Job ticket wrong
BSD-ON:-
Print instruction contents that the device cannot execute are detected. 016-605 ESS-NVM Parameter Copy
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Executed ESS-NVM Parameter Copy.
The paper attribute specified by XCPT (XPIF) cannot solve paper selection. 016-606 Clear Job History
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Clear Job History.
XPIF parser detects error other than those listed above. 016-610 Panel Destination Mismatch
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Only for Production Line. Tried to apply JP setting to non-JP panel, or tried to apply non-JP setting to JP
panel.
016-602 System NVM Initialize
BSD-ON:- Cause/Action
No action is required.
At POWON start-up, execute NVM clear.
016-612 Invalid MAC Address
Cause/Action BSD-ON:-
Recover after message is displayed for 3 seconds. (When initialization is not completed, continue dis-
playing message.) Only for Production Line. MAC address is invalid.
016-764 SMTP Server Connection Error 016-786 Data Send/Receive Timeout Error
BSD-ON:-
BSD-ON:-
Error occurs when connecting to SMTP server.
Timeout error occurs in scan data send/receive.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Contact
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Check if
SMTP server administrator. -Check the network connection using the [ping] command. -Checking the
network setting. (E-Mail Server Settings / DNS setings) Take corrective actions at the host side. network cable is disconnected or connected properly. When there is no problem with network cable, con-
tact server administrator. Take corrective actions at the host side.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Ensure
that the printer configuration on the printer driver conforms to the printer you are using. Take corrective
actions at the host side.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Degrade
image quality. (Change scan resolution, etc.)Change file format. -Divide the document into blocks and
retry scanning block by block. If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error
replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2).
As a result of conversion to the specified format, exceed the max file size specified for each format.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Degrade
image quality. (Change scan resolution, etc.)Change file format. -Divide the document into blocks and
retry scanning block by block. If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error
replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2).
017-600 Address Info Sum Check Fail Erase error of image data storage Flash ROM.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
At POWON start-up, checking phone book and address book data and initializing incorrect data automat- Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
ically. power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
Recover after message is displayed for 3 seconds. (When initialization is not completed, continue dis-
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
playing message.) If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates
after the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the following parts in sequence.
017-973 FAX Controller Error
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
BSD-ON:-
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Suspend error of image data storage Flash ROM.
017-970 FAX Memory Full
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
AIOC memory run out. power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Wait until
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
the Pending FAX Jobs will be sent. Or delete the Pending FAX data. -Try dividing the FAX data into
smaller blocks or converting the data to a smaller format. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists
after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then 017-974 FAX Controller Error
on, and then replace the following parts in sequence.
BSD-ON:-
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
Resume error of image data storage Flash ROM.
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
017-971 FAX Controller Error Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
BSD-ON:- power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
Write error of image data storage Flash ROM.
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
Cause/Action • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be 017-975 FAX Controller Error
solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
BSD-ON:-
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
Exceed the maximum number of file handles.
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Wait until Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
the Pending FAX Jobs will be sent. Or delete the Pending FAX data. -Try dividing the FAX data into power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
smaller blocks or converting the data to a smaller format. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists solved, replace the ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then
on, and then replace the following parts in sequence. 017-980 Report File Open/Close Error
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5) BSD-ON:-
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Report job fails to open/close report file.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Wait until
the Pending FAX Jobs will be sent. Or delete the Pending FAX data. -Try dividing the FAX data into
smaller blocks or converting the data to a smaller format. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists
after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then
on, and then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the USB connection. Reconnect the PC and the printer. -Set these items correctly. -Scan Form/Image
Type/Resolution/Paper size/Output Destination. If the error persists after the action above is taken,
ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then Install the correct
Driver Software.
Stop writing because size of file to be written is bigger than read destination buffer (even if file writing is
continued, it is impossible to read the file).
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Wait until
the Pending FAX Jobs will be sent. Or delete the Pending FAX data. -Try dividing the FAX data into
smaller blocks or converting the data to a smaller format. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists
after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then
on, and then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
024-360 MCU Down Load Error
BSD-ON:- • Is the paper size correct?
• Usage of out of spec paper.
MCU firmware download failed.
• Malfunction of Tray Size Guide.
Cause/Action • Malfunction of Tray 1 Size Sensor (Analog Input[071-200]/Digital Input[071-104]). (PL 9.1)
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance on the document path.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
• Foreign substance adhesion, wear of Tray1 Feed Roll, Regi. Roll, Idler Roll surface.
2. Install the latest F/W.
• Malfunction of Regi. Sensor (Digital Input[077-104]). (PL 15.1)
• Malfunction of Regi. Clutch (Digital Output[077-002]). (PL 15.1)
024-362 IOT Start Image Marking Timeout • The BTR for contamination, wear, and transportation failure due to deterioration.
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
BSD-ON:-
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
"Start Image Making was not issued within the given time.
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Install the latest F/W.
3. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence: 024-911 Tray 2 Paper Size Mismatch
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2) BSD-ON:CH8.3,CH7.2
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
024-947 Tray 2 Detached Check the following:
BSD-ON:CH7.2
• Is the paper size correct?
Tray2 is not installed. • Usage of out of spec paper.
• Malfunction of Tray Size Guide.
Cause/Action • Malfunction of Tray 1 Size Sensor (Analog Input[071-200]/Digital Input[071-104]). (PL 9.1)
Check the following: If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2) Cause/Action
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2) • Deleting Jobs
Delete the Job in suspended state.Press the Close button or recover after the time course which
was set in Fault Timeout.
024-960 Tray 2 No Suitable Paper • Resume Job
BSD-ON:CH7.2 Check the document and rerun the Job.
Tray 2 is empty. Or Tray2 paper size or paper type does not match the specified print size or print type.
024-966 Auto Paper Error (both sides)
Cause/Action
BSD-ON:-
Check the following:
Unable to Duplex No APS paper error. Paper that matches the APS calculation result is not in the Tray.
• Is the paper size correct?
• Usage of out of spec paper. Cause/Action
• Malfunction of Tray Size Guide.
• Deleting Jobs
• Malfunction of Tray 2 Size Sensor (Analog Input[072-200]/Digital Input[072-104]). (PL 10.1) Delete the Job in suspended state.Press the Close button or recover after the time course which
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence: was set in Fault Timeout.
• Resume Job
• STM PWB (PL 10.6)
Check the document and rerun the Job.
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
There is no paper in MSI. Or MSI paper size or paper type does not match the specified print size or print Cause/Action
type.
Check the following:
Cause/Action • Is the paper size correct?
Check the following: • Usage of out of spec paper.
• Malfunction of Tray Size Guide.
• Change to appropriate paper setting for the selected MSI.
• Malfunction of Tray 1 Size Sensor (Analog Input[071-200]/Digital Input[071-104]). (PL 9.1)
• Malfunction of MSI No Paper Sensor (Digital Input[075-100]). (PL 13.3)
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
024-965 Auto Paper Error 024-971 Tray 2 Paper Size Switch Error
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:CH7.2
Cause/Action
Duplicate IPv6 addresses have been detected. Contact the system administrator. Remove duplicates
and then power off the printer and then on. Take corrective actions at the host side.
Cause/Action
Duplicate IPv4 addresses have been detected. Contact the system administrator. Remove duplicates
and then power off the printer and then on. Take corrective actions at the host side.
In SMB scan, login-able workstation is restricted. 031-524 SMB Scan User Over limit
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Exceed the upper limit of the number of SMB scan users.
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -About
user settings, confirm the following with system administrator. Restriction on login-able worksta-tion. -
Perform the following in sequence. Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check
2.3 NET System Fault Check the number of users who use the server at the same time is not exceeding the upper limit. -Perform the
following in sequence.
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
2.3 NET System Fault Check
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow-
ered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) 2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
031-522 SMB user authentication fail or SMB Scanner login fail If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow-
ered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
BSD-ON:-
In SMB scan, login access is rejected. Request is not allowed. 031-525 SMB Error
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
SMB scan client has no access right (Win9x).
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check if
login name (domain name and user name) and password are correct. -Perform the following in
sequence. Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check if
2.3 NET System Fault Check the specified user can read and write file at the storage location. -Perform the following in sequence.
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.3 NET System Fault Check
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow- 2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
ered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow-
031-523 Problem with share name in SMB scan server ered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
BSD-ON:-
031-526 SMB Scan Host Name Resolution Fail
Problem with share name in SMB scan server. BSD-ON:-
031-529 SMB Scan DNS Server Not Set 031-532 Suffix of SMB scan file name/folder name is over limit
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check if Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Change
password is correct. -Perform the following in sequence.
file name/forwarding destination folder, or move or delete file in forwarding destination folder. -Perform
the following in sequence.
2.3 NET System Fault Check2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
2.3 NET System Fault Check 2.3 NET System Fault Check
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Take corrective actions at the host side. Take corrective actions at the host side.
031-533 SMB Scan File Creation Fail 031-536 SMB Scan Folder Deletion Fail
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check if Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check if
the file name you specified can be created in storage location. -Check if the file name you specified is not other user is not operating file in storage location you specified. -Perform the following in sequence.
used by other user. -Check if file or folder whose name is the same as the one you specified already
exists. -Perform the following in sequence. 2.3 NET System Fault Check
2.3 NET System Fault Check 2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow Take corrective actions at the host side.
Take corrective actions at the host side. 031-537 No free space in storage location on SMB scan data
031-534 SMB Scan Folder Creation Fail server
BSD-ON:-
BSD-ON:-
Storage location has no free space.
Fail to create folder.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check if
storage location has free space. -Perform the following in sequence.
the file name you specified can be created in storage location. -Check if file or folder whose name is the
same as the one you specified already exists. -Perform the following in sequence.
2.3 NET System Fault Check
2.3 NET System Fault Check 2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Take corrective actions at the host side. 2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
031-540 SMB protocol error(4-007)Invalid scan domain name is Take corrective actions at the host side.
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.3 NET System Fault Check
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check if Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -On user
login name (user name) is correct. -Perform the following in sequence. settings, check the following with system administrator. -Password valid period. -Perform the following in
sequence.
2.3 NET System Fault Check
2.3 NET System Fault Check
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow-
ered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) Take corrective actions at the host side.
031-542 SMB(TCP/IP) is not active 031-545 SMB protocol error(4-047) Password change is required
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Wait for a Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -On user
while and try the same operation again. If still not improved, Ask to the system administrator. -Perform settings, check the following with system administrator. -Necessity of password change. -Perform the fol-
the following in sequence. lowing in sequence.
2.3 NET System Fault Check 2.3 NET System Fault Check
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Take corrective actions at the host side. Take corrective actions at the host side.
031-546 SMB protocol error(4-048)User is invalid 031-549 SMB protocol error(4-051)User is restricted. Null pass-
BSD-ON:- word is prohibited
BSD-ON:-
User is invalid.
User is restricted. Null password is prohibited.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -On user Cause/Action
settings, check the following with system administrator. -User invalid setting. -Perform the following in
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -On server
sequence.
security settings, check access permission of null password user. -User valid period. -Perform the follow-
ing in sequence.
2.3 NET System Fault Check2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
2.3 NET System Fault Check
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow-
ered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) 2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
031-547 SMB protocol error(4-049)Lock-out Take corrective actions at the host side.
BSD-ON:-
031-550 SMB Scan Append Command Fail
User is locked out.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action Have no rename access right to the file. Server does not support SMB rename command.
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -On user
settings, check the following with system administrator. -User lock-out status. -Perform the following in Cause/Action
sequence.
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check
append access right to the file. Check server supports SMB append command. -Perform the following in
2.3 NET System Fault Check
sequence.
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.3 NET System Fault Check
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow-
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
ered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Take corrective actions at the host side.
031-548 SMB protocol error(4-050)User is expired
BSD-ON:- 031-551 SMB Scan Rename Command Fail
BSD-ON:-
User is expired.
Have no rename access right to the file. Server does not support SMB rename command.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -On user
settings, check the following with system administrator. -User valid period. -Perform the following in
sequence.
2.3 NET System Fault Check 031-576 Server Connection Error in FTP Scan
BSD-ON:-
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Cause/Action
031-552 In SMB scan, Cancel is selected for processing in the
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Check if
case of file name duplication, and job is cancelled because of file this device can communicate with forwarding destination FTP server. For example, check the following. -
name duplication Check if server’s IP address is correct. -Check connection of network cable. Take corrective actions at
the host side.
BSD-ON:-
Cancel is selected for processing in the case of file name duplication, and job is cancelled because of file 031-578 FTP Scan Login Name or Password Error
name duplication. BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action 031-580 Fail to get file name/folder name of FTP scan server
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Check BSD-ON:-
DNS connection, or check if name of forwarding destination server is registered with DNS. Take correc-
tive actions at the host side. NLST command failed.
BSD-ON:-
031-594 FTP Scan TYPE Command Fail (Network Error)
MKD command failed. BSD-ON:-
DEL command failed. 031-595 FTP Scan PORT Command Fail (Network Error)
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
PORT command failed.
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Check
server access right. Take corrective actions at the host side.
Cause/Action
031-587 FTP Scan Folder Deletion Fail Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Do the
same operation again. If still not improved, contact the system administrator. Check whether you have
BSD-ON:- the access permission for renaming files, or whether the server supports the rename command of FTP.
Take corrective actions at the host side.
RMD command failed.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Check
rename access right to the file. Check server supports FTP rename command. Take corrective actions at
the host side.
033-500 FAX RX JPEG Data Limit Over 033-510 Fax Codec Error
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
In FAX receive, JPEG encode data volume exceeds system data. In JBIG data decode, error in the number of decode line in one stripe.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
033-501 Fax Codec Error
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
BSD-ON:-
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cancel Codec processing due to error of read part during manual send.
033-511 Fax Codec Error
Cause/Action BSD-ON:-
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. Result of MH,HR,MMR receive decode is 0Line.
If the problem cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
033-502 File Open Error the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the receiving side fax.
BSD-ON:- Send the fax data to known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after the
action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
File open error. then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action When DFAX job is executed, Fax function is not Enabled. When this error occurs at the same time as
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the 033-518, 033-519 is displayed preferentially.
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.
Cause/Action
033-515 JBIG NF Error Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Set the
BSD-ON:- Fax function Enable. Take corrective actions at the host side.
In JPEG receive, cannot detect EOI from encode data. 033-521 JBF_ERROR_MARKER_ABORT
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the Detect ABORT marker.
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.
Cause/Action
033-517 DFAX Password Error Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
BSD-ON:- power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.
Mismatch between DFAX Password and Fax/Scan Lock Password. If the problem cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
033-522 JBF_ERROR_MARKER_UNKNOWN BIH data error.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Detect invalid marker. Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.
Cause/Action
If the problem cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.
033-573 E-mail Sending Error
If the problem cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) BSD-ON:-
033-523 JBF_ERROR_MARKER_NOT_FOUND Domain regulation check error. The domain which is not permitted was specified and address directions
were performed.
BSD-ON:-
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. 033-751 Over Run
BSD-ON:-
If the problem cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Modem receive data overrun.
033-524 JBF_ERROR_MARKER_BAD_ATMOVE
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
Adaptive template is moved incorrectly. power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.
If the problem cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) 033-752 During Call Busy Tone
BSD-ON:-
033-525 JBF_ERROR_MARKER_BAD_NEWLEN
BSD-ON:- In Tel/Fax mode, detect busy tone while calling external phone.
If the problem cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) • FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
033-526 JBF_ERROR_BIH
BSD-ON:-
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
solved, replace the following parts in sequence. 033-758 Control Channel Synchronization Error
BSD-ON:-
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
The Control Channel Synchronization Error occurred.
Cause/Action
033-760 Control Channel OFF Time Out
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
BSD-ON:- power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
The Control Channel OFF Time Out occurred.
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
Cause/Action • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
solved, replace the following parts in sequence. 033-764 Draw Data Create Not Do
BSD-ON:-
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2) When sending, cannot make image data creation on time.
Cause/Action
033-761 Primary Channel OFF Time Out
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
BSD-ON:-
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
The Primary Channel OFF Time Out occurred.
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
Cause/Action • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
solved, replace the following parts in sequence. 033-765 File Pointer Error
BSD-ON:-
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2) In encode/decode, Read/Write file pointer error.
Cause/Action
033-762 DM Prevention Function Receive Refuse
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
BSD-ON:- power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
DM prevention function rejects to receive data.
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
Cause/Action • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Setting
the receiving side fax. Set the Speed Dial. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after the action
above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then 033-766 Target File Opening
replace the following parts in sequence. BSD-ON:-
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5) Detect abort marker error in JBIG data decode.
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
033-768 AT Move Counter Over power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
BSD-ON:- solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
The number of AT Move is 5 or more in one stripe. • FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be 033-772 Undefined Marker Error
solved, replace the following parts in sequence. BSD-ON:-
033-774 FAX TX Encode Output Buffer Over In FAX receive, when copying from ECM buffer to JBIG decode input buffer, input buffer overflow.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
In FAX send, JBIG encode output buffer overflow. Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check
the sending side fax machine or retry sending by lowering the resolution setting. -Update to the latest F/
Cause/Action W. If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is
powered off and then on, and then replace the following parts in sequence.
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the resolution setting. -Retry sending by lowering the resolution setting. -Update to the latest F/W. If the
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
off and then on, and then replace the following parts in sequence.
033-775 FAX RX Encode Output Buffer Over Cannot create log file of communication result.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
In FAX receive, JBIG encode output buffer overflow. Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Cause/Action Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check
then replace the following parts in sequence.
the sending side fax machine or retry sending by lowering the resolution setting. -Update to the latest F/
W. If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
powered off and then on, and then replace the following parts in sequence.
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2) 033-782 NSS/DCS Function disagreement
BSD-ON:-
033-776 SCAN Encode Output Buffer Over
Received NSS/DCS function disagrees with capability of own terminal.
BSD-ON:-
In FAX scan and D-FAX scan, JBIG encode output buffer overflow.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Set the
Cause/Action Modem Speed correctly. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after the action above is taken,
ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the following
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
parts in sequence.
the resolution setting. -Retry sending by lowering the resolution setting. -Update to the latest F/W. If the
error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
off and then on, and then replace the following parts in sequence.
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2) 033-784 Fax Codec Error
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action Cancel.
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be Cause/Action
solved, replace the following parts in sequence. Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time.
033-788 Fax Memory Full Reach the upper limit of Fax send accumulation pages.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Flash full. (for DFAX) Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Divide the
documents in blocks. Explain the maximum number of Fax scan pages to the operator.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check
the sending side fax machine or sending data. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after the
action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence.
Send command refuse signal to stop communication. The sender discontinued the communication.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. No action
is required.
Receive illegal command such as DIS, DCS receive from calling terminal in spite of having no ability to
receive.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Line con-
nection error (unconnected or mis connected) might have occurred. Check the line connection.
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax. the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence. then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax. the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence. then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax. the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence. then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax. the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence. then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax. the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence. then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax. the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence. then replace the following parts in sequence.
In G3 image data receive, cannot receive EOL for 13 sec (default). CTC/EOR resend over.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax. the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence. then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax. the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence. then replace the following parts in sequence.
In high-speed training, modem CS does not become ON against RS request. IN ECM send, send EOR-Q.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax. the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
then replace the following parts in sequence. then replace the following parts in sequence.
035-742 ECM Receive EOR-Q Receive Detect busy tone after dialing.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
IN ECM receive, receive EOR-Q. Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
the receiving side fax. Send the fax data to known good fax machine. -Checking the printer setting. (Line
Cause/Action type, Country code) -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure
that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the following parts
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
in sequence.
the telephone line connection. Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax.
Receive the fax data from known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
then replace the following parts in sequence.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Cannot detect dial tone before dialing. Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
Cause/Action solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check • FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
that the telephone line is not busy. Set the known good fax number manually. -Update to the latest F/W.
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow-
ered off and then on, and then replace the following parts in sequence.
035-793 Digital Line Detection
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
BSD-ON:-
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Connected to digital line and cannot connect. (Detect when connecting to line.)
035-779 FAX FWD document change error
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Checking
FAX forward document change error. the Line type. (PSTN / PBX) -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after the action above is taken,
ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the following
Cause/Action parts in sequence.
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. Turn the • FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem cannot be
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
NVM (EEPROM) data abnormality. (When specific value is not in the specific address)
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Initialize NVM(EEPROM).
3. Install the latest F/W.
4. Turn the Power OFF and check for disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between ESS
PWB J6 and DRIVE PWB J1.
5. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence:
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Install the latest F/W.
3. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence:
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Install the latest F/W.
Abnormality in Fusing Exhaust Fan. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Main Motor (PL 3.4)
Procedure • DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
Enter CE Mode and turn Digital Output[042-010] ON. Does the Fusing Exhaust Fan rotate?
Y N Press [Stop] and turn OFF the power. Check for disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire
Check the power supply line of the Fusing Exhaust Fan (+24VDC). Is the Fusing Exhaust Fan between Main Motor J208-6 and DRIVE PWB J411-1.
power supply normal? If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Y N • DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
Check the power supply circuit to the Fusing Exhaust Fan. • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
• Main Motor (PL 3.4)
Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between the Fusing Exhaust Fan and DRIVE
PWB J202. 042-325 (02h) YMC Link Sensor Fail
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between DRIVE PWB J1 and ESS PWB J6. BSD-ON:CH9.9
• Load towards the Fusing Exhaust Fan.
Abnormality in YMC Link Sensor detection (Malfunction in switching drive between Color Mode and BW
Mode).
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Fusing Exhaust Fan (PL 4.1) Procedure
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2) Remove the Rear Cover. Enter CE Mode and turn Digital Output[042-009] (1st BTR Initialize) ON. The
FC/BW Drive Switch operation will be turned on.. Is the Operating Link Bar moving Up (or Down)?
Press [Stop] and turn OFF the power. Check for disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire
Y N
between the Fusing Exhaust Fan and DRIVE PWB J202-3. Turn OFF the power and check the following:
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between DRIVE PWB J416 and YMC LINK
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
SOLENOID P211.
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
• Wear, damage of Gear type of the DRIVE, Link Bar.
• Fusing Exhaust Fan (PL 4.1)
Rotation abnormality of the Fusing Motor. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Fusing Exhaust Fan (PL 4.1)
Procedure • DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
Enter CE Mode and turn Digital Output[042-005] ON.. Does the Fusing Motor rotate?
Y N Press [Stop] and turn OFF the power. Check for disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire
Check the power supply line of the Fusing Motor (+24VDC).. Is the Fusing Motor power supply between the Fusing Exhaust Fan and DRIVE PWB J202-3.
normal? If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Y N • DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
Check the power supply circuit to the Fusing Motor • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
• Fusing Exhaust Fan (PL 4.1)
Turn OFF the power and check the following:
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Fusing Motor J207 and DRIVE
PWB J411. 042-700 IOT Cooling Down
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between DRIVE PWB J1 and ESS PWB J6. BSD-ON:CH9.8
• The Drive Gear for wear, damage, and bearing blockage.
Entered cooling mode due to temperature increase inside the machine.
• Load towards the Fusing Motor.
A
Cause/Action
1. Check to see if there is any source of heat that may influence the device.
2. Leave the device Powered ON and wait for a while (30-40min). Continue to cool with the Fan until
the temperature inside the device drops.
3. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence:
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
050-102 IOT Remain Zone LH-1 + DUP-1 JAM Detected leftover paper near LH-2 + DUP-2.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Detected leftover paper near LH-1 + DUP-1. 1. Open Cover [A] by raising the release lever.
2. Pull LeverA1 and open the Chute.
Cause/Action 3. Remove the paper which was the cause.
1. Open Cover [A] by raising the release lever.
4. Return LeverA1 to the original position.
2. Remove the paper which was the cause.
5. If there is paper insider Cover [A], remove that paper as well.
3. If there is paper insider Cover [A], remove that paper as well.
6. Press the center of Cover[A] and close it tightly.
4. Press the center of Cover[A] and close it tightly.
7. Proceed to JAM Error (07X-XXX) FIP when it is not recovered.
5. Proceed to JAM Error (07X-XXX) FIP when it is not recovered.
Cause/Action
1. Pull out Paper Tray1.
2. Remove the jammed paper.
3. Slowly insert the Paper Tray all the way in.
4. Proceed to JAM Error (07X-XXX) FIP when it is not recovered.
Cause/Action
1. Pull out Paper Tray2.
2. Remove the jammed paper.
3. Slowly insert the Paper Tray all the way in.
4. Proceed to JAM Error (07X-XXX) FIP when it is not recovered.
061-371 LPH Error
BSD-ON:CH6.4,CH6.5
Cause/Action
1. Try turning the Power Off/On several times and check to see if it reproduces.
2. Check the LPH color which the failure occurred, and the type of failure from the Error code. If the
color can be specified from the Error code, skip Step3 and proceed to Setp4.
3. If the LPH color which the failure occurred cannot be specified from the Error code, enter CE Mode
and run NVM[749-002]. Check the LPH color which the failure occurred.
• bit0: Y
• bit1: M
• bit2: C
• bit3: K
4. Check to see if there is any stain or contamination by foreign substances near LPH where the failure
is occurring.
5. Check to see if there is any poor connection between LPH and ESS PWB where failure is occurring.
6. Check the power supply (SLEEP+5VDC) up to LPH where the failure is occurring.
7. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH (PL 2.1)
• Drum Cartridge (PL 8.1)
• FFC Cable (PL 2.1)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) 2. Install the latest F/W.
3. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
• The DADF for improper closing. Scan setting did not make it in time during Page Gap.
• Malfunction of Platen Close Sensor: IIT Input[062-300] (PL 1.3)
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Platen Close Sensor J724 and ESS Cause/Action
PWB J19. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
If no problem is found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) 2. Install the latest F/W.
3. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Detected error with scanner processing. Any of the following was detected:
Cause/Action • An error with the count value of the Carriage Position Control.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. • No IIT Regi. Sensor input during Carriage initialization.
2. Install the latest F/W. • Abnormality in detected position of IIT Regi. Sensor
3. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
062-320 WOZ Library Error Check the following:
BSD-ON:-
• Malfunction of IIT Regi. Sensor (IIT Input[062-212]). (PL 1.3)
Detected WOZ library error. • Malfunction of IIT Scan Motor (IIT Output[062-005/006] (Scan/Return)). (PL 1.4)
• The Drive Belt and Drive Wire for slack and wear.
Cause/Action • The Carriage operation for mechanical loading.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Install the latest F/W. If no problem is found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
3. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Detected error in Scan/Parameter. Insufficient light from Lamp detected in CCD. (During white gradation correction/AGC before Scan starts)
062-380 AGC Fail 4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for NVM [715-030] to ’1’ and then per-
form "NVM Write".
BSD-ON:CH6.3
5. Check that the current value column becomes ’0’.
Insufficient lamp brightness was detected when performing AGC. 6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, check the following:
• Out of Lamp (CIS Sensor Assy) (IIT Output[062-002]). (PL 1.3)
Initial Actions • Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between CIS Sensor Assy J700 and ESS
Check whether there is something blocking the light and check the Lamp, Lens, Mirror, and White Color PWB J15 (Especially check to see that the Flat Cable is not inserted in an angle).
Correction Plate for deterioration or contamination. 7. If no problem is found, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn the Power Off and check to see if there is disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire
between CIS Sensor Assy J700 and ESS PWB J15 (Especially check to see that the Flat Cable is
not inserted at an angle).
3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Flexible Flat Cable (CIS Cable) (PL 1.3)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
1. Delete the Job in suspended state. Press the [Close] button or recover after the time course which
was set in Fault Timeout.
2. Check the document and rerun the Job.
Cause/Action
1. Delete the Job in suspended state. Press the [Close] button or recover after the time course which
was set in Fault Timeout.
2. Check the document and rerun the Job.
During paper feed from Tray 1, the Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Tray 1
Feed Clutch On.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
When A/D value of Sensor malfunction is displayed 5 consecutive times in 100ms cycle.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
Paper does not turn the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor ON within the specified time after Tray 2 Feed Start. Detected IOT Option Feeder 2 error.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn the Power OFF and check for disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between STM
• Malfunction of Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (Digital Input[072-103]). (PL 10.5) PWB J541 and DRIVE PWB J419.
• Malfunction of STM Take Away Motor (Digital Output[077-033]). (PL 10.6) 3. Check for disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between DRIVE PWB J1 and ESS
• Malfunction of Tray 2 Feed/Lift Up Motor (Digital Output[072-001] (Feed)). (PL 10.3) PWB J6.
• The T/A Roll 2, Feed Roll, Nudger Roll, and Pinch Roll for transportation failure due to contamina- 4. Malfunction of Tray 2 Size Sensor (Analog Input[072-200]/Digital Input[072-104]). (PL 10.1)
tion, wear, and deterioration. 5. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage. • STM PWB (PL 10.6)
• A paper transportation failure due to foreign substances on the paper path. • DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
• Usage of out of spec paper. • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
072-105 Regi. Sensor On Jam (Tray 2) Do not turn ON the Tray2 Level Sensor within the specified time range after starting the Tray2 Lift Up.
BSD-ON:CH8.3,CH8.2
Cause/Action
Paper does not turn Regi Sensor ON for a specific time or more after Regi Clutch turned ON regarding Check the following:
the Feed from Tray2.
• Malfunction of Tray 2 Level Sensor (Digital Input[072-102]). (PL 10.3)
Cause/Action • Malfunction of Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (Digital Output[072-002] (Lift Up)). (PL 10.3)
Check the following:
• The drive system between the Bottom Plate and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor for operation failure.
• Malfunction of Regi. Sensor (Digital Input[077-104]). (PL 15.1) • The Tray for Paper misload
• Malfunction of STM Take Away Motor (Digital Output[077-033]). (PL 10.6) • The Tray for existence of objects other than Paper.
• The T/A Roll 2, Feed Roll, and Pinch Roll for transportation failure due to contamination, wear, and
deterioration. If no problem is found, replace the STM PWB. (PL 10.6)
• The Drive Gear for wear and damage.
• A paper transportation failure due to foreign substances on the paper path.
• Usage of out of spec paper.
During paper feed from the MSI, the Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the MSI
Feed Clutch On.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
BSD-ON:CH8.3
Paper does not Regi Sensor OFF within the specified time range from turning On the Regi Clutch. 077-108 Fusing Unit Exit Sensor Off Jam (Short)
BSD-ON:CH10.4
Cause/Action
Check the following: The time taken for the Fusing Unit Exit Sensor to turn from ON to OFF is shorter than the specified time.
077-123 Regi. Sensor On Jam (Duplex Direct) • Malfunction of Front Cover Interlock Switch (Digital Input[077-303]). (PL 18.1)
BSD-ON:CH8.3 • The Front Cover for damage or mismatch.
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Paper does not turn Regi Sensor ON for a specific time or more after Regi Clutch turned ON regarding
the Duplex Path from Tray2. • LVPS (PL 18.3)
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action • ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Check the following:
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Check the following:
2. Check the Duplex Unit.
• Malfunction of STM Left Cover Switch (Digital Input[077-306]). (PL 14.1)
• The L/H Cover for damage or mismatch.
077-300 Front Cover Open If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
BSD-ON:CH1.6
• STM PWB (PL 10.6)
Detected opened Front Cove. • DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
091-313 CRUM ASIC Comm Fail Cause/Action
BSD-ON:- Replace the Drum Cartridge (K). (PL 8.1)
CRUM ASIC failure detected. 091-406 Drum Cartridge K Pre Near Life
BSD-ON:CH9.2
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. If it recovers, assume it was a malfunction such as exterior noise or It is necessary to prepare for Drum Cartridge (K) replacement.
internal electric discharge noise.
2. Turn OFF the power and check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor Cause/Action
contacts. Prepare a new Drum Cartridge (K) as the replacement time of the Drum Cartridge (K) is approaching. In
• Between Xero CRUM Connector Assembly (Y) J105 and DRIVE PWB J407 addition, replace the Drum Cartridge (K) as necessary. (PL 8.1)
• Between Xero CRUM Connector Assembly (M) J106 and DRIVE PWB J407
• Between Xero CRUM Connector Assembly (C) J107 and DRIVE PWB J407 091-411 Drum Cartridge Y Near Life
• Between Xero CRUM Connector Assembly (K) J108 and DRIVE PWB J407 BSD-ON:CH9.1
3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum Cartridge (Y)(M)(C)(K) (PL 8.1) The replacement time of the Drum Cartridge (Y)is approaching than Pre Near.
It is time to replace the Drum Cartridge (Y). If the problem persists, check the following:
Cause/Action • Malfunction of Waste Toner Bottle Full Switch (Digital Input[091-200]). (PL 8.1)
Replace the Drum Cartridge (Y). (PL 8.1) • Deformation, defective alignment of Waste Toner Bottle, uncleanness of detection part.
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
091-481 Drum Cartridge M Life Over
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
BSD-ON:CH9.1
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
It is time to replace the Drum Cartridge (M).
091-913 Drum Cartridge K Life End
Cause/Action BSD-ON:CH9.2
Replace the Drum Cartridge (M). (PL 8.1)
Indicates that it is time to replace Drum Cartridge (K). (Restrict Print operation)
091-482 Drum Cartridge C Life Over
BSD-ON:CH9.2 Cause/Action
Replace the Drum Cartridge (K). (PL 8.1)
It is time to replace the Drum Cartridge (C).
Cause/Action
Replace the Drum Cartridge (C). (PL 8.1) 091-914 Drum CRUM K Communication Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.2 • Drum Cartridge (Y) setup error.
Detected inequality in write data and read data of CRUM of Drum Cartridge (K).
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum Cartridge (M) (PL 8.1)
Cause/Action
• Xero CRUM Connector Assembly (M) (PL 8.2)
Unplug and plug the Drum Cartridge (K) back in and check for any setup error.
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
If no problem is found, replace the Drum Cartridge (K). (PL 8.1)
091-922 Drum CRUM M Data Broken 091-928 Drum CRUM M Not In Position
BSD-ON:CH9.1
BSD-ON:CH9.1
Detected inequality in write data and read data of CRUM of Drum Cartridge (M).
CRUM of Drum Cartridge (M) is not installed in the predetermined position (CRUM falling out).
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1.Unplug Drum Cartridge (M) and plug back in. Replace the Drum Cartridge (Y). (PL 8.1)
2.Wipe the joining terminal between CRUM PWB of Drum Cartridge (M) and CRUM of Xero CRUM Con-
nector Assembly (M) with a dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.)
3.Check the following:
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between DRIVE PWB J407 and Xero CRUM 091-933 Drum Cartridge M Life End
Connector Assembly (M) J106. BSD-ON:CH9.1
• Damage, contamination by foreign substances of the joining terminal between CRUM PWB of
Drum Cartridge (M) and CRUM of Xero CRUM Connector Assembly (M). Indicates that it is time to replace Drum Cartridge (M). (Restrict Print operation)
• Drum Cartridge (M) setup error.
Cause/Action
If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence: Replace the Drum Cartridge (M). (PL 8.1)
091-929 Drum CRUM C Not In Position Indicates that it is time to replace Drum Cartridge (C). (Restrict Print operation)
BSD-ON:CH9.2
Cause/Action
CRUM of Drum Cartridge (C) is not installed in the predetermined position (CRUM falling out). Replace the Drum Cartridge (C). (PL 8.1)
Cause/Action
1.Unplug Drum Cartridge (C) and plug back in.
2.Wipe the joining terminal between CRUM PWB of Drum Cartridge (C) and CRUM of Xero CRUM Con- 091-960 Drum CRUM Y Data Mismatch
nector Assembly (C) with a dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.) BSD-ON:CH9.1
3.Check the following:
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between DRIVE PWB J407 and Xero CRUM Detected invalid Authentication Area Data of CRUM of Drum Cartridge (Y).
Connector Assembly (C) J107.
• Damage, contamination by foreign substances of the joining terminal between CRUM PWB of Cause/Action
Drum Cartridge (C) and CRUM of Xero CRUM Connector Assembly (C). Unplug and plug the Drum Cartridge (Y) back in and check for any setup error.
• Drum Cartridge (C) setup error.
Replace with genuine Drum Cartridge (Y) (PL 8.1) if there is no problem after checking.
Cause/Action
Unplug and plug the Drum Cartridge (C) back in and check for any setup error
Replace with genuine Drum Cartridge (C) (PL 8.1) if there is no problem after checking.
Cause/Action
Unplug and plug the Drum Cartridge (K) back in and check for any setup error.
Replace with genuine Drum Cartridge (K) (PL 8.1) if there is no problem after checking.
092-651 ADC Sensor System Fail (Shutdown Fail)
Refer to FIP
Refer to CF-001 FIP.
BSD-ON:CH9.6
Cause/Action
Indicates the replacement time of Toner Cartridge (K) is approaching. Replace the Deve Unit (K). (PL 5.1)
Cause/Action After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Deve HSG PV K and initialize the
Life Counter.
The Toner Cartridge (K) needs to be replaced soon. Prepare a new Toner Cartridge (K). Replace the
Toner Cartridge (K) as required. (PL 5.1)
093-414 Deve HSG Y Near Life
BSD-ON:-
093-407 Toner Y Pre Near Life Indicates that it is time to replace Deve HSG Y.
BSD-ON:CH9.5
Cause/Action
Indicates the replacement time of Toner Cartridge (Y) is approaching. Prepare a new Deve Unit (Y) as the replacement time of the Deve Unit (Y) is approaching. In addition,
replace the Deve Unit (Y) as necessary. (PL 5.1)
Cause/Action
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Deve HSG PV Y and initialize the
The Toner Cartridge (Y) needs to be replaced soon. Prepare a new Toner Cartridge (Y). Replace the
Life Counter.
Toner Cartridge (Y) as required. (PL 5.1)
The Toner Cartridge (M) needs to be replaced soon. Prepare a new Toner Cartridge (M). Replace the
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Deve HSG PV M and initialize
Toner Cartridge (M) as required. (PL 5.1) the Life Counter.
BSD-ON:CH9.6
Indicates that it is time to replace Deve HSG C.
Indicates the replacement time of Toner Cartridge (M) is closer than Pre Near.
093-418 Deve HSG Y Life Over
BSD-ON:- Cause/Action
Prepare a new Toner Cartridge (M). Replace the Toner Cartridge (M) as required. (PL 5.1)
Indicates Deve HSG Y reached its usage limit. (Capable of Print operation)
Cause/Action
Replace the Deve Unit (Y). (PL 5.1) 093-425 Toner C Near Life
BSD-ON:CH9.6
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Deve HSG PV Y and initialize the
Life Counter.
Indicates the replacement time of Toner Cartridge (C) is closer than Pre Near.
Indicates Deve HSG M reached its usage limit. (Capable of Print operation)
Cause/Action
093-426 Toner K Near Life
Replace the Deve Unit (M). (PL 5.1)
BSD-ON:CH9.6
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Deve HSG PV M and initialize the
Indicates the replacement time of Toner Cartridge (K) is closer than Pre Near.
Life Counter.
Cause/Action
093-420 Deve HSG C Life Over
Prepare a new Toner Cartridge (K). Replace the Toner Cartridge (K) as required. (PL 5.1)
BSD-ON:-
Indicates Deve HSG C reached its usage limit. (Capable of Print operation)
Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (K) and check for improper installation.
Replace with genuine Toner Cartridge (K) (PL 5.1) if there is no problem after checking.
093-933 Toner K Life Over
BSD-ON:CH9.6
093-928 Toner K CRUM Data Broken Toner Cartridge (K) has reached its life.
BSD-ON:CH9.6
Cause/Action
Detected inequality in write data and read data of CRUM of Toner Cartridge (K). Replace the Toner Cartridge (K). (PL 5.1)
Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (K) and check for improper installation.
093-944 Deve HSG Y Life End
Replace Toner Cartridge (K) if there is no problem after checking. (PL 8.1) BSD-ON:-
Indicates Deve HSG Y reached its usage limit. (Restrict Print operation)
Toner Cartridge (Y) has reached its life. After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Deve HSG PV Y and initialize the
Life Counter.
Cause/Action
Replace Toner Cartridge (Y). (PL 5.1) 093-945 Deve HSG M Life End
BSD-ON:-
Indicates Deve HSG M reached its usage limit. (Restrict Print operation)
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Deve HSG PV M and initialize the
Life Counter. 093-951 Toner M CRUM Communication Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.5
093-946 Deve HSG C Life End
BSD-ON:- Detected communication abnormality with CRUM of Toner Cartridge (M).
Indicates Deve HSG C reached its usage limit. (Restrict Print operation) Cause/Action
1.Turn the power OFF and ON.
Cause/Action 2.Turn OFF the power and check the following:
Replace the Deve Unit (C). (PL 5.1) • Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between DRIVE PWB J405 and Toner
CRUM Connector Assembly (M) J102.
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Deve HSG PV C and initialize the
• Damage, contamination by foreign substances of the joining terminal between CRUM PWB of
Life Counter.
Toner Cartridge (M) and CRUM of Toner CRUM Connector Assembly (M).
• Uncleanness, dislocation of CRUM PWB of Toner Cartridge (M).
093-947 Deve HSG K Life End
• The Toner Cartridge (M) for improper installation
BSD-ON:-
Indicates Deve HSG K reached its usage limit. (Restrict Print operation) If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Cartridge (M) (PL 5.1)
Cause/Action • Toner CRUM Connector Assembly (M) (Dispenser Drive (YM)) (PL 5.3)
Replace the Deve Unit (K). (PL 5.1) • DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Deve HSG PV K and initialize the
Life Counter.
093-952 Toner C CRUM Communication Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.6
093-950 Toner Y CRUM Communication Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.5 Detected communication abnormality with CRUM of Toner Cartridge (C).
Cause/Action CRUM of Toner Cartridge (M) is not installed in the predetermined position (CRUM falling out).
Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (M) and check for improper installation.
Cause/Action
Replace with genuine Toner Cartridge (M) (PL 5.1) if there is no problem after checking. 1.Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (M).
2.Wipe the joining terminal between CRUM PWB of Toner Cartridge (M) and CRUM of Toner CRUM
Connector Assembly (M) with a dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.)
3.Check the following:
093-962 Toner C CRUM Data Mismatch • Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between DRIVE PWB J405 and Toner
BSD-ON:CH9.6 CRUM Connector Assembly (M) J102.
• Damage, contamination by foreign substances of the joining terminal between CRUM PWB of
Detected invalid Authentication Area Data of CRUM of Toner Cartridge (C). Toner Cartridge (M) and CRUM of Toner CRUM Connector Assembly (M).
• The Toner Cartridge (M) for improper installation
Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (C) and check for improper installation. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Cartridge (M) (PL 5.1)
Replace with genuine Toner Cartridge (C) (PL 5.1) if there is no problem after checking.
• Toner CRUM Connector Assembly (M) (Dispenser Drive (YM)) (PL 5.3)
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
• Toner CRUM Connector Assembly (C) (Dispenser Drive (CK)) (PL 5.3)
Replace Toner Cartridge (M) if there is no problem after checking. (PL 8.1)
• DRIVE PWB (PL 18.2)
093-973 Toner K CRUM Not In Position 093-982 Toner C CRUM Data Broken
BSD-ON:CH9.6 BSD-ON:CH9.6
CRUM of Toner Cartridge (K) is not installed in the predetermined position (CRUM falling out). Detected inequality in write data and read data of CRUM of Toner Cartridge (C).
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1.Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (K). Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (C) and check for improper installation.
2.Wipe the joining terminal between CRUM PWB of Toner Cartridge (K) and CRUM of Toner CRUM Con-
nector Assembly (K) with a dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.) Replace Toner Cartridge (C) if there is no problem after checking. (PL 8.1)
3.Check the following:
• Disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between DRIVE PWB J406 and Toner
CRUM Connector Assembly (K) J104.
• Damage, contamination by foreign substances of the joining terminal between CRUM PWB of
Toner Cartridge (K) and CRUM of Toner CRUM Connector Assembly (K).
• The Toner Cartridge (K) for improper installation
Detected inequality in write data and read data of CRUM of Toner Cartridge (Y).
Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (Y) and check for improper installation.
094-417 IBT Unit Near End Warning After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > 2nd BTR Unit and initialize the
Life Counter.
BSD-ON:-
Generate Fail if NVM(IBT Unit current counter) is greater than the value subtracted NVM(PV until IBT 094-911 IBT Unit Life End
Unit replacement warning) from NVM(IBT Unit Life). BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action Generate Fail when NVM (IBT Unit current counter) becomes greater then NVM (IBT Unit Dead End gen-
Prepare a new IBT Belt Unit as the replacement time of the IBT Belt Unit is approaching. In addition, erated PV).
replace the IBT Belt Unit as necessary. (PL 6.1)
Cause/Action
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > IBT Unit and initialize the Life Replace the IBT Belt Unit (PL 6.1)
Counter.
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > IBT Unit and initialize the Life
094-419 2nd BTR Unit Near End Warning Counter.
BSD-ON:-
Generate Fail if NVM(2nd BTR Unit current counter) is greater than the value subtracted NVM(PV until
2nd BTR Unit replacement warning) from NVM(2nd BTR Unit Life).
Cause/Action
Prepare a new 2nd BTR Roll as the replacement time of the 2nd BTR Roll is approaching. In addition,
replace the 2nd BTR Roll as necessary. (PL 6.1)
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > 2nd BTR Unit and initialize the
Life Counter.
Generate Fail when NVM (IBT Unit current counter) becomes greater then NVM (IBT Unit Life).
Cause/Action
Replace the IBT Belt Unit if necessary since it has reached the time to replace the IBT Belt Unit. (PL 6.1)
After replacing, enter CE Mode, go to Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > IBT Unit and initialize the Life
Counter.
Generate Fail when NVM (2nd BTR Unit current counter) becomes greater then NVM (2nd BTR Unit
Life).
Cause/Action
Replace the 2nd BTR Roll if necessary since it has reached the time to replace the 2nd BTR Roll. (PL
6.1)
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Main Program ROM checksum error. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)If the
problem cannot be solved, replace the printer.
116-327 ESS Instruction Cache Error
BSD-ON:-
116-315 ESS On Board RAM W/R Check Fail CPU instruction cache error.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Detected by On Board RAM W/R Check at the time of initialization. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
116-328 ESS Data Cache Error
BSD-ON:-
116-317 ESS ROM Check (Main) Fail CPU data cache error.
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Main Program ROM checksum error. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
116-343 ASIC Fail
BSD-ON:-
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Detected by master NVRAM W/R check. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)If the
problem cannot be solved, replace the printer.
116-350 On Board Network Communication Fail
BSD-ON:-
116-324 ESS Illegal Exception Communication fail between 1 CPU network and ESS F/W.
BSD-ON:-
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.3 NET System Fault Check
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow- -Update to the latest F/W.
ered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow-
116-351 Network Error ered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
BSD-ON:-
116-361 PCI Bus #0 Error Detected
On Board Network Ethernet BIST parity/RAM R/W Error. BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action PCI Bus #0 Uncorrectable Error Detected. (Connected with Remora EX(x4 port))
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. -Perform the following in sequence.
Cause/Action
2.3 NET System Fault Check Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. -Perform the following in sequence.
116-363 PCI Bus #1 Host Bridge Controller Error
2.3 NET System Fault Check
BSD-ON:-
2.3.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
PCI Bus #1 Host Bridge Controller Error. (Connected with Remora EX port.)
-Update to the latest F/W.
Cause/Action
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow- Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
ered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
cannot be solved, set the RTC correctly. (Refer to 6.4.13 RTC set.)
116-368 PCI Error Messages received from Bus #0 - Device #1 If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is pow-
BSD-ON:- ered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Remora EX PCI x1 port Error. (Device ID 0x65 (x1)) 116-721 Collate Full
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem Unable to collate due to insufficient memory.
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time.-Split the
document into blocks to decrease the number of pages to be collated.-Upgrade SD CARD as
116-369 PCI Error Messages received from Bus #0 - Device #0 required.Take corrective actions at the host side.
BSD-ON:-
116-722 WSD (Web Services on Device) Scan destination error
Remora EX PCI x4 port Error. (Device ID 0x64 (x4))
BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action The scan job cannot be executed on the device-driven Web Services on Device Scan, because the des-
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem tination PC has been stopped.
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Recover after the [OK] or [Close] button is pressed or message is displayed for specified time. -Check
the destination PC. -Perform the following in sequence.
116-390 ESS NVRAM1 SIZE And ID Check Fail
BSD-ON:- 2.3 NET System Fault Check
S/W bug.
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. -Perform the following in sequence.
-Update to the latest F/W.If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error repli-
cates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
117-315 EEPROM Driver Error
BSD-ON:- 117-347 Billing Life Error
BSD-ON:CH3.4
EEPROM Driver program error.
Billing Counter Life Over.
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem Cause/Action
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the printer.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2) cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
HOOK task error. IIT registration adjustment value verification NG. (Checked only at production process)
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)If the
cannot be solved, replace the following parts in sequence. problem cannot be solved, replace the printer.
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)If the
problem cannot be solved, replace the printer.
RTC detected Low Voltage. RTC clock setting and content of SRAM are invalid. Initialize them.
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W.If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn the Power OFF and check for disconnection, shortage or contact failure of wire between Con-
trol Panel J840 and ESS PWB J436.
3. If no problem is found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Control Panel (PL 1.1)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
An error which occurred when the Panel MainFW transmission was performed from ESS
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Install the latest F/W.
3. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Control Panel (PL 1.1)
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
An error which was caused by an unexpected reboot, such as reboot due to static electricity.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Install the latest F/W.
3. Replace the Control Panel if it is not restored. (PL 1.1)
BSD-ON:CH3.4 The Billing Meter Type information does not match in Master/Backup (Both format is correct).
BSD-ON:CH3.4 The Billing Meter Type information does not match in Master/Backup (Both format is abnormal).
3-point check error of product unique information (Either the Backup or IOT is different).
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. 6.4.10.2 Perform Copy Counter M to B/Copy Counter B to M.
3. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
3-point check error of product unique information (All Master/Backup/IOT information is different).
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. 6.4.10.2 Perform Copy Counter M to B/Copy Counter B to M.
3. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. -Perform the following in sequence.
-Update to the latest F/W.If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error repli-
cates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the ESS PWB. (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
Turn the power OFF and ON, perform the same operation and check whether the problem is reoccurring.
If the problem still persists, perform the following in sequence.
Cause/Action
Turn the power OFF and ON, perform the same operation and check whether the problem is reoccurring.
If the problem still persists, perform the following in sequence.
BSD-ON:-
133-260 File Open Error
File close error. BSD-ON:-
BSD-ON:-
File close error.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. -Checking the telephone line connection. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem
Reconnect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax. Receive the fax data from cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
known good fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after the action above is taken,
ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the following 133-286 OS Call Error
parts in sequence.
BSD-ON:-
• FAX PWB (PL 18.5)
OS Call error.
• ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action
133-280 ERR_FAX_TIME Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem
BSD-ON:- cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
133-281 Power Off Report Create Fail 133-288 File Close Error
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB (PL 18.2) cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then,update to the latest F/W. If the problem
cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB (PL 18.2) cannot be solved, replace the ESS PWB (PL 18.2)
At JBIG data print decode, decode error occurred three successive times.
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. -Checking the telephone line connection. Recon-
nect the telephone line connector. -Checking the sending side fax. Receive the fax data from known good
fax machine. -Update to the latest F/W. If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that
the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the following parts in
sequence.
Cause/Action
Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. -Checking the PWBA FAX for installing. -Update
to the latest F/W. If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after
the printer is powered off and then on, and then replace the following parts in sequence.
Cause/Action
No action is required.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF the Main Power Switch. Is the voltage between the Main Power Switch J3 and J4, 220- Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between LVPS J501-4(+) and GND(-), +5VDC?
240VA? Y N
Y N Is the voltage between LVPS J510-1 and J510-3, 220-240VAC?
Is the voltage between AC Inlet J1 and J2, 220-240VAC? Y N
Y N Proceed to 2.2.3.1 AC Power FIP.
Unplug the Power Cord from the outlet. Is 220-240VAC measured at the outlet?
Y N Turn the Power OFF and remove LVPS J501. After 15 s or longer has passed, turn ON the
Check the customer’s Breaker, etc. machine. Is the voltage between LVPS J501-1(+) and GND(-), +5VDC?
Y N
Check the Power Cord for open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the Replace the LVPS. (PL 18.3)
AC Inlet. (PL 18.3)
Check the +5VDC circuit for a short circuit in the frame by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring Data.
Check for disconnection or contact failure of the wire between AC Inlet J1, J2 and Main Power
Switch J3, J4. Check the circuit to the applicable component for an open circuit or poor contact by referring to Chapter 7
Wiring Data.
Turn ON the Main Power Switch. Is the voltage between LVPS J510-1 and J510-3, 220-240VAC?
Y N
Turn OFF the power and unplug the Power Cord from the outlet. Check for disconnection or contact
failure of the wire between Main Power Switch J5, J6 and LVPS J510-1, 3.
If no problems are found, replace the Main Power Switch. (PL 18.3)
Procedure
Turn ON the power. Is the voltage between LVPS J501-5(+) and GND(-), +24VDC?
Y N
Is the voltage between LVPS J510-1 and J510-3, 220-240VAC?
Y N
Proceed to 2.2.3.1 AC Power FIP.
Turn the Power OFF and remove LVPS J501. After 15 s or longer has passed, turn ON the
machine. Is the voltage between LVPS J501-5(+) and GND(-), +24VDC?
Y N
Replace the LVPS. (PL 18.3)
Check the +24VDC circuit for a short circuit in the frame by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring Data.
Check the circuit to the applicable component for an open circuit or poor contact by referring to Chapter 7
Wiring Data.
CF-001 ADC Sensor Fail Tools>Admin Setting>Maintenance>Auto Registration
Tools>Admin Setting>Maintenance>Quick Density Adjust (Twice)
BSD-ON:CH9.8 Didn't Fail occur?
Y N
ADC Sensor malfunction, abnormality in electrical system, or abnormality in Transfer Belt reflection out-
Check to see if the following NVM value is within the range regarding NVM Read/Write in CE Mode.
put has occurred. • NVM[755-126] (ADC_Vdark) (Range:0-100)
• NVM[755-127] (ADC_Vcln_All Mean Value) (Range:50-1000)
• 092-651: ADC Sensor System Fail (Shutdown Fail)
• 092-652: ADC Sensor Fail
Are both value within the range?
Y N
Influence Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
When 092-652Fail occurs, image density control that uses ADC Sensor will not be updated which may • Between MOB ADC Sensor (R-RAD) J112 and DRIVE PWB J414
create issues concerning the image density being too dark or too light.092-651Fail discharges images • Between MOB ADC Sensor (R-RAD LOW) J113 and DRIVE PWB J414
under the process of image formation and force stop the machine operation when 092-652Fail continu- Is the conduction normal?
ously occurs.Couple copies of print may be printout after releasing Fail by Powering OFF/ON but if the
Y N
number of 092-651Fail reaches the prescribed number of time, it will not be able to release by powering
Reconnect the connector. If it does not recover, there is a possibility of abnormality in
OFF/ON.The following NVM value need to be cleared [0] in order to release. However, if it does not electrical system. Replace DRIVE PWB. (PL 18.2)
recover to normal state, the Fail will generate again during usage.
Possibility of ADC Sensor malfunction. Replace MOB ADC Assembly. (PL 6.1)
Table 1 Table 1
ADC Sensor System Fail Number of continuous ADC Sensor System Fail NOTE: Perform Auto Registration from UI-Diag if MOB ADC Sensor Assembly is replaced.
NVM:755-001 NVM:752-431 Pull out the IBT Unit and check the IBT Belt status. Is there any uncleanness or scratch?
Y N
Possibility of cause may be contamination or scratch of IBT Belt. Replace the IBT Belt. (PL 6.3)
Replacement parts list
NOTE: Perform Auto Registration from UI-Diag if IBT Belt is replaced.
Table 2 Table 1
Remove the MOB ADC Assembly, check the status of ADC Sensor Detection surface and clean if it
Possibilit is dirty.
No. Component y Reason If it is not dirty or does not restore after cleaning, replace the MOB ADC Assembly. (PL 6.1)
1 MOB ADC Sensor Assembly H ADC Sensor malfunction NOTE: Perform Auto Registration from UI-Diag if MOB ADC Sensor Assembly is replaced.
2 Deve Housing Assenbly M When the exchange display comes out in UI,
exchange. The ending
3 Drum M When the exchange display comes out in UI, NOTE: Perform Auto Registration from UI-Diag if MOB ADC Sensor Assembly or IBT Belt is replaced.
exchange.
4 DRIVE PWB L Abnormality in ADC Sensor electrical system.
5 IBT Belt L Abnormality in reflection output due to unclean-
ness, scratch of IBT Belt.
6 ESS PWB L Abnormality in electrical system.
Procedure
NOTE: To prevent light-induced fatigue, cover the Drum with a black sheet when removing the Drum. In
addition, do not touch the Drum surface.
When the exchange display of Drum or Deve Housing Assembly comes out in UI, when the exchange
display doesn’t come out after exchanging, it is just as it is. It executes the following operation in turn.
The temperature/humidity measurement value of Environment Sensor is out of stipulation range. ADC (Auto density Control) Patch of the corresponding color is abnormally light, or there is an abnormal-
ity in ADC Sensor. ADC Patch will be formed near the Front of FS direction of IBT Belt when setting up
• 092-661: Temperature Sensor Fail density adjustment.
• 092-662: Humidity Sensor Fail
• 092-670: ADC Elec Patch Fail Y
• 092-671: ADC Elec Patch Fail M
Influence
• 092-672: ADC Elec Patch Fail C
When this Fail occurs, the control cannot be made according to temperature/humidity which creates an
• 092-673: ADC Elec Patch Fail K
issue of image density becoming too dark or too light due to temperature/humidity change.
• White paper print or low density, specific color close to white paper is light -> Patch is light.
• Vertical white/Color fading/line in vertical direction of FS (vertical) direction close to the Front ->
Patch position image is light and the Patch is light as well.
• White/Color fading/Line/Parts fading in SS (horizontal) direction -> The Patch on the position where
the image is light is light as well.
• Carry over (rough print)/Toner fogging -> Falsely detected that the Patch is light because the IBT
ground color is detected dark.
A
Replacement parts list Y N
There is a possibility that only ADC Patch is light. Check to see if there is no uncleanness,
Table 1 Table 1 adhering substance, scratch on the Front side (ADC Parch position) of IBT Belt and 1st BTR.
Is IBT Belt, 1st BTR normal?
Possibilit
Y N
No. Component y Reason There is a possibility of ADC Sensor abnormality. Turn OFF the power and check the fol-
1 MOB ADC Sensor Assembly H Unable to detect Patch due to abnormality in ADC lowing connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
Sensor. • Between MOB ADC Sensor (R-RAD) J112 and DRIVE PWB J414
2 IBT Belt L Patch is light due to deterioration and contamina- • Between MOB ADC Sensor (R-RAD LOW) J113 and DRIVE PWB J414
tion of the IBT Belt. Is the conduction normal?
3 IBT Cleaner L Patch is light due to contamination of the IBT Belt. Y N
4 Toner Cartridge L Patch is light due to shortage in the Toner. Check MOB ADC Sensor Assembly installation and if there is no uncleanness and
5 Drum Cartridge L Patch is light due to contamination of BCR and no foreign substance contamination to the detecting element, replace the MOB ADC
Sensor Assembly. (PL 6.1)
deterioration of the Drum.(When the exchange dis-
play comes out in UI, exchange.)
• Connect the connector.
6 LPH Unit L Patch is light due to contamination of LPH and poor
• Replace broken wire, parts that went short (such as PWB).
light intensity.
7 1st BTR Unit L The image is light due to 1st BTR Retract malfunc- Replace the following parts.
tion or the Patch is light due to contamination of 1st
• Replace the IBT Belt. (PL 6.3)
BTR Roll.
8 Deve Housing Assembly L Patch is light due to eccentric rotation and MOS NOTE: Perform Auto Registration from UI-Diag if IBT Belt is replaced.
malfunction.(When the exchange display comes • IBT Belt Cleaner (PL 6.2)
out in UI, exchange.)
• 1st BTR Roll (PL 6.3)
9 HVPS (BCR) L Patch is light due to application malfunction.
10 HVPS (Deve) L Patch is light due to application malfunction.
11 HVPS (1st/2nd BTR) L Patch is light due to application malfunction. • Perform processing of troubleshooting that corresponds to the image quality trouble that
12 IBT Cleaner Unit L Patch is light due to tearing of the blade. should be handled first.
13 Dispense Unit L Patch is light due to Toner supply malfunction. • Replace if there is no Toner in the Toner Cartridge of the corresponding color. (PL 5.1)
14 LPH FFC L Patch is light due to LPH signal malfunction. • Replace if there is any uncleanness, adhering substance, scratch on the Front side of Drum FS
15 DRIVE PWB L Patch is light due to MCU abnormality. direction of Drum Cartridge of the corresponding color. (PL 8.1)
• Replace if there is any uncleanness, adhering substance, scratch on the Front side of Drum FS
direction of BCR of the corresponding color. (PL 8.3)
Procedure
• Replace if the Toner close to the Front of SF direction on Deve Roll of the corresponding color,
NOTE: To prevent light-induced fatigue, cover the Drum with a black sheet when removing the Drum. In or if the Toner seems low after turning the Gear clockwise. (PL 5.1)
addition, do not touch the Drum surface. • If the Dispense is not driven after running Digital Output [093-001] (Toner Dispense Motor Y)/
[093-002] (Toner Dispense Motor M) / [093-003] (Toner Dispense Motor C) / [093-004] (Toner
Perform Procon Print of CE Mode and check from 755-003 to 755-006, 752-078 to 752-081, 755-023 to
755-026. Are the results all 0? Dispense Motor K), replace the Toner Dispense Motor. (PL 5.3)
Y N • Turn the Power OFF, check the corresponding color LPH, and clean or replace the LPS if it is
Perform Procon Print of CE Mode and check from 755-003 to 755-006, 752-078 to 752-081, 755- dirty. (PL 2.1)
023 to 755-026. Run Test Pattern>Prccon ON Print. Check the number of Fail occurrences by using • Turn the Power OFF, check for break of wire, short, half-connection between each HVPS and
NVM Read/Write again. Did the number of Fail occurrences increase for either color? each parts. If there is any conduction failure, replace the connector connection, parts that was
Y N broken or short.
No need to take measures if Fail does not occur after running Procon ON Print a few times.
View the corresponding FIP and repair. Replace the parts of "Replacement Parts List" if the cause cannot
Check to see if the density of the whole image that was printout from ProCon ON Print is light or the be specified and restoration process cannot be completed.
Front side of FS direction (ADC Patch position) of full surface half-tone of the corresponding color of
Service Mode Test Pattern Print. Is White extremely light?
A
Version 1.1 05/2014 2.2.4 Common FIP
2-131
DC SC2020 Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 2-132 2.2.4 Common FIP
NOTE: Rewrite NVM[760-240] (TMA Gain Flag) value to [1] after replacing MOB ADC Sensor Assembly
or IBT Belt.
2.3.1 Interface (Physical/Logical) 2.3.2 ’Cannot connect to the network’ or ’Print is not found from
1. Physical Interface Description the PC’
The following physical interfaces are supported. Get ’NET Connection Diagram’ and take actions by following the instructions in ’2.3.5 Network-Related
(1) USB 2.0 Details Check Flow’ in this document, and then collect the following information:
(2) Ethernet (10BaseT, 100BaseTX) *1
• System Settings List
*1: Has the features to automatically detect and switch the transmission speed (10Mbps, 100Mbps).
Also, the transmission speed can be fixed by settings. • Check the client settings (Output Port)
• Physical interface check
2. Logical Interface Description • Logical interface check
It is possible to set whether to activate the system for each of the following logical interfaces. • Other connection environment check
Supported for receiving print jobs Printer switching machine
(1) USB Availability of printer buffer, etc.
(2) LPD HUB (Switch, Hub) used, etc.
(3) Port9100 • Network Capture Log
2.3.3 No output is available, no data is printed Obtain the information relevant to the items described in ’2.3.2 Cannot connect to the network’.
Check whether or not the Controller Firmware and Printer Driver are the latest version. If it is not the lat-
est, always upgrade the software. (See 2.4.1 Software Download.)
After checking the above items, check whether the Indicator is blinking and take the corrective actions
accordingly.
Method 2)
(1) Open the Printer Driver Properties and select the [Ports] tab.
(2) In [Ports], select [FILE:] in the list and click [OK] to close the Properties screen.
Take note of the port setting before it was changed in [FILE:] in order to restore the port to
original setting after creating a Print file.
(3) Select [Print] from File menu in the target document.
(4) The [Output to File] screen appears. Specify a storage destination and file name, and click
[OK] to create a Print file in the specified destination.
(5) Restore the port to the original setting in the procedures a and b shown above.
The following describes the precautions and limitations for TCP/IP (LPD).
1. Machine Settings
• IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thor-
oughly before perform setting.
• Depending on the network environment, perform the subnet mask and gateway settings if
necessary. Consult with the Network Administrator to set necessary settings.
2. Computer Settings
• IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thor-
oughly before perform setting.
• To perform network settings (such as IP address), etc. on the host used under NIS (Network
Information Service) management, consult with the NIS Administrator.
1. If the defected sample is determined as the same problem with the one covered in this chapter
("Defect Image Sample") through visual observation, check the part which is causing the poor
image quality.
2. When the problem cannot be determined or there was no corresponding NG sample in 1 above,
proceed to the corresponding FIP below to repair the problem.
Table 1
Image Quality Problem SUB Symptoms Reference RAP No.
LPH Periodical Line LPH A line appears periodically as a result of the decrease in light quantity of the light emitter (chip) or from unevenness continuously IQ-1
occurring in multiple chips.
Reverse DarkLines Transfer Phenomenon of part of the solid patch of K-color having patial darklines (multiple) at the FS direction. IQ-2
Transfer defect occurred due to lack of electric charge in the toner before the secondary transfer.
Caterpillar Mark Transfer Removal of electricity with diselectrification material is performed in the charged state after the paper discharges the secondary IQ-3
transfer part.
If the adhesion of the toner to the paper is weak and the amount of electricity removal is big, the toner image scatters and a round
shaped pattern appears continuously in the vertical direction.
Scalelike defect Transfer Removal of electricity with diselectrification material is performed in the charged state after the paper discharges the secondary IQ-4
transfer part.If the adhesion of the toner to the paper is weak and the amount of electricity removal is big, the toner image scatters
and a semicircle shaped pattern appears.
Heavyweight paper image bleeding Transfer The rear edge of the paper gets flipped-up and moves closer to the center transfer belt after going though the Reg Shoot, and part IQ-5
of the axial direction (around 25mm from the rear edge of the heavyweight paper) may get blurred from the electrical discharge
that occurs in the secondary transfer pre nip part.
Line color of photo receptor pitch XERO/CLN Vibrations during the Drum CRU transportation may cause scrapes and friction in the BCR and the Photoreceptor, resulting in left- IQ-6
(94mm) over electrostatic memory on the Photoreceptor, which generates thin white streaks in the FS direction on the highlight portion at
the Photoreceptor Pitch.
BCR pitch (37mm) density uneven- XERO Charging failure occurs in weak contact parts which lowers the surface potential and the density of the half-tone image darkens IQ-7
ness with a BCR pitch (37.7mm).
DarkLines (Fill speed/Half speed) XERO A faulty stripe along the rotational axis caused by an erroneous electrical discharge between the bias charge roller (BCR) and pho- IQ-8
toconductor drum.
Toner color line DEVE It’s a vertical long thin line and the length may differ from couple mm to 10cm or longer. This occurs in solid or HT and does not IQ-9
generally occur in the background part.
Thin line interruption Process Control Depending on the structure of the line, the interruption may stand out by the position of the screen. IQ-10
Moire Screen Depending on the document drawing pattern structure, Moire may stand out by interfering with the screen IQ-11
Diagonal line fluctuation IIT "Diagonal line fluctuation" occurs due to speed change of the read unit. IQ-21
Fogging around high density patch part IIT "Fogging around high density patch part" occurs due to the cavity performance of the CIS device. IQ-22
Vertical line due to lack of pixels IIT The "vertical line" may appear approximately every 18.3mm. IQ-23
between CIS chips
Image quality difference during PLT/ IIT/DADF DADF job tends to be out of focus than during platen job. IQ-24
DADF read
A line appears periodically as a result of the decrease in light quantity of the light emitter (chip) or from
unevenness continuously occurring in multiple chips.
Figure 3 j0bs32002
[Corrective action]
1. Change the [Screen] setting in the driver print setting [Advanced].
• Select [Advanced] > [Screen] and change to [Auto Screening] -> [Gradation].
Figure 1 j0bs32017
[Cause]
1. 10.7mm pitch vertical line
• Occurs from the continuous multiple chip of vertical line in SLED (light emitter) edge position.
Figure 4 j0bs32031
Figure 2 j0bs32001
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
3-7
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-8 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
Transfer defect occurred due to lack of electric charge in the toner before the secondary transfer. If the adhesion of the toner to the paper is weak and the amount of electricity removal is big, the toner
image scatters and a round shaped pattern appears continuously in the vertical direction.
Figure 1 j0rk32018
Figure 1 j0bs32019
[Cause]
Occurs when the develop ability drops, the density of solid patch decreases and Vdeve becomes large. [Cause]
This is caused by low electric charge in the toner.
[Procedure]
Stress Conditions:
Take a sample from an image that includes solid patch such as Total Chart and check by comparing with
image sample.
• Plain paper (Lightweight paper)
[Corrective action] • Mid humidity~High temperature environment
1. 2nd Transfer Voltage Offset Adjustment • Occurs in both Side1/Side2.
• Optimize the secondary transfer voltage from [Tools -> Admin Settings -> Maintenance ->
Adjust 2nd BTR]. (Set to the Minus side.) [Procedure]
1. Take a sample from a half-tone image with uniformed entire surface and check by comparing with
2. 1st Transfer Voltage Offset Adjustment image sample.
• Optimize the primary transfer voltage from [Tools -> Admin Settings -> Maintenance -> Trans- 2. Judge as this phenomenon if it is solved or improved by raising the secondary transfer voltage.
fer Belt Unit]. (Set to the Plus side.)
[Corrective action]
3. TC Up 1. 2nd Transfer Voltage Offset Adjustment
• Optimize the secondary transfer voltage from [Tools -> Admin Settings -> Maintenance ->
4. Vh Up Adjust 2nd BTR]. (Set to the Plus side.)
IQ-4 Scalelike Defect (Transfer) • Optimize the secondary transfer voltage from [Tools -> Admin Settings -> Maintenance ->
Adjust 2nd BTR]. (Set to the Plus side.)
Removal of electricity with diselectrification material is performed in the charged state after the paper dis-
charges the secondary transfer part. 4. Lower the TC of K color (Tone Down)
If the adhesion of the toner to the paper is weak and the amount of electricity removal is big, the toner
image scatters and semicircle shaped pattern appears.
Figure 1 j0bs32020
[Cause]
This is caused by low electric charge in the toner.
Stress Conditions:
[Procedure]
1. Take a sample from a half-tone image with uniformed entire surface and check by comparing with
image sample.
2. Judge as this phenomenon if it is solved or improved by raising the secondary transfer voltage.
[Corrective action]
1. Reprint after printing 10~dozens of copies.
2. Change paper (Paper with high basis weight), change feeding direction (Long grain direction)
3. 2nd Transfer Voltage Offset Adjustment
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
3-9
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-10 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
IQ-5 Heavyweight paper image bleeding IQ-6 Color Line (Electrostatic Memory) of Photo Receptor Pitch
The rear edge of the paper gets flipped-up and moves closer to the center transfer belt after going though (94mm)
the Reg Shoot, and part of the axial direction (around 25mm from the rear edge of the heavyweight
From the vibration during Xero ERU Assy or moving Unit, a frictional charge is created by the position of
paper) may get blurred from the electrical discharge that occurs in the secondary transfer pre nip part.
BCR, CLN Blade that touches the photo receptor and creates a dark line of photo receptor pitch (approx.
94mm).
Figure 1 j0bs32021
Figure 1 j0bs32022
[Cause]
Occurs with paper with strong resilience such as heavyweight paper. [Cause]
This problem may occur right after the replacement of Drum CRU. (Occurs at Halftone image quality)
Stress Conditions:
• The paper feeding direction and the direction of the paper weave is parallel 2. Obtain 10 ~ 30 copies of print.
• K color (Mono Mode) can easily occur *Print full color image if the occurring Drum is YMC, and full color/BW image if K.
[Corrective action]
1. Forcefully down curl (about 10mm) the rear edge of paper.
IQ-7 BCR pitch (37mm) density unevenness IQ-8 DarkLines (Full speed/Half speed)
The contact with the photo receptor changes due to the dispersion of BCR shape. Unique phenomenon of a charged DC by BCR.
Charging failure occurs in weak contact parts which lowers the surface potential and the density of the BCR <-> Fine line in an axial direction due to abnormal electric discharge between the photo receptor.
half-tone image darkens with a BCR pitch (37.7mm).
Place occurring is random.
• Full Speed
Figure 1 j0bs32025
[Cause]
It is easier to occur if the combination of BCR form tolerance and Spring load tolerance, CLN-Roll pene- Figure 1 j0bs32036
tration quantity tolerance, environment (low temperature/low humidity) is set on the Stress side.
• 1/2 Speed
[Corrective action]
1. Xero ERU Replacement
Figure 2 j0bs32037
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
3-11
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-12 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
[Cause] IQ-9 Toner color line
Fine electric discharge unevenness unique to DC charge of BCR. It’s a vertical long thin line and the length may differ from couple mm to 10cm or longer. This occurs in
solid or HT and does not generally occur in the background part.
(Mainly half tone image quality)
[Procedure]
Check to see that fine axial direction line is appearing randomly on half-tone images.
[Corrective action]
• When exceeding the limit occurs during full speed, mainly the following 2 abnormality can be con-
sidered.
1. Abnormality in BCR, photo receptor
-> Check with Xero ERU replacement
Figure 1 j0bs32028
[Cause]
Phenomenon where lump of Supply Toner does not get loosen inside the developing machine and gets
transported on to the magnet roller then gets developed.When the Toner being supplied is forming soft
clock with high temperature storage, the loosening ability will not be able to catch up when the following
factors piles up, and unable to loosen in the transfer section.
• When supply toner amount is mass supplied at one with high image density
• When the toner density of developer is high and the amount of developer to deliver is large
It tends to occur on the upstream side on Deve Flow (Print left side) but not necessarily on the left side.
[Procedure]
1. Check to see if it has not occurred in the background.
2. Check to see that there is no axial direction, periodicity with uniform surface half-tone image.
[Corrective action]
1. This will be resolved after few copies.
If white paper image is printed in advance or printed between high density image, the stirring oppor-
tunity inside the processing machine will increase which makes it easier to control the occurrence.
IQ-10 Thin Line Interruption
Thin line interruption
Figure 2 j0rt30007
NOTE: Check the image and use since Banding Starvation will slightly worsen as secondary
failure.
Figure 1 j0rt30002
[Cause]
Depending on the structure of the line, the interruption may stand out by the position of the screen.
[Procedure]
1. Check with the customer whether the [Thin Line interruption] is outside the permissible range or not.
2. Check to see if there is no problem with the Banding/Starvation level.
[Corrective action]
1. Switch the Driver UI Screen to [Definition Priority].
[Thin line interruption] will not occur easily as the number of lines go high.
• Select [Advanced Setting] > [Screen], and change to [Tone Priority] -> [Fineness Priority].
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
3-13
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-14 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
IQ-11 Moire
Moire
Figure 2 j0rt30007
NOTE: Check the image and use since Banding Starvation will slightly worsen as secondary
failure.
Figure 1 j0rt30004
[Cause]
Depending on the document drawing pattern structure, Moire may stand out by interfering with the
screen.
[Procedure]
1. Check with the customer whether the [Moire] is outside the permissible range or not.
2. Check to see if there is no problem with the Banding/Starvation level.
[Corrective action]
1. Switch the Driver UI Screen to [Definition Priority].
[Moire] will not occur easily as the number of lines go high.
• Select [Advanced Setting] > [Screen], and change to [Tone Priority] -> [Fineness Priority].
IQ-21 Diagonal Line Fluctuation
"Diagonal line fluctuation" occurs due to speed change of the read unit.
Figure 1 j0bs32011
[Cause]
Figure 2 j0bs32032
The frictional resistance of the PLATEN glass sliding part changesDown arrowSlide load of the IIT read
unit changesDown arrowRead unit speed changesDown arrowDiagonal line fluctuation
A: Read Unit
B: Read unit slides the rear side
[Procedure] C: PLTEN Glass Sliding Part (FRONT side)
1. - D: PLTEN Glass Sliding Part (REAR side)
[Corrective action]
1. Clean the PLATEN glass sliding part. (Wipe with dry cloth)
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
3-15
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-16 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
IQ-22 Fogging around high density patch part IQ-23 Vertical line due to lack of pixels between CIS chips
"Fogging around high density patch part" occurs due to the cavity performance of the CIS device. The "vertical line" may appear approximately every 18.3mm.
[Cause] [Cause]
The cavity (*) performance of the CIS device used for DC SC2020 is poor compared to the conventional There are image pixels that DIS Device used in DC SC2020 is unable to read by main scanning 432 pixel
device. Due to this, fogging around high density part may occur depending on the setting of the copy units. (Approx. 18.3mm)Complement processing against this lack of pixel read will be done by image pro-
mode. cessing, but depending on the characteristic of the document, a defect of vertical line appearing in miss-
ing pixel part may occur.Document that can easily generate this defect is cot and periodical vertical line.
This is almost never seen in Default Mode, but with Picture Mode or Ground Color removal OFF setting, Does not occur in solid print part.
this defect is seen clearly due to the balance with image quality creation that is trying to recreate the high-
light well.
*1:A phenomenon which fogging occurs around high density patch resulting from Read Device optical
characteristic taking in the density of the surrounding part. This effect is seen especially in main scanning
direction.
[Procedure]
1. Copy setting: Check with photo mode or turning ground color removal OFF.
[Corrective action]
1. Change the following NVM values.
• 15-092 = Current Value - 2
• 715-093 = Current Value - 2
• 715-094 = Current Value - 2
• 715-095 = Current Value - 2
Figure 2 j0bs32033
A: Unable to read the document information for this part since there is no read element. IQ-24 Image quality difference during PLT/DADF read
DADF job tends to be out of focus than during platen job.
[Procedure]
1. Check to see if the "vertical line" is appearing approximately every 18.3mm.
[Corrective action]
1. Use sharpness adjustment (weaker), photo mode.
2. The output of defect differs depending on placement of the document.
Figure 1 j0bs32014
[Cause]
The CIS device used in DC SC2020 is a read device with shallow depth of focus in general. Read image
characteristic tends to get blurry than Platen Job since the DADF Job feed the document in a far position
from the CIS read focus.Recovery processing will be performed with DOF (Depth of Focus) correction
but it will not completely match with Platen image quality.Platen reproduces as the original, DADF
includes corrections.
[Procedure]
1. -
[Corrective action]
1. DOF (Depth of Focus) Correction Level Adjustment
IIT of DC SC2020 uses CIS read method and performs correction processing because the focus
depth is not so deep and is easily blurred.
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
3-17
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-18 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
There are 11 levels for DADF job, Platen job correction level and can be changed with NVM. IQ-25 The output image gets blurred with Book document or
Table 1 three-dimensional object.
The focus goes out for the seam of Book document or three-dimensional object which blurs the object.
Chain-Link Default Value Min Max Meaning
711-262 5 0 10 Applies to DADF read job.
715-159 5 0 10 Applies to Platen read job.
[Procedure]
1. Check with Book document.
[Corrective action]
1. This can be improved by pressing the document to the platen glass when copying.
Figure 2 j0bs32034
NOTE: Defect such as roughness or Moire may occur on the image if it is overly emphasized.
IQ-26 Rear edge image blurring during DADF heavyweight paper
delivery
The document is floating during the transportation of DADF delivery, which generates the "Rear end
image unevenness" phenomenon.
Figure 1 j0bs32016
[Cause]
When read using CIS, the depth of focus of CIS has a narrow range and image blurring occurs due to
document floating.During DADF delivery, the document is floating while getting delivered to prevent for-
eign substance sticking to the CVT glass (prevent black line appearing), but the rear edge of heavy-
weight paper floats more due to the paper resilience, the image tends to get blurry.
[Procedure]
1. -
[Corrective action]
1. Use Platen when image blurring occurs on the rear edge of the heavyweight paper.
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
3-19
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-20 3.2.1 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IOT/IIT/DADF)
How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
Perform the following procedure to check the fault sample that is obtained during visit or the one that is
provided by the customer and proceed with the appropriate FIP.
1. If the defected sample is determined as the same problem with the one covered in this chapter
("Defect Image Sample") through visual observation, check the part which is causing the poor
image quality.
2. When the problem cannot be determined or there was no corresponding NG sample in 1 above,
proceed to the corresponding FIP below to repair the problem.
Table 1
Image Quality Problem SUB Symptoms Refer to FIP
Background Suppression Adjustment IPS The default background suppression function is unable to fully remove the background. CQ-01
Density Adjustment: Darkening the High- IPS The highlight (light colors) is intended to be reproduced in darker shade. CQ-02
light
Density Adjustment: Lightening IPS The density is intended to be reproduced in lighter shade. CQ-03
Gradation Jump in 100-lines Photo Doc- IPS In the BW and Text & Photo Copy Mode, gradation jump occurs on 100-line photo documents. CQ-04
ument
Scan: Smeared Text, Mosquito Noise IPS Color texts are blurred and mosquito noise is generated around the texts due to JPEG compression. CQ-05
Around Text
Bleed on 2 Sided Document IPS Bleed occurs in the BW Copy and Text Mode. CQ-06
Platen Background IPS When A4 stark white paper such as J Paper/Premier 80 is scanned into A3 when in BW Copy Text Mode and AE is ON, the Platen back den- CQ-07
sity is reproduced outside of the copy range.
Color Balance Adjustment IPS The color of the copy image quality is different from that of the original. CQ-08
Rough Thin Lines IPS When a document containing extremely thin lines is copied in the Text & Photo Mode, the density of the lines on the copy may become CQ-09
uneven and rough.
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
3-21
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-22 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
CQ-01 Ground color removal adjustment *: The details of Table1 is an approximate. The suppression results may differ depending on the
document.
[Symptoms]
[Adjustment Method]
A phenomenon like background (e.g. background color or document bleed) may occur depending on the
1. The adjustment methods are different between Services and Output Colors. (Table2)
document.
Figure 1 j0ki31019
[Cause]
The default settings of Background Suppression are as shown in Table 1. Background Suppression
Level Adjustment may be required depending on the document.
[Procedure]
1. Set Background Suppression to "Enabled" and check whether background still occur on the cus-
tomer’s document.
[Corrective action]
1. Background Suppression Level Adjustment
[Cause] [Cause]
1. The highlight reproducibility had been adjusted to prevent background from appearing. No special actions required.
[Procedure] [Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
1. No special actions required.
* When the highlight is not reproduced after performing the density adjustment in (1), adjust it by the 2. When the desired image quality is still not obtained after performing the density adjustment in Step
1, the following adjustment method is available:
following method:
In the case of Copy Service, adjust the density by using "Color Balance Adjustment". (Full color
only)
2. Set the background suppression to "Disabled".
* Although this may cause background to appear, it improves the reproducibility of highlights.
3. Adjust the density with [Color Balance Adjustment] for copy. (Full color only)
Adjustment by user
• Machine Status button -> Tools tab -> Default Settings ->
Copy or Scan -> Color Balance
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
3-23
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-24 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
CQ-04 Tone jump of 100 line image document CQ-05 Scan letter corruption, mosquito noise surrounding the
[Symptoms] letter
In the BW and Text & Photo Copy Mode, gradation jump occurs on 100-line photo documents. [Symptoms]
Color texts are blurred and mosquito noise is generated around the texts due to JPEG compression.
Figure 1 j0ki31013
Figure 1 j0ki31014
[Cause]
As Text & Photo Mode gives priority to 175 lpi halftone dots and text quality, Sharpen Edge is performed [Cause]
for lower lpi.
As the JPEG compression technique is for images, not texts, noise is easy to crop up when it is used to
compress texts.
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required. [Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
[Corrective action]
Table 1
1. Set the compression mode from "Normal" -> "Low Compression". (Secondary defect: The file size
Countermeasures Secondary Defect becomes bigger.)
Set the Original Type to "Photo". The text becomes blurred.
CQ-06 Duplex document off-set CQ-07 Fogging platen back
[Symptoms] [Symptoms]
Off-set occurs in Copy black&white letter mode. The platen back density comes out to the area other than the paper when white A4 paper such as J
paper/Premier 80 is scanned with A3 in Copy letter mode with AE ON.
[Cause]
Because the gradation feature is designed to improve the reproducibility of Low Contrast, when bleed [Cause]
density of the document is high, the background suppression function might not be able to remove it Because paper such as J paper/Premier 80 has a low background detection level, the density of the
completely. Platen Back might not be fully removed depending on the S/N level status of the IIT.
[Procedure] [Procedure]
1. No special actions required. 1. No special actions required.
Table 1 Table 1
Countermeasures Secondary Defect Countermeasures Secondary Defect
Switch the ground color removal level Reproducibility of highlights is degraded. Switch the AE suppression level set- Reproducibility of highlights is degraded.
setting. tings.
Set the density adjustment to "Lighten The density on the whole area becomes lighter and the repro- Set the density adjustment to "Lighten The density on the whole area becomes lighter and the repro-
+1". ducibility of highlights is degraded. +1". ducibility of highlights is degraded.
Set the Sharpness adjustment to weak The text becomes blurred.
(soften).
Set the Color balance adjustment level The low density becomes lighter and the reproducibility of high-
(low density) to the Light side. lights is degraded.
(Full color only)
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
3-25
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-26 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
CQ-08 Color balance adjustment (Only K color for black&white CQ-09 Thin line roughness
IOT machine) [Symptoms]
[Symptoms] When a document containing extremely thin lines is copied in the Text & Photo Mode, the density of the
lines on the copy may become uneven and rough.
The color of the copy image quality is different from that of the original.
[Cause] [Cause]
Extremely thin lines are lines that are barely wide enough to be detected as edges.
No special actions required.
Therefore, as only some of their segments can be detected edges, the machine will switch between the
[Procedure] following processes frequently, making the lines look rough.
1. No special actions required.
• Edge Processing: Darkens to emphasize the line.
[Corrective action] • Non-Edge Processing: Does not emphasize the line and reproduce with light density that is close to
the document.
• Finely adjust the YMCK color density with [Color Balance Adjustment]. (Full color only)
Adjustment by user
– Machine Status button -> Tools tab -> Default Settings ->
Copy or Scan -> Color Balance
Figure 1 j0sg31001
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
Table 1
Countermeasures Secondary Defect
• Text Mode • Because lines are more emphasized
compared to the original, the overall
image becomes darker.
Set the [Sharpness Adjustment] to strong (Sharpen). • The sharpness will be emphasized overall
and the image will have a rough look.
3.2.3 Fusing Unit Paper wrinkle Alignment adjustment 2. Adjustment Method
Refer to "Alignment Adjustment Bracket Used Flow" in Step3 for adjustment.
[Procedure]
1. Installation/removal of Adjustment Bracket
(1) Move the adjustment bracket to N -> M when the paper wrinkle appears on the left side.
(1) Remove the Fusing Unit.
i. Temporary tack the Screw in the left M hole.
Figure 1 j0lbs34001
Figure 3 j0lbs34009
(2) Remove the alignment adjustment bracket on the Front Side.
ii. Fasten the Screw in the right M hole.
• Remove the Screw (2).
Figure 4 j0lbs34010
Figure 2 j0lbs34002
iii. Tighten the left M Screw.
• N: Nominal position
• M: Minus position
• P: Plus position
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
3-27
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-28 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
iv. Install the Fusing Unit. iii. Tighten the left P Screw.
(2) Move the adjustment bracket to N -> P when the paper wrinkle appears on the right side.
i. Temporary tack the Screw in the left P hole.
Figure 8 j0lbs34008
Figure 6 j0lbs34006
3. Usage flow of the Alignment Adjustment Bracket
ii. Fasten the Screw in the right P hole.
NOTE: Use this when pepr wrinkles (*1) has been generated due to interaction.
Figure 9 j0lbs34012
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
3-29
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-30 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
Figure 1 j0bs3105
Table 1
Sub Device Diameter (imm) Print Period (imm)
Exit Pinch Roll 10.00 31.4
Exit Roll 15.00 47.1
Fusing Heat Roll 24.93 78.3
3.2.5 Image Quality Limit Precaution
Table 1
Occurrence Condition
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
3-31
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-32 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
Table 1
Occurrence Condition
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
3-33
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-34 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
Table 1
Occurrence Condition
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
3-35
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-36 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
Table 1
Occurrence Condition
Version 1.1 05/2014 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
3-37
DC SC2020 Image Quality Troubleshooting
DC SC2020 05/2014
Image Quality Troubleshooting
Version 1.1 3-38 3.2.2 How to use the image quality troubleshooting (IPS)
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustments
4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4.1 Introduction REP 9.2.1 Tray 1 Feed Roll and Tray 1 Retard Pad .....................47 REP 56.6.1 Harness Guide and Wire Harness............................. 82
4.1 Introduction................................................................................ 3 REP 56.6.2 DADF Feed Motor ..................................................... 83
10. One Tray Module (Tray 2) REP 56.7.1 DADF Drive Belt ........................................................ 84
4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP 10.1.1 (SCC) Tray 2 Feeder..................................................49 REP 56.9.1 (SCC) Document Tray ............................................... 85
REP 10.3.1 Tray 2 Feed/Nudger Roll and Retard Pad..................50 REP 56.9.2 Retard Chute ............................................................. 86
1. IIT/UI REP 10.3.2 Retard Spring .............................................................51 REP 56.9.3 Invert Chute ............................................................... 87
REP 1.1.1 (SCC) Control Panel ...................................................... 5 REP 10.6.1 (SCC) STM PWB .......................................................53 REP 56.10.1 DADF Takeaway Roll .............................................. 87
REP 1.2.1 (SCC) IIT Top Cover ...................................................... 5 REP 10.6.2 (SCC) STM Takeaway Motor .....................................54 REP 56.10.2 Sensor Bracket ........................................................ 89
REP 1.3.1 CIS Sensor Assembly .................................................... 6
13. MSI REP 56.13.1 DADF Retard Pad.................................................... 91
REP 1.3.2 CIS Sensor Assembly Belt............................................. 7
REP 1.4.1 (SCC) IIT Scan Motor .................................................... 7 REP 13.1.1 MSI .............................................................................55 99. (SCC) Safety Critical Components
REP 13.3.1 MSI Nudger/Feed Roll................................................56 REP 99.1.1 (SCC) Safety Critical Components ............................ 93
2. LPH REP 13.3.2 MSI Retard Pad..........................................................58
REP 2.1.1 FFC Cable (Y, M, C, K).................................................. 9 4.3 Adjustment
REP 2.1.2 LPH (Y, M, C, K) .......................................................... 12 14. L/H Cover
REP 14.1.1 L/H Cover ...................................................................59 1. IIT/UI
3. Drive ADJ 1.3.1 IIT Lead Edge Registration .......................................... 95
REP 3.1.1 (SCC) Drive Assembly ................................................. 15 15. Registration ADJ 1.3.2 IIT Side Registration..................................................... 95
REP 15.1.1 Registration Chute .....................................................61 ADJ 1.3.3 IIT Vertical Reduce/Enlarge ......................................... 96
4. NOHAD REP 15.1.2 Registration Roll .........................................................62
REP 4.1.1 Fusing Exhaust Fan ..................................................... 17 8. Xero./Deve.
REP 4.1.2 Fusing Duct.................................................................. 17 17. Exit ADJ 8.1.1 MAX Setup ................................................................... 97
REP 17.1.1 Exit Roll ......................................................................65 ADJ 8.1.2 DC940: PROCON ON Print ......................................... 97
5. Development
18. Electrical ADJ 8.1.3 DC940: PROCON OFF Print........................................ 98
REP 5.1.1 Deve Unit ..................................................................... 19
REP 18.1.1 (SCC) HVPS ..............................................................67 ADJ 8.1.4 DC991: Manual ToneUp/Down (Manual Toner Concentra-
REP 5.1.2 Dispenser Drive (YM)................................................... 20
tion Adjustment) ............................................................................. 98
REP 5.1.3 Dispenser Drive (CK) ................................................... 20 REP 18.2.1 (SCC) Drive PWB.......................................................67
ADJ 8.1.5 ProCon/RegCon Print .................................................. 99
REP 5.1.4 Dispenser (Y,M,C,K) .................................................... 21 REP 18.2.2 (SCC) ESS PWB ........................................................68
REP 18.3.1 LVPS ..........................................................................70 ADJ 8.1.6 Test Pattern Print ....................................................... 100
REP 5.4.1 Deve Assembly ............................................................ 22
ADJ 8.1.7 Procon MiniSetup execution in Key Op Mode............ 101
REP 5.5.1 Deve Gear.................................................................... 26
19. Cover ADJ 8.1.8 Calibration .................................................................. 101
6. Transfer REP 19.1.1 Front Cover ................................................................71
REP 19.1.2 Inner Cover ................................................................71
18. Electrical
REP 6.1.1 IBT Belt Unit................................................................. 29
ADJ 18.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ................... 103
REP 6.1.2 2nd BTR Roll................................................................ 30 REP 19.1.3 Right Cover ................................................................72
REP 19.1.4 Top Cover ..................................................................73 ADJ 18.1.2 Adjusting the Erase Amount..................................... 104
REP 6.1.3 MOB ADC Assembly.................................................... 30
ADJ 18.2.1 Things to take note when replacing Important Information
REP 6.2.1 Belt Cleaner Blade ....................................................... 31 REP 19.1.5 Rear Cover .................................................................74
Stored Components (ISC)............................................................ 104
REP 6.3.1 IBT Belt ........................................................................ 33
56. DADF ADJ 18.2.2 Firmware Version Upgrade ...................................... 104
7. Fusing Unit REP 56.1.1 DADF .........................................................................75
REP 56.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion ................................................75
56. DADF
REP 7.1.1 (SCC) Fusing Unit........................................................ 37
REP 56.2.1 DADF Front Cover .....................................................76 ADJ 56.1.1 DADF Lead-Skew Adjustment ................................. 107
8. Xerographic ADJ 56.1.2 DADF Side Registration ........................................... 108
REP 56.2.2 DADF Rear Cover ......................................................76
REP 8.1.1 Xero Unit ...................................................................... 39 ADJ 56.1.3 DADF Lead Edge Registration................................. 109
REP 56.2.3 (SCC) DADF PWB .....................................................77
REP 8.3.1 Drum ............................................................................ 39 REP 56.2.4 Upper Feeder .............................................................78
REP 8.3.2 Drum Blade .................................................................. 41 REP 56.2.5 (SCC) DADF Feeder Assembly..................................79
REP 8.3.3 Bias Charge Roll .......................................................... 44 REP 56.3.1 (SCC) Left Counter Balance ......................................80
REP 56.3.2 (SCC) Right Counter Balance ....................................80
9. Feeder,Tray (Tray 1)
REP 56.5.1 DADF Feed/Nudger Roll ............................................81
REP 9.1.1 (SCC) Tray 1 Size Sensor ........................................... 47
1. Remove the Control Panel. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Platen Cover or the DADF. (REP 56.1.1)
(1) Insert the minus driver into the Cutout of Control Panel 2. Remove the IIT Top Cover. (Figure 1)
and open the Control Panel towards the arrow. (1) Peel off the Seal (3) on the Front side.
(2) Remove the Screws (x7).
Figure 2 j0bs40110
(3) Remove the IIT Top Cover.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Insert the Control Panel Tab into the Tab Slot of IIT Front
Cover. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0bs40109
Figure 1 j0bs40102
4. Remove the CIS Sensor Assembly Belt from the CIS Sensor
Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the CIS Sensor Assembly Belt in the direction of
the arrow. Figure 3 j0bs40104
7. Disconnect the CIS Sensor Assembly Connector and remove Figure 5 0bs40106
the CIS Sensor Assembly. (Figure 4)
(1) Open the Connector Housing Block and disconnect the
Connector.
REP 1.3.2 CIS Sensor Assembly Belt REP 1.4.1 (SCC) IIT Scan Motor
Parts List on PL 1.3 Parts List on PL 1.4
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data" When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress. lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that the screen dis- Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or energy-saving LED is turned off. play or energy-saving LED is turned off.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug. Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the Platen Cover or the DADF. (REP 56.1.1) 1. Remove the Platen Cover or the DADF. (REP 56.1.1)
2. Remove the IIT Top Cover. (REP 1.2.1) 2. Remove the IIT Top Cover. (REP 1.2.1)
3. Move the CIS Sensor Assembly to the center of IIT Base 3. Move the CIS Sensor Assembly to the center of IIT Base
Frame. (Figure 1) Frame. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0bs40103
(1) Rotate the gear in the direction of the arrow. (1) Rotate the gear in the direction of the arrow.
(2) Move the CIS Sensor Assembly to the center of IIT Base 5. Remove the CIS Sensor Assembly Belt. (Figure 3) (2) Move the CIS Sensor Assembly to the center of IIT Base
Frame. Frame.
(1) Remove the spring.
(2) Remove the CIS Sensor Assembly Belt.
4. Remove the CIS Sensor Assembly Belt from the CIS Sensor Figure 3 j0bs40107 4. Relax the tension of the CIS Sensor Assembly Belt. (Figure 2)
Assembly. (Figure 2) (1) Remove the spring.
(1) Remove the CIS Sensor Assembly Belt in the direction of Replacement
the arrow. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
5. Remove the CIS Sensor Assembly Belt from the pulley. (Figure 7. Remove the IIT Scan Motor. (Figure 5)
3) (1) Remove the Screws (x2).
(1) Remove the CIS Sensor Assembly Belt from the pulley. (2) Remove the IIT Scan Motor.
CAUTION
To prevent the light fatigue of the Drum, either wrap the removed
Xero Unit by using a sheet of black paper or store it in a black bag.
NOTE: Place the drop cloth or newspapers at the servicing area to Figure 1 j0bs40301 Figure 3 j0bs40202
keep the site clean.
1. Prepare a sheet of black paper (x4) or a black bag (x4). 11. Remove the FFC Cable from the FFC Cable Guide. (Figure 2) 13. Remove the fixation of the Wire Harness from the Marking
(1) Remove the FFC Cable from Hook (x4). Guide. (Figure 4)
2. Remove Y,M,C,K of the Xero Unit. (REP 8.1.1)
(2) Leave the Core on the FFC Cable. (1) Disconnect the connector.
3. Remove the Deve Unit of Y,M,C,K. (REP 5.1.1)
(2) Remove the cable band.
4. Remove the IBT Belt Unit. (REP 6.1.1)
(3) Remove the cable band (x2).
5. Remove the Front Cover. (REP 19.1.1)
(4) Place the Wire Harness inside the machine.
6. Remove the Inner Cover. (REP 19.1.2)
7. Remove the Right Cover. (REP 19.1.3)
8. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 19.1.5)
9. Remove the HVPS. (REP 18.1.1)
10. Remove the FFC Cable (x4) connection in the order of FFC
Cable C, K, Y, M. (Figure 1)
(1) Push Buttons (x2) simultaneously towards the direction of
the arrow and straightly remove the FFC Cable.
Figure 2 j0bs40201
14. Release the clamp and remove the wire harness. (Figure 5)
(1) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness.
15. Remove the Bottle Support. (Figure 6) 17. Pull out the LPH and Marking Guide about 10 cm. (Figure 8) 19. Remove LPH and Marking Guide.
(1) Release the Hook and remove the Bottle Support. (1) Pull out the LPH and Marking Guide about 10 cm. Reference: This shows the removed LPH and Marking Guide.
(Figure 10)
21. Push down the LPH (Y) towards the direction of the arrow, and 23. Remove the LPH (M,C,K) as well. Replacement
place it so the Right side of LPH (Y) is on the Top. (Figure 12) 24. Remove the FFC Cable in the order of Y, M, C, K. (Figure 14) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When connecting the FFC Cable (K, C, M, Y), insert the FFC
Cable straightly into the Connector Housing until you hear the
Lock sound. (Figure 16)
22. Disconnect the LPH (Y) Connector and remove the LPH (Y). 25. Remove the FFC Cable in the order of Y, M, C, K. (Figure 14)
(Figure 13)
Figure 16 j0bs40214
(1) Push Buttons (x2) simultaneously towards the direction of
the arrow and straightly remove the FFC Cable. 3. When installing the LPH, insert the LPH Tab on the Bottom into
the mounting hole of the Marking Guide. (Figure 17)
CAUTION
To prevent the light fatigue of the Drum, either wrap the removed
Xero Unit by using a sheet of black paper or store it in a black bag.
Figure 17 j0bs40215 Figure 19 j0bs40203 NOTE: Because the removal procedure for the LPH (Y, M, C, K) is
the same, the following describes only the procedure for the LPH
4. When installing the LPH and Marking Guide, insert the Rear 6. When connecting the FFC Cable (M, Y, K, C), insert the FFC (K).
Frame of the Marking Guide into the mounting hole. (Figure 18) Cable straightly into the Connector Housing until you hear the NOTE: Place the drop cloth or newspapers at the servicing area to
Lock sound. (Figure 20) keep the site clean.
1. Prepare a sheet of black paper (x4) or a black bag (x4).
2. Remove Y,M,C,K of the Xero Unit. (REP 8.1.1)
3. Remove the Deve Unit of Y,M,C,K. (REP 5.1.1)
4. Remove the IBT Belt Unit. (REP 6.1.1)
5. Remove the Front Cover. (REP 19.1.1)
6. LPH (Y) Only: Remove the Right Cover. (REP 19.1.3)
7. LPH (Y) Only: Remove the HVPS. (REP 18.1.1)
8. Remove the Screws that secure the LPH (K). (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screw.
Figure 18 j0bs40216
Figure 20 j0bs41810
5. When installing the FFC Cable Guide, insert the Hook (2) of the
FFC Cable Guide into the mounting hole. (Figure 19)
Figure 1 j0bs40219 Figure 3 j0bs40221 Figure 5 j0bs40222
9. Move the LPH (K) to the Front. (Figure 2) 11. Disconnect the LPH (K) Connector and remove the LPH (K). Replacement
(1) Move the LPH (K) to the Front until it stops. (Figure 4) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Push Buttons (x2) simultaneously towards the direction of 2. When connecting the FFC Cable, insert the FFC Cable
the arrow and straightly remove the FFC Cable.
straightly into the Connector Housing until you hear the Lock
sound. (Figure 6)
Figure 2 j0bs40220
10. Push down the LPH (K) towards the direction of the arrow, and Figure 4 j0bs40213
place it so the Right side of LPH (K) is on the Top. (Figure 3)
Figure 6 j0bs40214
(1) Push down the LPH (K) towards the direction of the arrow, Reference: This shows the removed LPH (K). (Figure 5)
and place it so the Right side of LPH (K) is on the Top. 3. When installing the LPH, insert the LPH Tab on the Bottom into
the mounting hole of the Marking Guide. (Figure 7)
Figure 7 j0bs40215
REP 3.1.1 (SCC) Drive Assembly
Parts List on PL 3.1
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or energy-saving LED is turned off.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
Figure 1 j0bs40301
Figure 3 j0bs40304 Figure 5 j0bs40306
6. Move the FFC Cable and the FFC Cable Guide. (Figure 2)
(1) Release the Hook and move the FFC Cable and the FFC 8. Remove the Wire Harness secured on the Drive Assembly. 10. Open the L/H Cover.
Cable Guide. (Figure 4) 11. Remove the Fusing Unit. (REP 7.1.1)
(1) Disconnect the connector. 12. Remove the Xero Unit. (REP 8.1.1)
(2) Remove the cable band (x2). 13. Remove the Deve Unit. (REP 5.1.1)
(3) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness. 14. Remove the Screw that secures the Drive Assembly. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the Screws (x9).
15. Release the Hook that secures the Drive Assembly. (Figure 7) Reference: This shows the removed Drive Assembly. (Figure 3. When connecting the FFC Cable (M, Y, K, C), insert the FFC
(1) Release the hook. 10) Cable straightly into the Connector Housing until you hear the
Lock sound. (Figure 12)
1. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 19.1.5) 1. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 19.1.5)
2. Remove the Fusing Exhaust Fan. (Figure 1) 2. Remove the Fusing Exhaust Fan. (REP 4.1.1)
(1) Disconnect the connector. 3. Disconnect the Drive PWB Connector (x6). (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Wire Harness from the Hook. (1) Disconnect the connector (x6).
Figure 2 j0bs40403
(3) Release the hook (x2).
(4) Remove the Fusing Exhaust Fan. 5. Remove the Wire Harness from the Fusing Duct. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the Wire Harness from the Hook.
(2) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness.
Figure 1 j0bs40402
Figure 4 j0bs40405
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 5.1.1 Deve Unit (2) Remove the Xero Unit. Replacement
Parts List on PL 5.1 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the Deve Unit, align the Deve Unit Rib to the
Removal main unit Guide. (Figure 4)
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or energy-saving LED is turned off.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
To prevent light fatigue, either wrap the removed Drum by using a
sheet of black paper or store it in a black bag.
Figure 1 j0bs40813
1. Remove the Toner Cartridge (Y, M). (PL 5.1) 1. Remove the Toner Cartridge (C, K). (PL 5.1)
2. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 19.1.5) 2. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 19.1.5)
3. Remove the Drive PWB. (REP 18.2.1) 3. Remove the Drive PWB. (REP 18.2.1)
4. Remove the ESS PWB. (REP 18.2.2) 4. Remove the ESS PWB. (REP 18.2.2)
Figure 2 j0bs40524
5. Release the Wire Harness of the Dispenser Drive (YM) from 5. Remove the Dispenser Drive (YM). (REP 5.1.2)
the Clamp. (Figure 1) 7. Remove the Dispenser Drive (YM). (Figure 3) 6. Remove the LVPS. (REP 18.3.1)
(1) Release the clamp (x2) and remove the wire harness. (1) Remove the screw (x3). 7. Remove the PWB Bracket. (Figure 1)
(2) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness. (2) Remove the Dispenser Drive (YM). (1) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness.
(3) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness. (2) Remove the screw (x2).
(3) Remove the PWB Bracket.
Figure 3 j0bs40525
Figure 1 j0bs40523
Replacement Figure 1 j0bs40526
6. Remove the PWB Bracket. (Figure 2)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness. 8. Remove the Wire Harness of the Dispenser Drive (YM) from
(2) Remove the cable band (x2). the Dispenser Drive (CK). (Figure 2)
(3) Remove the screw (x2). (1) Release the clamps (x2).
(4) Remove the PWB Bracket. (2) Remove the Wire Harness from the Clamp (x2).
REP 5.1.4 Dispenser (Y,M,C,K)
Parts List on PL 2.1
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or energy-saving LED is turned off.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
To prevent light fatigue, either wrap the removed Drum by using a
sheet of black paper or store it in a black bag.
Figure 2 j0bs40527 NOTE: Because the removal procedure for the Dispenser (Y, M, C, Figure 1 j0bs40529
K) is the same, the following describes only the procedure for the
9. Remove the Dispenser Drive (CK). (Figure 3) Dispenser (K). 12. Remove the Dispenser (K). (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screw (x3). NOTE: Place the drop cloth or newspapers at the servicing area to (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Dispenser Drive (CK). keep the site clean. (2) Remove the Dispenser (K).
1. Prepare a sheet of black paper or a black bag.
2. Remove the Toner Cartridge (K). (PL 5.1)
3. Remove Y,M,C,K of the Xero Unit. (REP 8.1.1)
4. Remove the Deve Unit (K). (REP 5.1.1)
5. Remove the IBT Belt Unit. (REP 6.1.1)
6. Remove the Front Cover. (REP 19.1.1)
7. Remove the Inner Cover. (REP 19.1.2)
8. Remove the Top Cover. (REP 19.1.4)
9. Remove the Right Cover. (REP 19.1.3)
10. Remove the HVPS. (REP 18.1.1)
11. Remove the Conductor Housing. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Conductor Housing towards the direction of
the arrow.
Figure 3 j0bs40528 Figure 2 j0bs40530
CAUTION
To prevent light fatigue, either wrap the removed Drum by using a
sheet of black paper or store it in a black bag.
Figure 4 j0bs40532
Figure 6 j0bs40504
Figure 2 j0bs40801
12. Remove the Upper Cover of the new Deve Assembly. (Figure
6. Wrap the removed Xero Unit by using a sheet of black paper or Figure 4 j0bs40503 7)
store it in a black bag. (1) Release the hook (x5).
7. Remove the Deve Unit. (Figure 3) 9. Cover the Pipe opening of Deve Rear Cover of the Deve Unit (2) Remove the Upper Cover.
(1) Remove the screw (long). with paper and tape. (Figure 5)
(2) Hold the Lever and remove the Deve Unit. (1) Cover the Pipe opening with paper and tape.
NOTE: When removing the Deve Unit, make sure the Rear
Deve Unit is lifted and be careful that the 1st BTR Unit is not
damaged.
Figure 7 j0bs40505
Figure 5 j0bs40504 13. Install the Deve Front Cover to the new Deve Assembly in
order to use as a Stand. (Figure 8)
10. Store the Deve Unit in the collection bag.
11. Cover the Pipe opening of the Deve Rear Cover of the new
Figure 3 j0bs40501 Deve Assembly with paper and tape. (Figure 6)
(1) Cover the Pipe opening with paper and tape.
8. Remove the Deve Front Cover. (Figure 4)
14. Insert the Screw (Long) that secured the Deve Unit into the 17. Uniform the Developer. (Figure 11) 21. Secure the Upper Cover. (Figure 13)
hole as the Deve Front Cover Lever Stopper. (Figure 9) (1) Turn the Coupling towards the direction of the arrow. (1) Press the Opening (x5).
(1) Insert the Screw (Long) into the hole.
Replacement 3. Remove the paper and tape that closed the Pipe opening of the
1. Install the Deve Front Cover. (Figure 15) Deve Rear Cover.
4. Install the Deve Unit. (Figure 17)
• Align the Deve Unit Rib to the Main Unit Guide.
Figure 15 j0bs40513
2. The Deve Front Cover Spring should touch the Upper Cover. Figure 17 j0bs40502
(Figure 16)
5. Return the Xero Unit to the original state.
6. Return the Waste Bottle to the original state.
7. Close the Front Cover.
8. It initializes the Life counter of Deve with the color which
entered CE mode behind the installation and was exchanged.
It implements Initialize in Printer Diag > Parameter > Life >
Deve HSG PV and it initializes the Life Counter.
CAUTION
To prevent light fatigue, either wrap the removed Drum by using a
sheet of black paper or store it in a black bag.
NOTE: When removing the Deve Unit, make sure the Rear
Deve Unit is lifted and be careful that the 1st BTR Unit is not
damaged.
Figure 5 j0bs40503
Figure 1 j0bs40813
10. Remove the Gear Cover. (Figure 6)
4. Turn the replacement target color Lever (R1-R4) towards the (1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
direction of the arrow. Figure 3 j0bs40501 (2) Remove the Gear Cover.
5. Remove Y, M, C, K of the Xero Unit. (Figure 2)
Figure 6 j0bs40516 Figure 8 j0bs40518 Figure 10 j0bs40520
11. Replace with Gear in the Replacement Kit. (Figure 7) 14. Remove the Deve Rear Cover. (Figure 9) 16. Remove the Coupling. (Figure 11)
(1) Replace the Gear. (1) Release the Hook and remove the Deve Rear Cover (1) Remove the Coupling.
(2) Replace the Gear (x2). towards the direction of the arrow.
(2) If the Seal comes off, be careful not to lose it.
Figure 11 j0bs40521
Figure 7 j0bs40517
Figure 9 j0bs40519 17. Replace with Gear in the Replacement Kit. (Figure 12)
12. Return the Gear Cover to the original state. (1) Replace the Gear.
13. Remove the Screw that secures the Deve Rear Cover. (Figure 15. Stick the Seal inside the Deve Rear Cover. (Figure 10) (2) Replace the Gear.
8) (1) Put the Seal. (3) Replace the Gear.
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
Replacement 5. Remove the paper and tape that closed the Pipe opening of the
1. Return the Coupling to the original state. Deve Rear Cover.
2. Return the Deve Rear Cover to the original state. 6. Install the Deve Unit. (Figure 15)
3. Install the Deve Front Cover. (Figure 13) • Align the Deve Unit Rib to the Main Unit Guide.
Figure 15 j0bs40502
Figure 13 j0bs40513
NOTE: Close the Main Unit Cover and work when the IBT Belt Unit
is removed. To prevent Drum from light fatigue.
Figure 2 j0bs40601 Figure 4 j0bs40603
NOTE: Do not touch the IBT Belt surface.
5. Remove the IBT Belt Unit. (Figure 3) 2. Return the IBT Belt Unit to the original state.
1. Open the Front Cover.
(1) Hold the Handle A and pull out the IBT Belt Unit where 3. Close the L/H Cover.
2. Remove the Waste Bottle. (Figure 1) Handle B can be seen. 4. Return the Waste Bottle to the original state.
(1) Turn the Retract Handle in counterclockwise direction. (2) Hold the Handle B and Right Side Housing and remove 5. Close the Front Cover.
(2) Release the hook (x2). the IBT Belt Unit.
6. Enter the CE Mode after installation and initialize Printer Diag >
(3) RRemove the Waste Bottle. Parameter > Life > IBT Unit and initialize the Life Counter.
NOTE: The Life Counter initialization must be performed. If the
Life Counter is not initialized, it may result in poor image quality
and even a malfunction of the machine.
Figure 3 j0bs40602
Figure 1 j0bs40813
6. Replace with IBT Belt Unit in the Replacement Kit.
3. Open the L/H Cover. Replacement
4. Remove the Screw that secures the IBT Belt Unit. (Figure 2) 1. When installing the IBT Belt Unit, make sure the Retract Han-
(1) Remove the screw (x2). dle is in the position as shown in the figure. (Figure 4)
Figure 2 j0bs40623 1. Prepare a sheet of black paper (x4) or a black bag (x4).
2. Remove Y, M, C, K of the Xero Unit. (REP 8.1.1)
Replacement 3. Remove the IBT Belt Unit. (REP 6.1.1)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 4. Remove the Front Cover. (REP 19.1.1)
2. After a replacement, enter the CE mode, and then perform Ini- 5. Remove the Inner Cover. (REP 19.1.2)
tialize via Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > 2nd BTR Unit to ini- 6. Remove the MSI. (REP 13.1.1)
tialize the Life counter. 7. Remove the L/H Cover. (REP 14.1.1)
NOTE: Do not forget to initialize the Life counter. Unless the Life 8. Remove the Registration Chute. (REP 15.1.1)
counter is initialized, image quality problems or hardware failures 9. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)
may occur. (1) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness.
(2) Disconnect the connector.
Figure 1 j0bs40622
Figure 1 j0bs40624
10. Remove the Gear on the Front. (Figure 2) REP 6.2.1 Belt Cleaner Blade
(1) Remove the gear.
Parts List on PL 6.2
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.Turn OFF the
Power Switch and make sure that the screen display or energy-
saving LED is turned off.Check that the power switch is OFF
and unplug the power plug.
NOTE: Close the Main Unit Cover and work when the IBT Belt Unit
is removed. To prevent Drum from light fatigue.
Figure 4 j0bs40627
NOTE: Do not touch the IBT Belt surface.
Figure 2 j0bs40625 Replacement 1. Open the Front Cover.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Remove the Waste Bottle. (Figure 1)
11. Remove the MOB ADC Assembly. (Figure 3) 2. When installing the MOB ADC Assembly, insert the MOB ADC
(1) Turn the Retract Handle in counterclockwise direction.
(1) Remove the screw. Assembly mounting hole to the Rear Frame Boss (x2). (Figure
5) (2) Release the hook (x2).
(2) Remove the MOB ADC Assembly.
(3) RRemove the Waste Bottle.
Figure 3 j0bs40626
Figure 5 j0bs40628 Figure 1 j0bs40813
Reference: This shows the removed MOB ADC Assembly.
(Figure 4) 3. Open the L/H Cover.
4. Remove the Screw that secures the IBT Belt Unit. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screw (x2).
5. Remove the IBT Belt Unit. (Figure 3) 7. Replace with Belt Cleaner Blade in the Replacement Kit. (Fig- 3. Return the IBT Belt Unit to the original state.
(1) Hold the Handle A and pull out the IBT Belt Unit where ure 5) 4. Close the L/H Cover.
Handle B can be seen. (1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2). 5. Return the Waste Bottle to the original state.
(2) Hold the Handle B and Right Side Housing and remove NOTE: Do not screw on too tightly when installing. 6. Close the Front Cover.
the IBT Belt Unit.
(2) Replace the Belt Cleaner Blade.
Figure 3 j0bs40602
Figure 5 j0bs40605
6. Remove the IBT Belt Cleaner. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screw. Replacement
(2) Remove the IBT Belt Cleaner. 1. Return the IBT Belt Cleaner to the original state.
2. When installing the IBT Belt Unit, make sure the Retract Han-
dle is in the position as shown in the figure. (Figure 6)
REP 6.3.1 IBT Belt (2) Remove the Handle Holder.
CAUTION
To prevent light fatigue, either wrap the removed Drum by using a
sheet of black paper or store it in a black bag.
NOTE: Close the Main Unit Cover and work when the IBT Belt Unit Figure 4 j0bs40609
is removed. To prevent Drum from light fatigue.
Figure 2 j0bs40607
NOTE: Place the drop cloth or newspapers at the servicing area to 8. Move the Front Tension Plate towards the direction of the
keep the site clean. 6. Remove the IBT Belt Unit Bottom Guide. (Figure 3) arrow and maintain a loose IBT Belt Tension. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2). (1) Put the removed Tapping Screw in the Frame hole.
1. Open the Front Cover.
(2) Remove the guide.
2. Remove the IBT Belt Unit. (REP 6.1.1)
3. Remove the IBT Belt Cleaner. (REP 6.2.1)
4. Remove the screw that secures the Handle Holder on the Rear
side. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
Figure 5 j0bs40610
Figure 3 j0bs40608
9. Move the Rear Tension Plate towards the direction of the arrow
and maintain a loose IBT Belt Tension. (Figure 6)
7. Remove the Retract Handle. (Figure 4)
(1) Put the removed Tapping Screw in the Frame hole.
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Retract Handle.
Figure 1 j0bs40606
10. Install the Guide removed in Step 6 on the Front IBT Belt Unit 12. Remove the screw that secures the Rear Holder. (Figure 9) Reference: This shows the removed Rear Holder and Tension
in order to use it as a Stand. (Figure 7) (1) Remove the screw (x2). Roll. (Figure 11)
(1) Install the guide.
(2) Secure with Tapping Screw that was removed.
13. Remove the Rear Holder and the Tension Roll. (Figure 10) 14. Replace the IBT Belt. (Figure 12)
Figure 7 j0bs40612
(1) Remove the Rear Holder and the Tension Roll. (1) Replace the IBT Belt.
11. Place the Rear IBT Belt Unit facing Up. (Figure 8)
NOTE: Turn the Gear towards the arrow direction and spin the
IBT Belt.
Replacement 4. When installing the Rear Holder and the Tension Roll, align the
Figure 16 j0bs40621
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Bearing Tab and Bearing Hole Cutout together. (Figure 15)
2. Install so the IBT Belt Mark is on the Rear side. (Figure 13)
Figure 15 j0bs40620
Figure 13 j0bs40618
3. When installing the Rear Holder and the Tension Roll, insert
the Tension Roll Shaft to the Bearing on the IBT Belt Unit side.
(Figure 14)
WARNING
Do not work on a hot Fusing Unit until it is cool enough.
Figure 1 j0bs40701
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Enter the CE Mode after installation and initialize the Printer
Diag > Parameter > Life > Fusing Unit Print Count and the Fus-
ing Unit Time Count and initialize the Life Counter.
CAUTION NOTE: Place the drop cloth or newspapers at the servicing area to
To prevent light fatigue, either wrap the removed Drum Cartridge by keep the site clean.
using a sheet of black paper or store it in a black bag.
1. Open the Front Cover.
NOTE: Place the drop cloth or newspapers at the servicing area to 2. Remove the Waste Bottle. (Figure 1)
keep the site clean. (1) Turn the Retract Handle in counterclockwise direction.
Figure 2 j0bs40801
1. Prepare a sheet of black paper or a black bag. (2) Release the hook (x2).
2. Open the Front Cover. Replacement (3) RRemove the Waste Bottle.
3. Remove the Waste Bottle. (Figure 1) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Turn the Retract Handle in counterclockwise direction.
(2) Release the hook (x2).
(3) RRemove the Waste Bottle.
Figure 1 j0bs40813
5. Install the Jig to the CRUM on the Bottom side of the Xero Unit. 9. Remove the BCR Housing. (Figure 7)
Figure 4 j0bs40810
(Figure 3) (1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
(1) Insert the Boss (x2) in the CRUM Hole (x2). 7. Install the CRUM in the Replacement Kit. (Figure 5) (2) Remove the BCR Housing.
6. Move the Jig and CRUM towards the direction of the arrow by 10. Remove the sleeve at the front. (Figure 8)
pressing the CRUM Hole (x2) downwards in the Jig Boss (x2)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
and remove the CRUM. (Figure 4)
Figure 5 j0bs40811 (2) Remove the Sleeve.
8. After installing, check to see if the Boss (x2) is sticking out from
the CRUM Hole (x2). (Figure 6)
NOTE: Be careful not to touch the old Drum because there is REP 8.3.2 Drum Blade
grease on the both sides of the axis.
Parts List on PL 8.3
NOTE: Be careful not to touch the new Drum surface (Green
sensitized layer part).
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.Turn OFF the
Power Switch and make sure that the screen display or energy-
saving LED is turned off.Check that the power switch is OFF
and unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
To prevent light fatigue, either wrap the removed Drum by using a
sheet of black paper or store it in a black bag.
Figure 8 j0bs40803
NOTE: Place the drop cloth or newspapers at the servicing area to
keep the site clean.
11. Remove the sleeve at the rear. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2). 1. Prepare a sheet of black paper or a black bag.
(2) Remove the Sleeve. 2. Open the Front Cover.
Figure 10 j0bs40805 3. Remove the Waste Bottle. (Figure 1)
(1) Turn the Retract Handle in counterclockwise direction.
Replacement (2) Release the hook (x2).
1. Return the Sleeve (Front/Rear) to the original state.
(3) RRemove the Waste Bottle.
2. Return the BCR Housing to the original state.
3. Return the Xero Unit to the original state.
4. Return the Waste Bottle to the original state.
5. Close the Front Cover.
Figure 9 j0bs40804
Figure 4 j0bs40803
Figure 2 j0bs40801
8. Remove the sleeve at the rear. (Figure 5)
Figure 6 j0bs40805
6. Remove the BCR Housing. (Figure 3) (1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2). (2) Remove the Sleeve. 10. Wrap the removed Drum Cartridge by using a sheet of black
(2) Remove the BCR Housing. paper or store it in a black bag.
11. Remove the replacement target color of the Toner Cartridge.
12. Turn the Toner Cartridge upside down.
13. Open the Outside Shutter. (Figure 7)
(1) Release the Hook (x2) and move the Outside Shutter
towards the arrow direction.
Figure 5 j0bs40804
Figure 3 j0bs40802
9. Remove the Drum. (Figure 6)
7. Remove the sleeve at the front. (Figure 4) (1) Remove the Drum.
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
(2) Remove the Sleeve.
Figure 7 j0bs40816
Figure 8 j0bs40817
Figure 10 j0bs40814
15. Extract the Toner on the paper from the Toner Cartridge Out-
put. (Figure 9) 17. Replace with Drum Blade with Toner applied. (Figure 11)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2). Figure 12 j0bs40815
Figure 9 j0bs40818
16. Apply the extracted Toner to the edge of the Drum Blade in the
Replacement Kit by using KimWipes or BEMCOT. (Figure 10) Figure 11 j0bs40806
Replacement
1. Return the Drum to the original state.
2. Return the Sleeve (Front/Rear) to the original state.
3. Return the BCR Housing to the original state.
CAUTION
To prevent light fatigue, either wrap the removed Drum by using a
sheet of black paper or store it in a black bag.
1. Prepare a sheet of black paper or a black bag. 6. Remove the BCR Housing. (Figure 3) 10. When installing a new Bias Charge Roll, attach the barcode
2. Open the Front Cover. (1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2). printed on the edge of the Bias Charge Roll Shaft to the White
3. Remove the Waste Bottle. (Figure 1) Bearing. (Figure 5)
(2) Remove the BCR Housing.
(1) Turn the Retract Handle in counterclockwise direction. NOTE: Be careful not to touch the Bias Charge Roll rubber
NOTE: Be careful not to touch the old Bias Charge Roll axis
(2) Release the hook (x2). because there is grease on both edge of the axis. part.
(3) RRemove the Waste Bottle.
Figure 1 j0bs40901
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Figure 1 j0lj40909 Figure 3 j0lj40907
3. Remove the Tray 1 Feed Roll and Shaft. (Figure 2) 5. Remove the Tray 1 Retard Pad. (Figure 4)
(1) Release the hook to remove the bearing. (1) Release the hook and open the Tray 1 Retard Pad.
(2) Remove the Tray 1 Feed Roll and Shaft. (2) Remove the Tray 1 Retard Pad.
(3) Pull out and remove the shaft.
Figure 4 j0xh40902
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the Tray 1 Retard Pad, attach the spring (x2) to
the hole (x2) of the Tray 1 Retard Pad. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 j0lj40908
1. Remove Tray 2.
2. Open the STM L/H Cover.
3. Remove the Left Rear Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screw.
Figure 2 j0bs41002 Figure 4 j0bs41004
(2) Remove the Left Rear Cover.
5. Remove the Connector Cover. (Figure 3) 7. Remove the Tray 2 Feeder. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the screw (x2).
(2) Remove the Connector Cover. (2) Remove the Tray 2 Feeder.
Figure 1 j0bs41001
Figure 3 j0bs41008
Replacement
Figure 1 j0bs41006
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
5. Remove the Feed Roll /Nudger Roll. (Figure 2) 2. When installing the Retard Pad and Shaft, put the Retard Pad
and Shaft Tab (x2) into the Spring Holder Cutout. (Figure 4)
(1) Release the Hook and remove the Feed Roll /Nudger
Roll.
REP 10.3.2 Retard Spring
Parts List on PL 10.3
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.Turn OFF the
Power Switch and make sure that the screen display or energy-
saving LED is turned off.Check that the power switch is OFF
and unplug the power plug.
5. Remove the Connector Cover. (Figure 3) 7. Remove the Tray 2 Feeder. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the screw (x2).
(2) Remove the Connector Cover. (2) Remove the Tray 2 Feeder.
Figure 1 j0bs41001
6. Disconnect the Tray 2 Feeder Connector. (Figure 4) 8. Move the chute. (Figure 6)
(1) Disconnect the connector (x2). (1) Move the chute.
9. Remove the Roll (x2). (Figure 7) 11. Remove the Spring Holder. (Figure 9) Replacement
(1) Release the Hook and remove the Roll. (1) Release the Hook and remove the Spring Holder. 1. Install the Retard Spring and the Spring Holder. (Figure 11)
• Install the Lower part of the Retard Spring so that it will not
get into the Spring Shaft mounting hole of the Spring
Holder.
10. Remove the Retard Pad and Shaft. (Figure 8) 12. Replace the Retard Spring and the Spring Holder in the
(1) Pull the Shaft out from the installed position. Replacement Kit. (Figure 10)
Figure 11 j0bs41011
2. Return the Retard Pad and the Shaft to the original state. (Fig-
ure 12)
• Insert the Retard Pad and Shaft Tab (x2) into the Spring
Holder Cutout.
REP 10.6.1 (SCC) STM PWB
Parts List on PL 10.6
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or energy-saving LED is turned off.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist
band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some
Figure 12 j0bs41012 metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. Figure 2 j0bs41015
CAUTION
3. Return the Roll (x2) to the original state.
Do not get yourself hurt by a soldered part on the back of the PWB.
Replacement
4. Return the Chute to the original state. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
1. Remove the STM Rear Cover. (Figure 1)
5. Return the Tray 2 Feeder to the original state. 2. Setup the DIP Switch as follows when the STM PWB is
(1) Remove the Docking Screw.
6. Return the Tray 2 Feeder Connector connection to the original replaced. (Figure 3)
state. (2) Remove the Docking Bracket.
SW 1: ON
7. Return the Connector Cover to the original state. (3) Remove the screw (x2).
SW 2: ON
8. Return the Feed Out Chute to the original state. (4) Remove the STM Rear Cover.
9. Return the Left Rear Cover to the original state.
10. Close the STM L/H Cover.
11. Return the Tray 2 to the original state.
Figure 3 j0bs41016
Figure 1 j0bs41014
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist
band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. Figure 2 j0bs41017
1. Remove the STM Rear Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Docking Screw.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the Docking Bracket.
(3) Remove the screw (x2).
(4) Remove the STM Rear Cover.
Figure 1 j0bs41014
3. Remove the MSI. (Figure 3) 3. After a replacement, enter the CE mode, and then perform Ini-
(1) Remove the screw (x2). tialize via Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > MSI FR Pad to ini-
tialize the Life counter.
(2) Remove the MSI.
Figure 1 j0bs41301
Figure 3 j0bs41303
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the MSI, insert the boss (x2) of the MSI into the
holes for the boss. (Figure 4)
NOTE: The MSI Nudger Roll, the MSI Feed Roll, and the MSI
Retard Pad must be replaced at the same time.
Figure 1 j0lj41305
Figure 3 j0lj41307
3. Remove the MSI Tray. (Figure 2) Figure 5 j0lj41309
5. Remove the MSI Nudger Roll. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the MSI Tray in the direction of the arrow.
7. Remove the MSI Feed Roll Assembly. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the E-Clip (x2).
(2) Remove the MSI Feed Roll Assembly.
Figure 6 j0lj41310 Figure 8 j0lj41312
Figure 9 j0lj41313
Figure 7 j0lj41311
3. When installing the MSI Top Cover, store the Link of the Paper
9. Remove the MSI Feed Roll. (Figure 8) Stopper Lock underneath the Boss of the MSI Feed Roll Hous-
(1) Remove the gear. ing. (Figure 10)
(2) Remove the MSI Feed Roll. • After installing the MSI Top Cover, check from the hole of
the MSI Top Cover to make sure that the Link is under-
neath the Boss..
NOTE: The MSI Nudger Roll, the MSI Feed Roll, and the MSI
Retard Pad must be replaced at the same time.
Figure 1 j0lj41315
3. Release the hook (x3) and release the boss (x3) from the
installation holes to remove the MSI Lower Cover. Figure 3 j0lj41317
(Figure 2)
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the CE mode, and then perform Ini-
tialize via Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > MSI FR Pad to ini-
tialize the Life counter.
REP 14.1.1 L/H Cover
Parts List on PL 14.1
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or energy-saving LED is turned off.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
4. [Duplex Type]: Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3) 6. Open the L/H Cover 90 degrees and remove the L/H Cover.
(1) Disconnect the connector. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the L/H Cover towards the direction of the arrow
from the Boss (x2).
Figure 1 j0bs41401
3. Pull out the Boss (x2) from the mounting hole, release the
Hook and remove the Hinge Front Cover.
(Figure 2) Figure 3 j0bs41403
5. Pull out the L/H Cover Support (x2). (Figure 4) Figure 5 j0bs41405
(1) Turn it 90 degrees and pull out the Rear L/H Cover Sup-
port. Replacement
(2) Turn it 90 degrees and pull out the Front L/H Cover Sup- 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
port. 2. Note the following when installing the Rear L/H Cover. (Figure
6)
• Tilt the L/H Cover Boss Hole Bracket as shown in the fig-
ure and insert into the Boss Bracket.
Figure 8 j0bs41408
Figure 6 j0bs41406
3. When installing the Front L/H Cover, tilt the L/H Cover Boss
Hole Bracket as shown in the figure and insert it into the Boss
Bracket. (Figure 7)
Figure 7 j0bs41407
4. When installing the Front L/H Cover, align the L/H Cover Boss
Hole Bracket Tab and the Boss Bracket Cutout position and
slide the L/H Cover to the Rear. (Figure 8)
REP 15.1.1 Registration Chute 2. When installing the Registration Chute, install the Registration
Chute on the Inside, and Paper Guide on the Outside. (Figure
Parts List on PL 15.1 4)
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or energy-saving LED is turned off.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
Figure 1 j0bs41501
Figure 3 j0bs41503
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
CAUTION
To prevent the light fatigue of the Drum, either wrap the removed
Xero Unit by using a sheet of black paper or store it in a black bag.
NOTE: Place the drop cloth or newspapers at the servicing area to Figure 1 j0bs41506 Figure 3 j0bs41509
keep the site clean.
1. Prepare a sheet of black paper (x4) or a black bag (x4). 10. Remove the Gear on the Front. (Figure 2) 12. Remove the Bearing on the Rear side. (Figure 4)
2. Remove Y, M, C, K of the Xero Unit. (REP 8.1.1) (1) Remove the gear. (1) Remove the Bearing.
3. Remove the Front Cover. (REP 19.1.1) (2) Remove the E-Clip.
4. Remove the Inner Cover. (REP 19.1.2) (3) Remove the gear.
5. Remove the MSI. (REP 13.1.1)
6. Remove the L/H Cover. (REP 14.1.1)
7. Remove the Registration Chute. (REP 15.1.1)
8. Remove the Drive Assembly. (REP 3.1.1)
9. Remove the Registration Clutch on the Rear side. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the wire harness from the Harness Guide.
(2) Disconnect the connector.
(3) Remove the E-Clip.
(4) Remove the gear.
(5) Remove the Registration Clutch and the gear.
Figure 4 j0bs41510
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the Registration Clutch, insert the Registration
Clutch Cutout into the Harness Guide Tab. (Figure 6)
Figure 6 j0bs41507
Figure 1 j0bs41908
Figure 3 j0bs41702
4. Remove the Screw that secures the Front Exit Cover. (Figure Figure 5 j0bs41705
Reference: This shows the removed Exit Cover Hook (x4).
2)
(Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screw. 7. Remove the gear. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the E-Clip.
(2) Remove the gear.
Figure 7 j0bs41707
Figure 9 j0bs41704
9. Remove the Bearing , Exit Roll on the Front. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the Bearing.
(2) Remove the Exit Roll.
REP 18.1.1 (SCC) HVPS REP 18.2.1 (SCC) Drive PWB
Parts List on PL 18.1 Parts List on PL 18.2
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data" When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress. lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that the screen dis- Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or energy-saving LED is turned off. play or energy-saving LED is turned off.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug. Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
CAUTION CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist
band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. Figure 2 j0bs41802
CAUTION CAUTION
4. Remove the Drive PWB. (Figure 3)
Do not get yourself hurt by a soldered portion on the back of the Do not get yourself hurt by a soldered portion on the back of the
(1) Remove the Screws (x6).
PWB. PWB.
(2) Remove the Drive PWB.
1. Remove the Right Cover. (REP 19.1.3) 1. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 19.1.5)
2. Remove the HVPS. (Figure 1) 2. Disconnect the FFC CD Cable. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Push Buttons (x2) simultaneously towards the direction of
(2) Remove the Screws (x8). the arrow and straightly remove the FFC Cable.
(3) Remove the HVPS.
Figure 3 j0bs41803
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0bs41801
2. Note the following when connecting the FFC CD Cable. (Figure
Figure 1 j0bs41816 4)
3. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)
(1) Disconnect the connector (x20). (1) When connecting the FFC Cable, insert the FFC Cable
Replacement straightly into the Connector Housing until you hear the
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Lock sound.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist
band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. Figure 2 j0bs41806
CAUTION
Figure 4 j0bs41804 4. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3)
Do not get yourself hurt by a soldered portion on the back of the
(1) Disconnect the connector (x7).
PWB.
1. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 19.1.5)
2. Disconnect the FFC CD Cable. (Figure 1)
(1) Push Buttons (x2) simultaneously towards the direction of
the arrow and straightly remove the FFC Cable.
Figure 3 j0bs41807
5. Remove the Screw that secures the ESS PWB on the Right
side. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screw.
Figure 1 j0bs41805
6. Remove the ESS PWB. (Figure 5) 3. When connecting the FFC Cable (M, Y, K, C), insert the FFC
(1) Remove the Screws (x8). Cable straightly into the Connector Housing until you hear the
Lock sound. (Figure 7)
(2) Remove the ESS PWB.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist
band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. Figure 2 j0bs41814
CAUTION
Do not get yourself hurt by a soldered portion on the back of the
Replacement
PWB. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
1. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 19.1.5) 2. When installing the LVPS, install so the PWB Support Tab is
Outside of the LVPS. (Figure 3)
2. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connector (x6).
Figure 3 j0bs41815
Figure 1 j0bs41813
1. Open the Front Cover. 1. Remove the Front Cover. (REP 19.1.1)
2. Unplug the Support (x2) of the Front Cover. (Figure 1) 2. Remove the Waste Bottle. (Figure 1)
(1) Turn the Support 90 degrees and unplug. (1) Turn the Retract Handle in counterclockwise direction.
(2) Release the hook (x2).
Figure 2 j0bs41906
(3) Remove the Waste Bottle.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the Front Cover, put the Front Cover mounting
hole on the Boss of the Inner Cover. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0bs41905
Figure 1 j0bs41904
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the Right Cover, insert the Right Cover Hook
Figure 3 j0bs41909
(x2) in the Frame Hole (x2). (Figure 2)
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 19.1.4 Top Cover
Parts List on PL 19.1
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data"
lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or energy-saving LED is turned off.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the Top Cover, put the Boss (x3) on the Rear
side of the Top Cover in the mounting hole. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0bs41910
Figure 3 j0bs41912
3. When installing the Top Cover, put the Boss on the Front side
of the Top Cover in the mounting hole. (Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0bs41901
Figure 3 j0bs41903
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 56.1.1 DADF REP 56.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion
Parts List on PL 56.1 Parts List on PL 56.1
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the ’Data’ lamp When turning OFF the power switch, check that the ’Data’ lamp
is OFF and that there is no Job in progress. is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen dis- Turn OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or the Power Saver LED turns OFF. play or the Power Saver LED turns OFF.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug. Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 19.1.5) NOTE: The DADF Platen Cushion is pasted on with double sided
2. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1) adhesive tapes.
(1) Remove the cable band (x2).
1. Peel off the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 1)
(2) Disconnect the connector.
Figure 2 j0lj45602 (1) Peel off the DADF Platen Cushion.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Install the DADF. (Figure 3)
(1) Insert the tabs of the Counter Balance into the grooves of
the installation holes.
Figure 1 j0bs45601
Figure 1 j0bs45602
3. Remove the DADF. (Figure 2)
(1) Slant the Counter Balance in the direction of the arrow
Replacement
and remove it. 1. Paste on the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 2)
(1) Place the DADF Platen Cushion on the Platen Glass.
(2) Set up the gap between the Regi Guide and Platen
Figure 3 j0rk45103 Guide.
(3) Slowly lower the DADF to paste the DADF Platen Cush-
ion to it.
1. Open the Upper Feeder. 1. Remove the screws that secure the DADF Rear Cover. (Figure
2. Open the DADF. 1)
3. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (Figure 1) (1) Open the Upper Feeder.
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x4). (2) Remove the Tapping Screw.
(2) Remove the DADF Front Cover in the direction of the
arrow.
Figure 2 j0bs45603
Figure 1 j0lj45606
2. Remove the screws that secure the DADF Rear Cover. (Figure
2)
(1) Open the Document Tray.
(2) Remove the Tapping Screw.
Figure 1 j0lj45605
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 56.2.3 (SCC) DADF PWB
Parts List on PL 56.2
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the ’Data’ lamp
is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or the Power Saver LED turns OFF.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist
band during servicing. If a wrist band is not available, touch some
Figure 2 j0lj45607 Figure 4 j0lj45609 metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
3. Release the hook (x3) of the DADF Rear Cover. (Figure 3) Replacement Do not get yourself hurt by a soldered portion on the back of the
(1) Release the hook (x3). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. PWB.
1. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 56.2.2)
2. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connector (x9).
Figure 3 j0lj45608
Figure 1 j0lj45610
Figure 2 j0lj45611
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When replacing the DADF PWB, remove the ROM from the old
DADF PWB, and install it to the new one. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0lj45626
4. Remove the Hinge Bracket at the rear and remove the Upper
Feeder. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
(2) Remove the Hinge Bracket.
(3) Remove the Upper Feeder.
Figure 3 j0lj45612
REP 56.2.5 (SCC) DADF Feeder Assembly
Parts List on PL 56.2
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the ’Data’ lamp
is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or the Power Saver LED turns OFF.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
Figure 3 j0lj45645
Figure 1 j0lj45643
Reference: This shows the removed DADF Feeder Assembly.
7. Remove the screws that secure the DADF Feeder Assembly at (Figure 4)
the rear. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x3).
1. Remove the DADF. (REP 56.1.1) 1. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 56.2.2)
2. Turn the DADF upside down. 2. Remove the DADF. (REP 56.1.1)
3. Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 1) 3. Record the position of the scale for the Right Counter Balance.
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x4). (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0lj45658
(2) Remove the Left Counter Balance.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0lj45657
Figure 1 j0lj45656
4. Remove the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 2)
Replacement (1) Remove the Tapping Screws that secure the Ground
Wire.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the Tapping Screw (x4).
(3) Remove the Right Counter Balance.
REP 56.5.1 DADF Feed/Nudger Roll
3. When installing the Feed Roll Nudger Roll Assembly, install it
Parts List on PL 56.5 such that the Tab (x2) of the Feed Roll Nudger Roll Assembly
Removal are at the inner side of the Set Link. (Figure 4)
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the ’Data’ lamp
is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or the Power Saver LED turns OFF.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
NOTE: The DADF Feed Roll, the DADF Nudger Roll, and the DADF
Retard Pad must be replaced at the same time.
Figure 1 j0lj45652
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the Feed Roll and the Nudger Roll, install them
such that they are rotating in the clockwise direction.
Figure 1 j0lj45618
Figure 3 j0lj45620
5. Disconnect P753 and remove the wire harness from the Har- Figure 5 j0lj45622
ness Guide. (Figure 2) 7. Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 4)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Disconnect the connector (x2). 9. Disconnect the connector of the DADF Feed Motor. (Figure 6)
(2) Remove the wire harness from the Harness Guide. (1) Disconnect the connector.
REP 56.6.2 DADF Feed Motor
Parts List on PL 56.6
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the ’Data’ lamp
is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or the Power Saver LED turns OFF.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
Figure 1 j0lj45628
Figure 7 j0lj45624
Replacement
Reference: This shows the removed Harness Guide and wire 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
harness. (Figure 8) 2. When installing the DADF Feed Motor, align the Tab (x2) of the
DADF Feed Motor Bracket to the Cutout (x2) of the DADF
Feed Clutch and DADF Takeaway Clutch. (Figure 2)
7. Remove the gear and bracket. (Figure 2) 9. Remove the gear. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the washer (large: thin). (1) Loosen the screw.
(2) Remove the washer (small: thick). (2) Remove the spring.
(3) Remove the gear and bracket. (3) Remove the gear.
REP 56.9.1 (SCC) Document Tray
Parts List on PL 56.9
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the ’Data’ lamp
is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or the Power Saver LED turns OFF.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
Figure 5 j0lj45635
Figure 1 j0lj45614 Figure 3 j0lj45616
Replacement Reference: This shows the removed wire harness of the Docu- 5. Remove the wire harness through the hole at the rear. (Figure
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. ment Tray. (Figure 2) 4)
(1) Remove the wire harness through the hole.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0lj45647
REP 56.9.3 Invert Chute REP 56.10.1 DADF Takeaway Roll
Parts List on PL 56.9 Parts List on PL 56.10
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the ’Data’ lamp When turning OFF the power switch, check that the ’Data’ lamp
is OFF and that there is no Job in progress. is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen dis- Turn OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or the Power Saver LED turns OFF. play or the Power Saver LED turns OFF.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug. Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
1. Open the Upper Feeder. 1. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (REP 56.2.1)
2. Open the Retard Chute. 2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 56.2.2)
3. Remove the Invert Chute. (Figure 1) 3. Remove the Document Tray. (REP 56.9.1)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2). 4. Remove the Harness Guide and the wire harness. (REP
Figure 2 j0lj45632
(2) Remove the Invert Chute. 56.6.1)
5. Remove the Upper Feeder. (REP 56.2.4) 10. Remove the DADF Takeaway Clutch. (Figure 3)
6. Remove the Invert Chute. (REP 56.9.3) (1) Remove the E-Clip.
7. Remove the DADF Feed Motor. (REP 56.6.2) (2) Remove the DADF Takeaway Clutch.
8. Remove the link. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the link.
Figure 1 j0lj45649
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Figure 3 j0lj45633
Figure 4 j0lj45634
12. Remove the Bracket and Ground Plate at the front. (Figure 5)
Figure 6 j0lj45641
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
Figure 8 j0lj45638
(2) Loosen the screw. 13. Remove the Knob Handle. (Figure 7)
(3) Remove the Bracket and Ground Plate. (1) Remove the gear. 15. Remove the bearing at the rear and remove the DADF Take-
(2) Remove the Knob Handle. away Roll. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the E-Clip.
(2) Remove the Bearing.
(3) Remove the DADF Takeaway Roll.
Figure 5 j0bs45604
Figure 9 j0lj45639
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 7 j0lj45637
2. When installing the Bracket and Ground Plate, install the REP 56.10.2 Sensor Bracket NOTE: Be careful so as to not lose the gear under the Bracket
Ground Plate as shown in the figure. (Figure 10) and Ground Plate. (Figure 2)
Parts List on PL 56.10
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the ’Data’ lamp
is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or the Power Saver LED turns OFF.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
Figure 1 j0bs45604
Figure 3 j0lj45659
7. Remove the screws that secure the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 5) 9. Remove the DADF Pre Regi Sensor. (Figure 7) Replacement
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Release the hook to remove the DADF Pre Regi Sensor. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2). (2) Disconnect the connector. 2. When installing the Bearing of the DADF Takeaway Roll, align
the Cutout of the DADF Takeaway Clutch at the Rear side to
the Tab of the Bracket of the DADF Feed Motor. (Figure 9)
8. Remove the Sensor Bracket from underneath the DADF Take- 10. Remove the DADF Regi Sensor at the back of the Sensor Figure 9 j0lj45665
away Roll. (Figure 6) Bracket. (Figure 8)
(1) Lift up the Front side of the DADF Takeaway Roll. (1) Release the hook to remove the DADF Regi Sensor. 3. When installing the Bracket and Ground Plate, install the
(2) Remove the Sensor Bracket. (2) Disconnect the connector. Ground Plate as shown in the figure. (Figure 10)
REP 56.13.1 DADF Retard Pad
Parts List on PL 56.13
Removal
WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the ’Data’ lamp
is OFF and that there is no Job in progress.
Turn OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen dis-
play or the Power Saver LED turns OFF.
Check that the power switch is OFF and unplug the power plug.
NOTE: The DADF Retard Pad, the DADF Feed Roll, and the DADF
Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time.
Figure 1 j0lj45650
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the DADF Retard Pad, attach the spring to the
boss of the DADF Retard Pad. (Figure 2)
NOTE: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT NOTE: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT
Lead Edge Registration is appropriate. (Refer to ADJ 18.1.1 IOT Lead Edge Registration is appropriate. (Refer to ADJ 18.1.1 IOT
Side/Lead Edge Registration.) Side/Lead Edge Registration.)
Check Check
1. Place the Test Chart (499T00283) on the Platen Glass cor- 1. Load A3 paper into Tray 1.
rectly and make a copy in the following copy mode: 2. Place the Test Chart (499T00283) on the Platen Glass cor-
• Copy Mode: "Black" rectly and make a copy in the following copy mode:
• Paper Size: "A3" • Copy Mode: "Black"
• Reduce / Enlarge: "100%" • Paper Tray: Tray 1
• No. of Copies: "2" • Reduce / Enlarge: "100%"
2. Check that the distance between the lead edge of the 2nd copy • No. of Copies: "2"
and the reference line is 10.0 +/-1.6 mm or the same as the 3. Check that the distance between the side edge of the 2nd copy
dimension on the Test Chart. (Figure 1) and the specified value is 10.0 +/-2.1 mm or the same as the
dimension on the Test Chart. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0mf40954
Figure 1 j0mf40955
3. If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it as follows:
Adjustment 4. If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it as follows:
1. Enter NVM [715-050] Platen SS Registration Adjustment.
NOTE: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT
horizontal/vertical Reduce/Enlarge ratios are correct.
Check
1. Place the Test Chart (499T 00283) on the Platen Glass cor-
rectly and make a copy in the following copy mode:
• Copy Mode: Black
Figure 1 j0mf40957
• Document Type: Text/Photo
• Paper: A3
Adjustment
• Reduce/Enlarge: 100%
Vertical Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment
• No. of copies: 2
2. Check the 2nd copy for the following. 1. Enter DC131[715-051].
NOTE: Refer to Figures 1 for this procedure. 2. Change the value.
• 1 increment: 0.1%
(1) At Vertical Reduce/Enlarge: (Figure 1)
• Increment of the value:Enlargement direction
Check that the distance between the two points is
• Decrement of the value:Reduction direction
3001.5mm or the same as the dimension on the Test
Chart.
If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it as
follows:
(Figure 1)
ADJ 8.1.1 MAX Setup • Test Pattern Print holds 8 types of Y/M/C/K single ADJ 8.1.2 DC940: PROCON ON Print
color x ToneUp/ToneDown test pattern. If this is
Purpose selected, ToneUp or ToneDown will be executed with Purpose
• The CE Diag related to the IOT image quality adjustment is fixed A4LEF, 4C, PS=126mm/s, 5 copies (ToneUp), • Print out the Pcon PG (Procon ON) from the Test Pattern Print
referred to as the MAX Setup. 10 copies (ToneDown) based on each color and with the same setting as Customer Mode and check the print-
• To maintain an image quality that consistently brings about operation. out sample color concentration.
customer satisfaction, and to deliver an image quality that • The image will be the same image as the half tone of
meets the demands of the customer. Test Pattern Print and will be printed out in A4LEF Execution Period
size. All color Cin10% for ToneUp in Cin, corre-
• When selecting and executing Pcon PG Test Pattern Print
sponding color is Cin70% for ToneDown, Cin10% for
MAX Setup Overview color other than corresponding color and the screen
(Procon ON)
The Diag related to Image Quality for this model is as follows. is standard screen, Enter the CE DIAG Mode, [Printer Diag] -> [Test Print] -> [Pro-
• The Procon, image quality setting is the same as con ON ESS]
1. IOT related
Customer Mode except for Dispense, with Pcon
(1) DC940: PROCON ON Print (Refer to ADJ 8.1.2 for the potential control, ADC gradation control ON, Auto Action
detailed procedures) gradation correction ON, Image quality TRC ON.
1. Execute the printout
• Specify the Pcon PG (Procon ON) image from the
• Once the [Execution button] is pressed on the screen,
test pattern print screen and output 1 copy of built-in (4) Procon/Regcon Print (Refer to ADJ 8.1.5 for procedure
PG. print out 1 copy of built-in PG [PconPG (Procon ON)] on
details) standard screen with the mode specified in the paper type
• Fixate 4C mode with PconPG (Procon ON) for built-
• Print the decided IOT NVM setting value on the setting of the selected tray.
in PG output and standard screen for screen. The
paper. • For printout Procon setting, Toner Supply Control, Poten-
tray should be based on test pattern print function.
tial Control, ADC Gradation Control, Auto Gradation Cor-
• The machine operation of the main unit is the same rection is the same setting as the Customer Mode.
as Customer mode. (5) Test Pattern Print (Refer to ADJ 8.1.6 for procedure
details)
Note
• Fusing Unit will not operate until it is "Ready". In addition, it
Note • IOT applies TRC Manual Adjustment OFF to ADC LUT for TRC
• Similar to the Customer Mode, [ON] is normally ON but will be Manual Adjustment [OFF} of Auto Gradation Correction (Docu-
ment PG), and sends to the Controller from IOT when transfer-
OFF if each switch setting is OFF. ADC Gradation Control LUT
ring to Key Operation Auto Gradation Correction Execution
will follow the [ADC Gradation Correction SW], TRC Manual
Adjustment LUT will follow the [TRC Manual Adjustment SW], Screen. The Controller side will apply the sent ADC LUT.
Auto Gradation Correction LUT will follow the [Auto Gradation
Correction SW] ON/OFF setting. Test Pattern Sample
• PconPG (Procon ON/Procon ON)
ADJ 8.1.7 Procon MiniSetup execution in
Key Op Mode
Purpose
• IOT will execute the MiniSetup from the execution instruction.
Action
• Perform Procon MiniSetup with KO Mode function.
• Procon Setup (FC_MiniSetup) will be executed following the
IOT specifications once the execution instruction has been
made.
This is a FC operation limited function and does not work with
BW operation.
Therefore, it will not operate when Local Fail generates (any of
Y/M/C Drum NG or Toner Cartridge NG).
Note
• There will be no display because MiniSetup only takes about
30 seconds.
Display [Printer is busy] when it cannot be performed.
Steps
1. Press the [Machine Status] button.
2. Press the [Tool] button.
3. Press the [Admin Settings] button.
4. Press the [System Settings] button.
5. Press the [Calibration] button.
Figure 2 j0bs36002
Figure 1 j0bs36001
Figure 3 j0bs36003
Figure 1 j0lj41891 (4) Select [USB Port] and press the [Next] button. NOTE: When the upgrade has completed, the machine
will reboot automatically.
4. Start the firmware version upgrade. (6) Writing will be complete when the machine is Ready.
(1) Double-click [FWDLmgr.exe] in the folder where the firm- (7) Press the PC (PSW) [Finisher] button to exit the tool.
ware is located.
(2) Press the [Agree] button.
Figure 4 j0bs41887
Check
1. Place the Test Chart (499T283) on the DADF.
2. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode.
• Color Mode: "Black"
• Paper Tray: "A3"
• Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"
• No. of Copies: "3"
3. Check that the difference in the distance (A and B) from the
side edges of the 3 copies is within 0 +/-0.5 mm. (Figure 1) Figure 4 j0ku42043
Figure 2 j0lj45613
Figure 1 j0ku42054
Adjustment
1. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 56.2.2)
2. Adjust the position of the DADF by moving the DADF in direc-
tion A or B. (Figure 2)
(1) Loosen the screw (x3).
(2) Move the DADF in direction A or B.
(3) Tighten the screw (x3). Figure 3 j0ku42044
[2 Sided Mode]
Check
1. Place the Test Chart (499T283) on the DADF with Side 1 fac-
ing down with the Test Chart fed from the tail edge.
2. Make a copy in the following mode:
• Color Mode: "Black"
• Paper Tray: "A3"
• Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"
• No. of Copies: "2"
Figure 2 j0ku42053
Adjustment
1. Input the NVM [711-141].
2. Adjust to the specified range (10 +/-1.9 mm).
If the distance between the Lead Edge and the reference value
is
• 12.0 mm or higher, increase the NVM value.
• 8.0 mm or lower, decrease the NVM value.
(NVM1Step=0.1mm)
3. Repeat the procedure until the value is within the specified
range (10 +/-1.9 mm).
As there will be differences in the Regi according to the ratio,
adjust the following NVM.
Table 2
Basic Scan Speed
NVM [mm/s] Reduce / Enlarge
NVM [711-022] 165.0 100.0%
NVM [711-024] 82.5 Other than 100.0%
Chapter 5 Parts List
5 Parts List
5.1 Introduction PL 9.1 Tray 1.................................................................................................................. 30
5.1.1 How to Use the Parts List...................................................................................... 3 PL 9.2 Tray 1 Component .............................................................................................. 31
5.1.2 Precautions ........................................................................................................... 3
5.1.3 Plate Composition ................................................................................................. 4
10. One Tray Module (Tray 2)
5.1.4 Terminology and Symbols..................................................................................... 4 PL 10.1 Tray 2 ,Feeder .................................................................................................. 32
PL 10.2 Tray 2 Component ............................................................................................ 33
5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation.......................................................................................... 5
PL 10.3 Tray 2 Feeder ................................................................................................... 34
5.2 Parts List PL 10.4 Left Cover ......................................................................................................... 35
PL 10.5 Takeaway Roll .................................................................................................. 36
1. IIT/UI PL 10.6 Electrical ........................................................................................................... 37
PL 1.1 Platen Cover ....................................................................................................... 7 PL 10.7 Cover ................................................................................................................ 38
PL 1.2 IIT Top Cover (with Platen Glass),IIT Front Cover.............................................. 8 PL 10.8 Frame................................................................................................................ 39
PL 1.3 IIT Base Frame Component................................................................................ 9
PL 1.4 IIT Scan Motor .................................................................................................... 10 13. MSI
PL 1.5 IIT Top Cover Component .................................................................................. 11 PL 13.1 MSI.................................................................................................................... 40
PL 13.2 MSI Component ................................................................................................ 41
2. ROS PL 13.3 MSI Lower Feeder ............................................................................................ 42
PL 2.1 LPH ..................................................................................................................... 12
14. L/H Cover
3. Drive PL 14.1 Simplex/Duplex L/H Cover................................................................................ 43
PL 3.1 Drive Assembly ................................................................................................... 13 PL 14.2 Simplex L/H Cover ............................................................................................ 44
PL 3.2 Drive Component ................................................................................................ 14 PL 14.3 Simplex L/H Cover Component ........................................................................ 45
PL 3.3 PH Drive Component .......................................................................................... 15 PL 14.4 Simplex Chute Component ............................................................................... 46
PL 3.4 Motor Drive Component...................................................................................... 16 PL 14.5 Duplex L/H Cover.............................................................................................. 47
PL 14.6 Duplex L/H Cover Component .......................................................................... 48
4. NOHAD
PL 14.7 Duplex Chute Component................................................................................. 49
PL 4.1 NOHAD ............................................................................................................... 17
15. Registration
5. Deve.
PL 15.1 Registration....................................................................................................... 50
PL 5.1 Dispenser,Deve Unit ........................................................................................... 18
PL 5.2 Dispenser Component ........................................................................................ 19 17. Exit
PL 5.3 Dispenser Drive Component............................................................................... 20 PL 17.1 Simplex/Duplex Exit .......................................................................................... 51
PL 5.4 Deve Unit Component......................................................................................... 21
PL 5.5 Deve Assembly Component ............................................................................... 22 18. Electrical
PL 18.1 Electrical-Front,Right ........................................................................................ 52
6. Transfer PL 18.2 Electrical-Upper Rear........................................................................................ 53
PL 6.1 IBT Belt Unit,2nd BTR Roll,MOB ADC Assembly ............................................... 23 PL 18.3 Electrical-Lower Rear........................................................................................ 54
PL 6.2 IBT Belt Unit Component .................................................................................... 24 PL 18.4 Wire Harness .................................................................................................... 55
PL 6.3 IBT Belt Assembly Component ........................................................................... 25 PL 18.5 Fax .................................................................................................................... 56
7. Fusing Unit 19. Cover
PL 7.1 Fusing Unit.......................................................................................................... 26 PL 19.1 Cover ................................................................................................................ 57
8. Xero. 56. DADF
PL 8.1 Marking Guide,Xero Unit..................................................................................... 27 PL 56.1 DADF Accessory............................................................................................... 58
PL 8.2 Marking Guide Component ................................................................................. 28 PL 56.2 DADF Component............................................................................................. 59
PL 8.3 Xero Unit Component ......................................................................................... 29 PL 56.3 DADF Base Frame............................................................................................ 60
PL 56.4 Upper Feeder.................................................................................................... 61
9. Feeder;Tray (Tray 1)
PL 56.5 Feed Roll Nudger Roll Assembly ...................................................................... 62
98. Screws
98.1 Screws.................................................................................................................... 72
To shorten the time searching for a Parts No., a navigation screen (illustration) is provided to search for As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete component unit must be
replaced. It must never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced.
the relevant parts in the illustration. When you have already identified a parts to be checked, search for
the relevant parts on this screen (illustration) to perform servicing efficiently. For how to use the Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall be strictly
navigation, refer to ’5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation’. prohibited because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.
• ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Important Information Stored
Component that stores important customer information. To replace and discard an ISC, follow the
procedure for it described in chapter 4.
• The area codes are shown on plates each. The area codes (such as toner and Current Adjustment
values) which cannot be shown as parts on plates are listed on the list of area codes at the end of
this chapter.
Figure 1 5002
Informs you that the removal, installation and replacement procedures
for the part are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjustment.
Figure 2 5001
Informs you that the removal, installation, replacement and adjustment
procedures for the part are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjust-
ment.
Figure 3 5003
3 {4-10 This is indicated on the upper left or upper right of the illustration to
Figure 1 j0mf50001 show the item represents the assembly including the part. The example
shows Item 3 is the assembly of Item 4 through 10.
Table 1
(1/4PCS) Informs you that four identical parts are installed but that only one of
Section Name Chapter 5 Section Name them is shown in the illustration.
(1) Sub System Name the name of the subsystem -- This symbol in the PART NO. column shows the part is not managed as
(2) PLATE NO. Parts List Reference No. shown in each chapter a spare part.
(3) PLATE NAME Title name of the illustration, which shows the mechanism of the (P/O Item 5) This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is not man-
sub system aged as a single piece of spare part, but as a part of the assembly. The
example shows the part is a part of Assembly Item 5.
(4) ITEM Matches the number in the illustration.
(New) (Old) This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows the new part is inter-
(5) PART NO. The number to be used for ordering parts and filling in the ser-
changeable with the old one. Unless otherwise specified or there are no
vice report.
particular reasons, order the old part.
(6) DESCRIPTION Provides the part name, V(MOD) Code and notes, etc.
(Alternate) This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows either one of the parts
(7) AREA CODE The code to be entered in the failure column of the service can be used.
report.
This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration is modified
by the number in the circle. The area has the modified configuration.
Figure 4 5005
Table 1 5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation
Terminology and This section describes how to use the Navigation screen (illustrated)
Symbols Description
This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration has not The Navigation screen is divided into two layers, under which there is another layer of PLs.
been modified by the number in the circle. The area still has the previ-
ous configuration. • The first (top) layer
• Navi 1.1(Processor + Option)
The whole processor including DADF and Finisher is illustrated each for good
understanding. Find the module which includes the desired part and click on Navi 2.X or
Figure 5 5006
PL shown at the end of the call out. Navi 2.X shows there is a more detailed illustration of
The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration is modified by the the module. Otherwise, you will be directly linked to the applicable PL.
number in the circle. The item has the modified configuration.
• The second layer
• Navi 2.1 to 2.5
The module found in Navi 1.1 is divided into more modules, which link to the related PLs.
The screen here uses PLXX to show all the parts in the detailed module. Click on the
Figure 6 4001 applicable item, and you will see the illustration of the applicable PL. Find the desired
part in the PL illustration to learn the part’s item no. After that, obtain the appropriate part
The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration has not been modi-
no. from the list.
fied by the number in the circle. The item still has the previous configu-
ration. On E-DOC, clicking on the item no. makes the List screen displayed. Then the
appropriate part no. can be found.
• The third (bottom) layer has PLXXs.
<Returning from the lower layers to the higher layer>
Figure 7 4002 Clicking on Navi 2.X or PLXX on the upper left of the illustration makes you return to Navi
with 5V This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is modified 1.1 for Processor parts.
by the number. The part has the modified configuration.
(w/o 5V) This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part has not been
modified by the number. The part still has the previous configuration.
(SCC) Fusing Unit SCC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents
Safety Critical Component. Handling Safety Critical Components shall
conform to Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd.-stipulated rules and regulations on
Safety Critical Components.
As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete
component unit must be replaced. It must never be disassembled or no
individual internal parts of it must be replaced.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co.
Ltd. shall be strictly prohibited because it cannot be guaranteed in qual-
ity and safety.
(ISC) MCU/ESS ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents
PWB Important Information Stored Component that stores important cus-
tomer information. To replace and discard an ISC, follow the procedure
for it described in chapter 4.
*1: If the service operating on the remote terminal that has had a problem is a non-FX pro duct,use Area
Code 906
Figure 1 j0bs50022
Figure 1 j0bs50023
Navi 2.4 One Tray Module
Figure 1 j0bs50024
6.4.3 Overview of the CE Mode Operation..................................................................... 196 6.4.11.25 ToneDown [Y] 10P ......................................................................................... 240
6.4.4 How to Exit the CE Mode ...................................................................................... 196 6.4.11.26 ToneDown [K] 10P ......................................................................................... 240
6.4.5 Menu Tree ............................................................................................................. 197 6.4.11.27 Calibration Chart ............................................................................................ 241
6.4.6 CE Mode Functions Overview ............................................................................... 199
6.4.12 Parameter
6.4.7 ESS Diag 6.4.12.1 Initialization (Life) and the display of life counter ............................................. 243
6.4.7.1 All Test................................................................................................................ 203 6.4.12.2 Life Print ........................................................................................................... 245
6.4.7.2 Flash ROM Test ................................................................................................. 204 6.4.12.3 Procon Print ..................................................................................................... 246
6.4.7.3 EEPROM Test .................................................................................................... 205 6.4.13 RTC Set .............................................................................................................. 247
6.4.7.4 DRAM Test ......................................................................................................... 205
6.4.7.5 MAC+PHY Test .................................................................................................. 206 6.4.14 Board Test
6.4.7.6 ASIC Test ........................................................................................................... 206 6.4.14.1 All Test ............................................................................................................. 249
6.4.7.7 IOT Test.............................................................................................................. 207 6.4.14.2 Fax Memory Test ............................................................................................. 249
6.4.7.8 RTC Test ............................................................................................................ 207 6.4.14.3 I/F Test ............................................................................................................. 250
6.4.14.4 Fx Chip Test..................................................................................................... 250
6.4.8 IOT Diag 6.4.14.5 Relay/Signal Test ............................................................................................. 251
6.4.8.1 Digital Input......................................................................................................... 209
6.4.8.2 Digital Output...................................................................................................... 211 6.4.15 Information
6.4.8.3 Analog Input ....................................................................................................... 213 6.4.15.1 Scan Counter ................................................................................................... 255
6.4.8.4 NVM Setting ....................................................................................................... 214 6.4.16 Scanner Maintenance
6.4.8.5 Clear IOT NVM ................................................................................................... 216 6.4.16.1 Scan Counter Clear.......................................................................................... 257
6.4.9 Print Info 6.4.16.2 Auto Shading.................................................................................................... 258
6.4.9.1 Print Printer Configuration Data Config Page..................................................... 219 6.4.16.3 CVT Auto Shading (Color) ............................................................................... 259
6.4.9.2 Print Settings (Print Printer Settings Data) ......................................................... 220 6.4.16.4 CVT Auto Shading (Gray) ................................................................................ 260
6.4.10 Installation Settings ............................................................................................. 221 6.4.16.5 LED Caliblation ................................................................................................ 261
6.4.16.6 Component Check (IIT).................................................................................... 262
6.4.11 Test Print 6.4.16.7 DADF Component Check................................................................................. 263
6.4.11.1 Printing function test operation procedure........................................................ 227 6.4.16.8 DADF Size Detect Auto Adj. ............................................................................ 265
6.4.11.2 TotalChart ESS................................................................................................. 228 6.4.17 Parameter (System Data Setting) ....................................................................... 266
6.4.11.3 HT Cyan ESS ................................................................................................... 228 6.4.18 Backup Data........................................................................................................ 267
6.4.11.4 HT Magenta ESS.............................................................................................. 229
6.4.11.5 HT Yellow ESS ................................................................................................. 229 6.5 Panel Diag
6.4.11.6 HT Black ESS................................................................................................... 230 6.5.1 Diagnosis Function Overview................................................................................ 269
6.4.11.7 HT CMY ESS.................................................................................................... 230 6.5.2 Switch to Panel Diag Mode ................................................................................... 269
6.4.11.8 HT CMYK ESS ................................................................................................. 231 6.5.3 Panel Diag Menu................................................................................................... 270
6.4.11.9 HT Red ESS ..................................................................................................... 231 6.5.4 Memory Test ......................................................................................................... 270
6.4.11.10 HT Green ESS................................................................................................ 232 6.5.5 Hardware Key Test ............................................................................................... 271
6.4.11.11 HT Blue ESS .................................................................................................. 232 6.5.6 Adjust Touch Screen Test..................................................................................... 272
6.4.11.12 Grid2 ESS....................................................................................................... 233 6.5.7 Touch Screen Test................................................................................................ 273
6.4.11.13 Gradation ESS................................................................................................ 233 6.5.8 LED Test ............................................................................................................... 273
6.4.11.14 No Image IOT ................................................................................................. 234 6.5.9 Buzzer Test ........................................................................................................... 274
6.4.11.15 Procon OFF ESS............................................................................................ 234 6.5.10 Brightness Test ................................................................................................... 274
6.4.11.16 Procon ON ESS.............................................................................................. 235 6.5.11 Display Test ........................................................................................................ 275
6.4.11.17 LPH Chart LM1............................................................................................... 235 6.5.12 Adjust Sense of Touch ........................................................................................ 276
6.4.11.18 LPH Chart IBY ................................................................................................ 236 6.6 Fax Related Information
6.4.11.19 ToneUp [C] 5P................................................................................................ 237
6.6.1 Activity Report (User Mode) .................................................................................. 277
6.4.11.20 ToneUp [M] 5P ............................................................................................... 237 6.6.2 Activity Report (CE Mode)..................................................................................... 277
6.4.11.21 ToneUp [Y] 5P ................................................................................................ 238
6.6.3 Protocol Monitor .................................................................................................... 278
6.4.11.22 ToneUp [K] 5P ................................................................................................ 238
6.4.11.23 ToneDown [C] 10P ......................................................................................... 239 6.6.4 Protocol Trace
6.4.11.24 ToneDown [M] 10P......................................................................................... 239 6.6.4.1 Protocol Trace.................................................................................................... 280
6.6.4.2 FCF/FIF Description ........................................................................................... 281
6.6.4.3 Bit 7 Description ................................................................................................. 281
6.6.4.4 Bit 6 Description ................................................................................................. 282
6.6.4.5 Bit 16 Description ............................................................................................... 282
6.6.4.6 Bit 15 Description ............................................................................................... 283
6.6.4.7 Bit 14~11 Description ......................................................................................... 283
6.6.4.8 Bit 10 Description ............................................................................................... 284
6.6.4.9 Bit 9 Description ................................................................................................. 284
6.6.4.10 Bit 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80, 88, 96, 104, 112 Description ....................... 285
6.6.4.11 Bit 21~23 Description ....................................................................................... 285
6.6.4.12 Bit 19, 20 Description ....................................................................................... 286
6.6.4.13 Bit 17, 18 Description ....................................................................................... 286
6.6.4.14 Bit 31 Description ............................................................................................. 287
6.6.4.15 Bit 28 Description ............................................................................................. 287
6.6.4.16 Bit 27 Description ............................................................................................. 288
6.6.4.17 Bit 26 Description ............................................................................................. 288
6.6.4.18 Bit 25 Description ............................................................................................. 289
6.6.4.19 Bit 1, 3, 33~38, 47, 49~51, 53~55, 57, 59, 60, 62, 65~71, 73~75, 81~84, 87, 92~95, 97~99, 101,
102 Description ............................................................................................................... 289
6.6.4.20 Bit 46 Description ............................................................................................. 290
6.6.4.21 Bit 45 Description ............................................................................................. 291
6.6.4.22 Bit 44 Description ............................................................................................. 291
6.6.4.23 Bit 43 Description ............................................................................................. 292
6.6.4.24 Bit 42 Description ............................................................................................. 292
6.6.4.25 Bit 41 Description ............................................................................................. 293
6.6.4.26 Bit 79 Description ............................................................................................. 293
6.6.4.27 Bit 78 Description ............................................................................................. 294
6.6.4.28 Bit 77 Description ............................................................................................. 294
6.6.4.29 Bit 76 Description ............................................................................................. 295
6.6.4.30 Bit 105~109 Description ................................................................................... 295
Table 1
CPM
Destination Product Name Model Configuration (Color/Mono) XJ Code Product Code Serial No. Note
FXCL DocuCentre SC2020 Modle-CPS CPS + USB/NET 20/20 BU2 TC100822 100001~140000 Platen, Simplex
FXCL DocuCentre SC2020 Model-CPS DA CPS + USB/NET 20/20 BU3 TC100823 140001~180000 DADF, Duplex
ENG DocuCentre SC2020 Model-CPS DA CPS + USB/NET 20/20 BU4 TC100824 180001~220000 DADF, Duplex
Platen glass top height is 515 mm. Optional STM mounting 28 mm.
Table 1
Configuration Machine Size (mm) *1
Product
Configuration UI IN Tray Module OUT Width *2 Depth Height *3
Basic Model 1 "4.3"WQ PLTN Tray1+MSI Output 595 586 579
Basic Model 2 VGA Tray1+MSI+STM Tray 595 586 662
body
Figure 1 j0bs60001
Basic Model 3 DADF Tray1+MSI Output 595 586 634
Basic Model 4 Tray1+MSI+STM Tray 595 586 747 2. Basic Model 2
body
• Platen unit body (DC SC2020 Model-CPS) + STM (Option)
Machine Size (W x D x H): 595mm x 586mm x 662mm (Figure 3)
*1: For details on the machine sizes, refer to 6.1.4.3.
Table 2
Configuration Main Unit Weight
IOT(PLATEN/IIT/Tray1) 43.0 kg or lighter
IOT(DADF/IIT/Tray1/Dup) 48.5 kg or lighter
DADF 6.5 kg or less
PLTN Cover 1.5 kg or less
STM 11 kg or less
Dup Unit 3.6 kg or less
FAX 0.3 kg or less Figure 2 j0bs60003
3. Basic Model 3
Max Floor Weight Capacity (Reference value): 71kg
• DADF unit body (DC SC2020 Model-CPS DA)
= Body + DADF + DUP + STM + FAX + Toner 4 + margin (Paper Tray full set)
Machine Size (W x D x H): 595mm x 586mm x 634mm (Figure 2)
Table 1
Configuration Width (mm) Depth (mm) Area (square meters)
Platen unit body (DC SC2020 Model-CPS) 1101 1498 1.65
DADF unit body (DC SC2020 Model-CPS 1101 1498 1.65
DA)
DADF unit body + STM (DC SC2020 Model- 1101 1503 1.66
CPS DA)
• Width: The max. width with the MSI Tray pulled out is 326mm.
Figure 3 j0bs60002 • Depth: The depth with the Tray pulled out is 998mm. (Including the Front Cover)
4. Basic Model 4
The installation space includes the following working space.
• Platen unit body (DC SC2020 Model-CPS DA) DADF + STM (Option)
Machine Size (W x D x H): 595mm x 586mm x 747mm (Figure 6) • Width: 80 mm added to the left and 100 mm added to the right
• Depth: 400 mm added to the front (for pulling out of Tray) and 100 mm added to the back (for air cir-
culation)
Table 2
Configuration Width (mm) Depth (mm) Area (square meters)
Platen unit body (DC SC2020 Model- 947 586 0.55
CPS)
DADF unit body (DC SC2020 Model- 972 586 0.57
CPS DA)
DADF unit body + STM (DC SC2020 972 586 0.57
Model-CPS DA)
Figure 4 j0bs60004
6.1.5.3 Installation Space Details
1. Platen unit body (DC SC2020 Model-CPS)
• Installation Space (W x D): 1101 mm x 1498 mm (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0bs60005 Figure 3 j0bs60007
Figure 2 j0bs60006
3. Platen unit body (DC SC2020 Model-CPS DA) DADF + STM (Option)
• Installation Space (W X D):1101mm x 1503 mm (Figure 3)
Table 1
Table 1
20/20 IOT BW mode
Applicable Area Source Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Item
APO/GCO 220-240+/-10% 50/60 +/-3% Body *1 Full System*2
Mea- Target Mea- Target
6.1.8.2 Maximum Power Consumption sured Value sured Value
Value Value
The maximum power consumptions with full system are as shown in the following table.
Surrounding A characteristic noise power level during 3.17 3.30 3.20 3.30
Standby (Unit: B) *3
Table 2
Surrounding A characteristic noise power level during 6.47 6.51 7.03 7.07
Power Consumption operation (Unit: B) *3
Applicable Area Voltage (V) (kW)
Surrounding A characteristic projection noise pressure 15.0 - 15.0 -
APO 220 to 240V 220V: 1.1 or less level during Standby (Reference value)
240V: 1.2 or less (Bystander position) (Units: dB) *4
Surrounding A characteristic projection noise pressure 49.9 - 54.0 -
level during operation (Reference value)
(Bystander position) (Units: dB) *4
Non-duplex models 3.17*6 3.30*6 - -
Surrounding A characteristic noise power level during
standby (reference value)
(Unit: B) *3
Non-duplex models 6.29*6 6.41*6 - -
Surrounding A characteristic noise power level during
operation (reference value)
(Unit: B) *3
Table 2
20/20 IOT F/C mode
Item
Main Unit*1 Full System*2
Mea- Target Mea- Target
sured Value sured Value
Value Value
Surrounding A characteristic noise power level during 3.17 3.30 3.20 3.30
Standby (Unit: B) *3
Surrounding A characteristic noise power level during 6.50 6.52 6.76 7.07
operation (Unit: B) *3
Surrounding A characteristic projection noise pressure 15.0 - 15.0 -
level during Standby (Reference value)
(Bystander position) (Units: dB) *4
*3: LwAd: Surrounding A characteristic power level = measured LwA (1 device) + 0.3 B
*4: LpAm: Surrounding A characteristic projection noise pressure level (Bystander position)
*6: No duplex
6.1.11 Warm Up Time 6.1.12 FCOT
The time required before a print operation can be performed after the power is turned on is as follows. <Definition>
Table 1 The time that is required since the <Start> button is pressed until the trail edge of paper is output to the
Measurement Rated at 20 degrees C/65% RH. defined output destination.
Conditions Toner Recovery and Setup Cycle are not included.
Power ON after seasoning when the power has been OFF for 3 hours or longer. The measurement result is rounded to the first decimal place.
Basic Configura- Standard Main Unit
• Prerequisite
tion
Table 1
Table 2
Item Contents
Configuration Immediately after main power is turned ON*1
Document/Paper Size/Orienta- A4 LEF Document, A4 LEF Paper
APO 39sec or less*1
tion Document size must be detected before the Start button is
pressed.
*1: "Time from Power on to Standby on UI" or "Time from Power on to print out one sheet" - "Time from IIT/DADF Status If the Platen is used, the document size is detected when the
Standby to print out one sheet" Platen Cover is closed.
When using the DADF, the document must already be loaded.
Tray Used Tray 1
Copy Side Settings 1->1 Sided Copy
Paper Quality Settings Plain
Quantity Settings 1 set
Reduce / Enlarge 100% (excluding the case of 100% Fine Adjustment)
Output Color Listed in Table 2
Output Tray Output Tray
Output Orientation Rear output (output orientation not specified)
State of Fusing Unit The Fusing Unit must be in the Ready state
State of 1st BTR 1stBTR is Contact for Color priority, 1stBTR is Retract for
Black&White priority (Default)
State of the LPH LPH must be in the Ready state
UI 4.3" WQVGA Color UI
Others Other application functions or optional functions must not be set.
Background Suppression OFF
ACC OFF Auto Color Correction
Table 2
Color Setting
Document Set BW FC
No. Platen/DADF Output Tray Output Setting (PS:126mm/s) (PS:126mm/s)
1 Platen Output Tray Black (BW Mode) 8.6 sec or less 11.3 sec or less
2 Output Tray Color 10.3 sec or less 10.8 sec or less
Output settings can be selected from CopyDefault > Output Color. Color settings are set in Output of Consecutive printing speed shown in the table below. The numerical value for Duplex is IPM (Images Per
the UI panel. Minute).
Limitations
• This does not include the time for settings/cleaning/sagging/procon.
20 IOT (Main Body Feed Tray (Tray1)/Main Body Output Tray Paper)
Unit: 1 Sided: ppm, 2 Sided: ipm
Table 1
SS Direction SS SS Direction SS Direction
216.0mm or Direction216. 297.1- 364.1- SS Direction
lighter and 1-297.0mm 364.0mm and 432.0mm and 432.0mm or
FS direction and FS FS FS lighter and FS
257.1mm or direction257. direction257. direction257. direction257.0
higher (A4L/ 1 mm or 1 mm or 1mm or mm or lighter
Paper Type
8.5x11L) higher higher higher (A3S/ (B5S/L, A4S,
Settings Output
11x17S) B4S, 8.5x11S/
Color 13S/14S)
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided
Plain FC 20 17 12 11 12 10 12 8.5 12 8.5
*1Recycled
*1Pre-
Punched
PrePrinted BW 20 17 12 11 12 10 12 8.5 12 8.5
Colored
paper Letter-
head
Table 2 Table 3
SS Direction SS SS Direction SS Direction SS Direction SS SS Direction SS Direction
216.0mm or Direction216. 297.1- 364.1- SS Direction 216.0mm or Direction216. 297.1- 364.1- SS Direction
lighter and 1-297.0mm 364.0mm and 432.0mm and 432.0mm or lighter and 1-297.0mm 364.0mm and 432.0mm and 432.0mm or
FS direction and FS FS FS lighter and FS FS direction and FS FS FS lighter and FS
257.1mm or direction257. direction257. direction257. direction257.0 257.1mm or direction257. direction257. direction257. direction257.0
higher (A4L/ 1 mm or 1 mm or 1mm or mm or lighter higher (A4L/ 1 mm or 1 mm or 1mm or mm or lighter
Paper Type Paper Type
8.5x11L) higher higher higher (A3S/ (B5S/L, A4S, 8.5x11L) higher higher higher (A3S/ (B5S/L, A4S,
Settings Output Settings Output
11x17S) B4S, 8.5x11S/ 11x17S) B4S, 8.5x11S/
Color 13S/14S) Color 13S/14S)
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided Sided
Bond Paper FC 20 17 12 10.8 12 9.0 12 8.5 12 8.5 Bond Paper FC 20 17 12 10.6 12 9.8 12 8.7 12 8.7
*1 *1
Plain Plain
*1Recycled *1Recycled BW 20 17 12 10.6 12 9.8 12 8.7 12 8.7
*1Pre- BW 20 17 12 10.8 12 9.0 12 8.5 12 8.5 *1Pre-
Punched Punched
PrePrinted PrePrinted
Colored Colored
paper Letter- paper Letter-
head head
Heavy- FC 12.5 9.4 9.0 5.5 8.0 5.0 7.0 4.5 7.0 4.5 Heavy- FC 11 9.1 10.0 5.5 7.0 4.7 5.0 3.9 5.0 3.9
weight 1*1 BW 20 17 12 10.8 12 9.0 12 8.5 12 8.5 weight 1*1
HW Gloss HW Gloss
1*1 HW 1*1 HW BW 20 17 12 10.6 12 9.8 12 8.7 12 8.7
Labels 1*1 Labels 1*1
Special Special
Heavy- FC 12 - 9.0 - 8.0 - 7.0 - 7.0 - Heavy- FC 11 - 10.0 - 7.0 - 5.0 - 5.0 -
weight 2 BW 12 - 9.0 - 8.0 - 7.0 - 7.0 - weight 2
Heavy- Heavy- BW 11 - 10.0 - 7.0 - 5.0 - 5.0 -
weight Gloss weight Gloss
HW Labels 2 HW Labels 2
Envelope
*1: There are no double-sided High-Quality Paper back, Plain Paper back, Recycled Paper back, Heavy- Postcard
weight Paper back, Gloss 1 back and Label Paper
*1: There are no double-sided High-Quality Paper back, Plain Paper back, Recycled Paper back, Heavy-
weight Paper back, Gloss 1 back and Label Paper
Table 1
Supported
Supported Supported Paper Paper
Paper (Non-Standard Weight
IOT/TM TrayNO. (Standard Size) Size) (W x L) mm (gsm) Capacity Remarks
IOT Tray1 Min: B5 Non-Standard 60-90 250*1 Stack height: 27mm
Max: A3S, Sizes not supported
11X17S
MSI*4 Min: Postcard/ Min: 88.9 x 98.4*3 60-216 100*1 Stack height: 10mm
Envelope/A5SL Max: 297.0 x 431.8
Max: A3S,
11X17S
STM Tray2 Min: B5 Min: 139.7 x 182.0 60-256 560*1 Stack height: 54 mm
(Option) Max: Max: 297.0 x 431.8 500*2
A3S,11X17S
*3: Feeding of paper with length 98.4 - 134.9mm has limitations such as envelope skew and trailing edge
damage.
Table 2
Tray Detection & Notification
Tray1 0% and 100%, 2-step
MSI 0% "with paper", 2-step
Tray2 (STM optional) 5 levels - 0%, 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100%
• In the case of Tray2 (STM optional) with the lift-up mechanism, the power is turned OFF during lift-
up, if the power is turned ON again without removing the Tray, and the Tray is inserted again while
the Bottom Plate has not dropped, the remaining paper amount cannot be detected correctly.
6.1.15 Tray Size Factory Settings 6.1.16 Classifications and Functions
The Factory Default Size Settings are as follows: 6.1.16.1 Classifications and Functions
This section describes the relationship between paper type selection and paper feeding.
Table 1
Tray APO/GCO The Paper Type Settings for Trays can be set at the Key Operator Tools mode (KO) or Control Panel
(CO). The Tools allows you to change settings so that you can enter a paper type from the settings
IOT Main Unit Tray1 Not defined
screen that is displayed when a tray is installed (Default: Display OFF). The paper type for the MSI can
STM Tray2 Not defined be set using the Control Panel.
Table 1
Standard
Tray STM MSI Duplex
Driver Cont Paper IOT Paper Weight
Display Quality Quality (gsm) 60-90 60-256 60-216 60-169
(gsm) (gsm) (gsm) (gsm)
Plain Plain paper L Plain A 60~79 O O O O
(B/W)
Plain paper L Plain A O O O O
(Color)
Plain paper H Plain D 80~90 O O O O
(B/W)
Plain paper H Plain D O O O O
(Color)
Recycled Recycled (B/W) Plain C 60~89 O O O O
Recycled paper Plain C O O O O
(Color)
Bond High-quality Plain F 90~105 X O O O
paper (B/W)
High-quality Plain F X O O O
paper (Color)
Heavyweight Heavyweight L Heavyweight 106~169 X O O O
(B/W)
Heavyweight L X O O O
(Color)
Extra Heavy- Heavy Paper H Extra Heavy- 170-216 X O 256 O 216 X
weight (B/W) weight (MSI
Heavyweight H 170~256 X O 256 O 216 X
(Color) (STM)
Label Label L (B/W) Labels 106~169 X O O X
Label L (Color) Labels X O O X
Label H (B/W) HW Labels 170~256 X O O X
256 216
Label H (Color) HW Labels X O O X
256 216
Plain H Plain D 80~89 O O O O Heavy- Gloss M back Gloss 2 170~256 X O 256 O 216 -
weight Gloss (B/W) (Side2)
Plain Reload Plain Paper L Plain paper 60~79 O O O -
Reload Gloss M back Gloss 2 X O 256 O 216 -
back (B/W) A (Side2)
(Color) (Side2)
Plain Paper L Plain paper O O O -
Postcard Postcard back Postcard - X X O -
back (Color) A (Side2)
back side (Side2)
Plain Paper H Plain paper 80~90 O O O -
Back (B/W) D (Side2)
Plain paper H Plain paper O O O -
back (Color) D (Side2)
Recycled Recycled paper Plain paper 60~89 O O O -
paper back back (B/W) C (Side2)
side Recycled paper Plain paper O O O -
back (Color) C (Side2)
High-quality High-quality Plain paper 90~105 X O O -
paper back paper back (B/ F (Side2)
side W)
High quality Plain paper X O O -
paper back F (Side2)
(Color)
6.1.17 Auto 2 Sided Printing 6.1.18 Output Function
The paper sizes and weights that can be used for 2 sided print are as follows. 6.1.18.1 Center Tray
Supported Size: All paper sizes handled by the machine
1. Paper Size
• Main scanning direction: 128.0mm - 297.0mm Capacity: The average values of the no. of sheets that can be accommodated are as follows (using fresh
• Sub-scanning direction: 139.7mm - 431.8mm paper).
Table 1
2. Paper Weight
• 60 gsm~110gsm Configuration Output Tray Paper Type Output Capacity
None Output Tray body P Paper - A4 LEF 250 sheets
P Paper - A3 SEF 200 sheets
6.1.18.2 OCT
OCT (Offset Catch Tray) output function not available.
Table 1
Document Type ALL
Black (BW Data Resolution (dpi) 600x600
Mode) Depth 1bit
Gradation 256
Color Data Resolution (dpi) 600x600
Depth 1bit
Gradation 256
Table 2
Document Type ALL
Black (BW Output Resolution (dpi) 1200x2400dpi
Mode) Depth 1bit
Gradation 256
Process Speed 126mm/s
Image Enhancement No features
Color Output Resolution (dpi) 1200x2400dpi 1bit
Depth
Gradation 256
Process Speed 126mm/s
Image Enhancement No features
6.1.21 Print Area 6.1.21.2 Maximum Printable Area
6.1.21.1 Paper Sizes that Can be Transported The printable area defines the area where the image can be printed. The maximum printable area of the
Main Unit is as follows.
The minimum and maximum paper sizes that can be transported in the Main Unit are as follows:
• Maximum printable area during Print Job: Width: 291.0mm, Length: 425.8mm
• Minimum transportable paper size: Width 88.9mm x Length 98.4mm
• Maximum printable area during Copy Job: Width: 291.0mm, Length: 425.8mm
• Maximum transportable paper size: Width 297.0mm x Length 432.0mm *1
(Platen and DADF both)
*1: When non-standard envelope size is printed on or copied on, the operation by the user is to be "Set- 6.1.21.3 Guaranteed Print Area
ting, on which flap portion is not included in size in paper feed direction". The area where the image quality is guaranteed is referred to as Print Guaranteed Area. The Print Guar-
anteed Area of the Main Unit is as follows.
• When the printer detects that an envelope is carried in, control with the size of the paper feed direc-
tion set in the UI with 60mm added as the flap portion. • Maximum guaranteed printing area during Print Job: Width: 289.0mm, Length: 423.4mm
• If the paper feed direction size set in the UI added with 60mm is greater than the maximum paper • Maximum guaranteed printing area during Copy Job: Width: 289.0mm, Length: 423.4mm
feed direction size (432mm), do not scale it to fit into the maximum paper feed direction size
(Platen and DADF both)
(432mm).
However, this print area is fully applied only when the Print Job and Copy Job uses paper with size A3
• If the paper feed direction size set in the UI added with 60mm is greater than the maximum paper
SEF in width or 11x17" SEF in length.
feed direction size (432mm), it operates at the same productivity as the maximum paper feed direc-
tion size (432mm).
6.1.22 Alignment Specification
Table 1
SYSTEM Spec *1 (Platen) IOT (non-consolidated) (Reference)
Item IIT (non-consolidated) DADF (non-consolidated)
Tray MSI *2 SYSTEM Spec (DADF) Tray MSI*2
Lead Registration +/-2.1mm +/-2.7mm +/-2.6mm +/-1.9mm +/-2.6mm +/-0.7mm +/-1.5mm
+/-2.5mm - +/-2.9mm +/-2.3mm - - +/-1.5mm
Side Registration +/-2.2mm +/-3.1mm +/-2.9mm +/-2.0mm +/-3.0mm +/-0.75mm +/-1.5mm
+/-2.6mm - +/-3.2mm +/-2.4mm - - +/-1.5mm
Lead Skew (200 mm) +/-1.7mm +/-2.2mm +/-2.3mm +/-1.5mm +/-2.0mm +/-0.8mm +/-1.0mm
+/-2.2mm - +/-2.7mm +/-2.0mm - - +/-1.0mm
Side Skew (400 mm) +/-3.3mm +/-4.2mm +/-4.6mm +/-3.0mm +/-4.0mm +/-1.2mm +/-2.2mm
+/-4.2mm - +/-5.4mm +/-4.0mm - - +/-2.0mm
Horizontal Reduce/Enlarge Precision (All area) (280 mm) +/-0.7% - +/-1.2% +/-0.6% - +/-0.31% +/-0.5%
Applicable for 100% +/-0.7% - +/-1.2% +/-0.6% - - +/-0.5%
Horizontal Reduce/Enlarge Precision (All area) (280 mm) +/-1.4% - +/-2.4% - - - -
Applicable for 25 to 200% +/-1.4% - +/-2.4% - - - -
Horizontal Reduce/Enlarge Precision (All area) (280 mm) +/-2.8% - +/-4.8% - - - -
Applicable for 201 to 400% +/-2.8% - +/-4.8% - - - -
Vertical Magnification Ratio Precision (All area) (400 mm) +/-0.7% - +/-1.2% +/-0.6% - +/-0.31% +/-0.5%
Applicable for 100% +/-0.7% +/-1.2% +/-0.6% - +/-0.5%
Vertical Magnification Ratio Precision (All area) (400 mm) +/-1.4% - +/-2.4% - - - -
Applicable for 25 to 200% +/-1.4% - +/-2.4% - - - -
Vertical Magnification Ratio Precision (All area) (400 mm) +/-2.8% - +/-4.8% - - - -
Applicable for 201 to 400% +/-2.8% - +/-4.8% - - - -
*1: The center of the document must be set correctly at the center of the scan. How to Measure
*2: Specified in the state where the Side Guide is set correctly. Table 2
Measurement Item How to Measure
*3: This specification should be applied on the assumption that it is adjustable by the operation on UI
after set up. Lead Regi [mm] (P1 to P2) - Reference value *1
Side Regi [mm] (P7 to P8) - Reference value *1
• DC Test Pattern (FX STP3600) (Figure 1) Lead Skew (200 mm) [mm] (P5~P6) - (P3~P4)
Side Skew (400 mm) [mm] (P9~P10) - (P11~P12)
Horizontal R/E Precision (All area) [%] [(P8~P13) - 280]/280x100
Vertical R/E Precision (All area) [%] [(P2~P14) - 400]/400x100
Perpendicularity [mm] The shift between P14 and the perpendicular line that extends
from the intersection of the straight line connecting P4 and P6
and the line A.
Linearity (Vertical) (400 mm) [mm] The maximum shift between the intersections of the vertical line
B with the various horizontal lines and the straight line connect-
ing P10 and P12.
Linearity (Horizontal) (280 mm) [mm] The maximum shift between the intersections of the horizontal
line C with the various vertical lines and the straight line con-
necting P10 and P15.
Linearity (Diagonal) (280 mm) [mm] The maximum shift between the intersections of the diagonal
line D with the various lines and the straight line connecting P17
and P13, or the maximum shift of the intersections of the diago-
nal line E with the various lines and the straight line connecting
Figure 1 j0ch61015 P8 and P18, whichever is larger.
Parallelism [mm] (P10~P12) - (P15~P16)
*1: For the reference value in the table, measure the length of the corresponding position on the FX
STP3600.
6.1.23 I/F specification 6.1.24 Print Feature
6.1.23.1 I/F Layout Sketch
Table 1
Item Contents
Type Built-in Type
Continuous Print Speed*1 Conforms with the Basic Feature/Copy Feature
Resolution*1 Output Resolution: 1200 x 2400dpi
Data Processing Resolution: 600 x 600dpi
Page-Description Language Standard: PCL6/5e, HBPL
Options: None
Supported Protocols TCP/IP (lpd, IPP/IPPS, Port9100, SMB,WSD)
Ethernet (Standard)
Supported OS*2 Windows XP (32bit), Windows Server 2003 (32bit), Windows Vista
(32bit), Windows Server 2008 (32bit), Windows 7 (32bit), Windows
8 (32bit), Windows 8.1 (32bit), Windows XP Professional (64bit),
Windows Server 2003 (64bit), Windows Vista (64bit), Windows
Server 2008 (64bit), Windows 7 (64bit), Windows 8 (64bit), Win-
dows Server 2008 R2 (64bit), Windows Server 2012 (64bit), Win-
Figure 1 j0bs60008 dows 8.1 (64bit), Windows Server 2012 R2 (64bit),
Mac OS X 10.5/10.6/10.7/10.8/10.9
6.1.23.2 I/F Overview Built-in Fonts Standard: PCL6/5: 81 European fonts, 36 Symbol set
Options: None
The overview of the supported I/F is as follows.
Interface Standard: Ethernet 100BASE-TX/10BASE-T, USB 2.0
Table 1
I/F Protocol *1: The speed may also drop due to Image Quality adjustment. The print speed may also drop depending
on the document.
Ethernet100Base-TX/10Base-T TCP/IP, : lpd, IPP, Port9100, WSDPrint, etc.
USB2.0 Device *2: The latest supported OS information can be found at our web site.
*1: Please refer to the Fuji Xerox web site for the latest supported operating systems.
6.1.27 Document Feeder (DADF) 6.1.28 Duplex Kit
Table 1 Table 1
Item Contents Item Contents
Type of Document Feeder Duplex Auto Document Feeder Paper Size Conforms with the Basic Feature/Copy Feature
Originals Size/Type Max: A3, 11x17" Paper Weight 60 to 169gsm
Min: A5
38-128 gsm (double-sided: 50~128gsm)
Document capacity *1 110 sheets
Document replacement speed Monochrome: 20 sheets/min
(A4 LEF 1 Sided Copy) Color: 18 sheets/min
Size/Weight W540 x D492 x H119 mm (Includes Document Set Tray pro-
truding part)
6.5kg
Table 2
Operation when the upper
limit is reached
Stored in Counter upper limit
*2 Fail Occurs
ESS PWB1*1 1,000,000 117-347
ESS PWB2*1 1,000,000 117-347
*1: Controller NVMs are stored in each of the two EEPROM which are physically separated.
*2: Continuous counting up is not performed. When the upper limit is reached, a system failure
occurs.
3. Billing meter
(1) Display of billing meter
• Displays the electronic Billing count value.
• The default value for system data Billing Meter Type is Billing1.
Table 3
Color B&W Large
Billing Meter Size
Type Print Copy FAX Print Copy FAX Color
Billing1 Meter1 Meter2 Meter3
Meter4
Billing2 Meter2 Meter1 Meter3
Meter4
Billing3 Meter1 Meter2 Meter3
Meter4
Billing4 Meter1 Meter2 Meter3
Meter4
Billing5 Meter1 Meter2 Meter3
Meter4
No. TOOL No. TOOL NAME GCO TonerCartridge (K) T&M: CRU 9KPV
CT202242
1 499T 00247 Test Pattern (Mono A3X1)
TonerCartridge (Y) T&M: CRU 3 KPV
2 499T 00283 Test Pattern (A3) for DADF Adjustment
CT202245
3 499T 00301 Screw Driver (-) 3X50
TonerCartridge T&M: CRU 3KPV
4 499T 00353 Stubby Driver (M) CT202244
5 499T 00355 Screw Driver (+) 100mm TonerCartridge (C) T&M: CRU 3KPV
6 499T 01423 Box Driver with Magnet (5.5mm) CT202243
7 499T 01901 Side Cutting Nipper APO (Except TonerCartridge (K) T&M: CRU 9KPV
8 499T 02005 Round Nose Plier-Safety GCO) CT202246
9 499T 02327 Digital Multi-Meter Set TonerCartridge (Y) T&M: CRU 3KPV
10 499T 02601 Silver Scale 150mm CT202249
*2: User carries out print head cleaning when replacing the toner collection bottle.
*3: Configuration similar to CRU (The worker basically is an engineer but can request work to the user.
Drivers available. Instructions included).
6.3.3 NVM DADF
Table 1 NVM DADF
Setting Default
Chain-Link NVM Name Range Value step Description
711-001 DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 1) (220.0 mm/s) 105-135 120 0.1 mm 1) Default Value: 0 mm
(When 711-140 value is Default and 711-001 value is 120)
2) Adjustment Range (when 711-140 value is Default)
: +1.5 mm (105 pulse) / -1.5 mm (135 pulse)
3) Adjustment Range (when 711-140 value is 80 to 230)
: +5.5 mm (80 pulse) / -12.5 mm (230 pulse)
711-002 DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 1) (165.0 mm/s) 105-135 120 0.1 mm 1) Default Value: 0 mm
(When 711-140 value is Default and 711-002 value is 120)
2) Adjustment Range (when 711-140 value is Default)
: +1.5 mm (105 pulse) / -1.5 mm (135 pulse)
3) Adjustment Range (when 711-140 value is 80 to 230)
: +5.5 mm (80 pulse) / -12.5 mm (230 pulse)
711-003 DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 1) (110.0 mm/s) 105-135 120 0.1 mm 1) Default Value: 0 mm
(When 711-140 value is Default and 711-003 value is 120)
2) Adjustment Range (when 711-140 value is Default)
: +1.5 mm (105 pulse) / -1.5 mm (135 pulse)
3) Adjustment Range (when 711-140 value is 80 to 230)
: +5.5 mm (80 pulse) / -12.5 mm (230 pulse)
711-004 DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 1) (82.5 mm/s) 105-135 120 0.1 mm 1) Default Value: 0 mm
(When 711-140 value is Default and 711-004 value is 120)
2) Adjustment Range (when 711-140 value is Default)
: +1.5 mm (105 pulse) / -1.5 mm (135 pulse)
3) Adjustment Range (when 711-140 value is 80 to 230)
: +5.5 mm (80 pulse) / -12.5 mm (230 pulse)
711-021 DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 2) (220.0 mm/s) 105-135 120 0.1 mm 1) Default Value: 0 mm
(When 711-141 value is Default and 711-021 value is 120)
2) Adjustment Range (when 711-141 value is Default)
: +1.5 mm (105 pulse) / -1.5 mm (135 pulse)
3) Adjustment Range (when 711-141 value is 80 to 230)
: +5.5 mm (80 pulse) / -12.5 mm (230 pulse)
711-022 DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 2) (165.0 mm/s) 105-135 120 0.1 mm 1) Default Value: 0 mm
(When 711-141 value is Default and 711-022 value is 120)
2) Adjustment Range (when 711-141 value is Default)
: +1.5 mm (105 pulse) / -1.5 mm (135 pulse)
3) Adjustment Range (when 711-141 value is 80 to 230)
: +5.5 mm (80 pulse) / -12.5 mm (230 pulse)
711-023 DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 2) (110.0 mm/s) 105-135 120 0.1 mm 1) Default Value: 0 mm
(When 711-141 value is Default and 711-023 value is 120)
2) Adjustment Range (when 711-141 value is Default)
: +1.5 mm (105 pulse) / -1.5 mm (135 pulse)
3) Adjustment Range (when 711-141 value is 80 to 230)
: +5.5 mm (80 pulse) / -12.5 mm (230 pulse)
* If other than ’1’ has been written, it will follow the usual NVM-Write operation.
(Faulty Parts Diagnosis will not be performed)
715-050 Platen SS Registration Adjustment 16 184 100 O Regi Correction in Slow Scan Direction
"Factory Settings"
715-051 Platen SS Magnification Adjustment 44 56 50 O Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.1% increments)
"Factory Settings"
715-053 Platen PRadjF 0 240 120 O Fast Scan Regi Correction Value (Dot)
VLSS = PROMVLSS + (PRadjF -120) X 2
"Factory Settings"
715-092 WREF_ADJ__R 70 255 140 O Red W-Ref correction coefficient, "Factory Settings"
715-093 WREF_ADJ__G 70 255 140 O Green W-Ref correction coefficient, "Factory Settings"
715-094 WREF_ADJ__B 70 255 140 O Blue W-Ref correction coefficient, "Factory Settings"
Figure 1 j0bs64002
2. Press the [8] button twice, and then press the [5] button once.
Figure 2 j0bs64003
6.4.3 Overview of the CE Mode Operation 6.4.4 How to Exit the CE Mode
After the CE mode is started, you can use the buttons displayed in the touch panel to operate the CE You can exit the CE mode both from Printer Diag and Fax/Scanner Diag.
mode.
1. Return to the top level of Printer Diag or Fax/Scanner Diag, and use the [Up arrow] or [Down arrow]
There are two types of the diagnostic procedure: Printer Diag and Fax/Scanner Diag. button until the [Complete] appears, and then press the [OK] button.
(e.g.: To exit the CE mode from Printer Diag, display the message below.)
1. Selecting the item to execute the diagnosis
Use the [Up arrow] and [Down arrow] buttons to select the item to execute diagnosis.
2. Confirming the item to execute the diagnosis
Press the [OK] button to confirm the item selected.
3. Executing the diagnosis for the item selected
Follow the message and keep holding down the [OK] button until the diagnosis is started.
If the diagnosis requires changing the parameter value, use the [Up arrow] and [Down arrow] but-
tons and then press the [OK] button.
To execute the diagnosis for other items, press the [<--] (Back) button until the screen returns to the item
to evaluate.
If any error occurs while in the diagnosis or in the middle of selecting parameter values, an error mes-
sage will appear and the processing will stop.
To cancel the error message and return to the menu screen, press the [<--] (Back) button or the [OK] but-
ton. Figure 1 j0bs64004
Figure 2 j0bs64005
3. Press the [OK] button again, and the MPF will exit the CE mode and re-start (same as the power
on).
6.4.5 Menu Tree Table 1 Printer Diag
• Printer Diag Top Menu 1st hierarchy 2nd hierarchy 3rd hierarchy 4th hierarchy
Copy Service
Table 1 Printer Diag
FAX Service
Top Menu 1st hierarchy 2nd hierarchy 3rd hierarchy 4th hierarchy Scan Service
CE Mode Printer Diag ESS Diag All Test Copy Counter M to B
FlashROM Test Copy Counter B to M
EEPROM Test Clear All NVM
DRAM Test Clear Job History
MAC+PHY Test Clear Auditron PV
ASIC Test Clear Device Data
IOT Test
RTC Test Test Print Total Chart ESS
HT Cyan ESS
IOT Diag Digital Input HT Magenta ESS
Digital Output HT Yellow ESS
Analog Input HT Black ESS
NVM Settings Edit NVM HT CMY ESS
Clear IOT NVM IOT NVM HT CMYK ESS
HT Red ESS
Print Info Config Page HT Green ESS
Print Settings HT Blue ESS
Grid2 ESS
Installation Serial No.1 Gradation ESS
Serial No.2 No Image IOT
Serial No.3 Procon OFF ESS
Product No.1 Procon ON ESS
Product No.2 LPH Chart LM1
Product No.3 LPH Chart IBY
HexDump ToneUp [C] 5P
Tone Correction ToneUp [M] 5P
Pixel Counter ToneUp [Y] 5P
Configuration Dip Switch 0 ToneUp [K] 5P
Dip Switch 1 ToneDown [C] 10P
Dip Switch 2 ToneDown [M]10P
Dip Switch 3 ToneDown [Y] 10P
Meter Type Type1 ToneDown [K] 10P
Type2 Calibration Chart
Type3 Parameter Life Deve HSG PV Y
Type4 Deve HSG PV M
Type5 Deve HSG PV C
Print Counter Print Service Deve HSG PV K
Items available to test or execute the diagnosis in the CE mode are listed in the table below. Function Description See
Meter Type Displays the current information of the MeterType.
Table 1 Function Names and Details (Printer)
Function Description See Print Print Ser- Displays the current count of the Print Service.
Counter vice
ESS Diag All Test All Test Performs all ESS Diag tests except for 6.4.7.1
MAC+PHY/USB Host/RTC. Copy Ser- Displays the current count of the Copy Service.
FlashROM Test Calculates the checksum per Flash ROM header 6.4.7.2 vice
area and compares the result with the each area’s FAX Ser- Displays the current count of the FAX Service.
prepared checksum stored in the ROM. vice
EEPROM Test EEPROM Test Writes/reads/verifies the test pattern 6.4.7.3 Scan Ser- Displays the current count of the Scan Service.
in the EEPROM area to be evaluated. vice
DRAM Test Writes the test data in the DRAM area to be evalu- 6.4.7.4 Copy Counter M to B Copies the Master NVM values to the Backup NVM. 6.4.10
ated. (Values will be overwritten with the original
value afterthe test) Copy Counter B to M Copies the Backup NVM values to the Master NVM. 6.4.10
MAC+PHY Test MAC+PHY Test Performs the loopback test for MAC 6.4.7.5
(Media Access Control) and PHY (Physical Layer). Clear All NVM Initializes NVM. ESS (EEPROM) of ESS PWB
ASIC Test Perfoms the Register check test. 6.4.7.6
IOT Test Performs the communication test between IOT. 6.4.7.7 Clear Job History Initializes the job data (log).
RTC Test Performs the RTC test. 6.4.7.8
Clear Auditron PV Clear total counter, or user account, restricted infor-
IOT Diag Digital Input Digital Input Checks the status of the IOT sensor. 6.4.8.1
mation, etc.
Digital Output Digital Output Checks the status of the motor drive. 6.4.8.2 Clear Device Data Deletes all data in the devices (EEPROM, SRAM,
FaxMemory).
Test Print TotalChart ESS Print delivery inspection chart. HBPL data for built-in 6.4.11.2
Analog Input Monitors the A/D converted analog value of the sen- 6.4.8.3
ESS.
sor while each component is being operated.
HT Cyan ESS Print halftone pattern (C) in the PCL6. Density be 6.4.11.3
NVM Set- Edit NVM Writes the NVM values. 6.4.8.4
tings specified in increments of 10%. Up to 100%.
Clear IOT NVM Clear the NVM data of IOT. 6.4.8.5 HT Magenta ESS Print halftone pattern (M) in the PCL6. Density be 6.4.11.4
specified in increments of 10%. Up to 100%.
Print Info Config Page Config Page Prints the printer configuration informa- 6.4.9.1
HT Yellow ESS Print halftone pattern (Y) in the PCL6. Density be 6.4.11.5
tion on A4 paper.
specified in increments of 10%. Up to 100%.
Print Settings Print Settings Prints the printer setting information on 6.4.9.2
HT Black ESS Print halftone pattern (K) in the PCL6. Density be 6.4.11.6
A4 paper.
specified in increments of 10%. Up to 100%.
Installation Serial No. Displays/specifies the serial number. 6.4.10
HT CMY ESS Print halftone pattern (CMY) in the PCL6. Density be 6.4.11.7
specified in increments of 10%. Up to 80%.
Product No. Displays the product number.
HT CMYK ESS Print halftone pattern (CMYK) in the PCL6. Density 6.4.11.8
HexDump Specifies whether to set HexDump to ON or OFF.
be specified in increments of 10%. Up to 60%.
HT Red ESS Print halftone pattern (R) in the PCL6. Density be 6.4.11.9
Tone Correction Specifies whether to set IOT Tone Correction to ON
specified in increments of 10%. Up to 100%.
(IOT tone correction) or OFF.
HT Green ESS Print halftone pattern (G) in the PCL6. Density be 6.4.11.10
Pixel Counter Displays the last print pixel coverage (%) for 4 mm specified in increments of 10%. Up to 100%.
square meter in A4 paper, per Y/M/C/K color.
HT Blue ESS Print halftone pattern (B) in the PCL6. Density be 6.4.11.11
Configuration Operates the DIP switches on the NVM in ESS.
specified in increments of 10%. Up to 100%.
Deve Displays the Print Volume of Deve Unit K was used. 6.4.12.1 MRAM Performs write/read tests of the Fax MRAM. 6.4.14.2
W/R Test
HSG PV K
I/F Test Fax Card Performs the communication test between Fax Card, 6.4.14.3
Y Drum Displays the Print Volume of Drum Cartridge Y was 6.4.12.1
I/F Test AFE, and IIT.
Ctrg PV used.
FX Chip Ready to Performs the ASIC built-in IJAC/JBIG test. 6.4.14.4
M Drum Displays the Print Volume of Drum Cartridge M was 6.4.12.1
Ctrg PV used. Test start
Table 2 Function Names and Details (Fax/Scanner) Table 2 Function Names and Details (Fax/Scanner)
Function Description See Function Description See
Relay/Sig- Relay Toggles the Relay signal at the specified frequency. 6.4.14.5 LED Cali- (Ready to Performs correction on the dispersion that is caused 6.4.16.5
nal Test Test bration Start) by the LED lamp color sensitivity. Calculates a* and
Hook Toggles the Hook signal at the specified frequency. 6.4.14.5 b* from the Y Patch scan value of Calibration Chart
Test (STP5001) and then compares them with reference
values that were pre-set in the NVM to select the
Single Continuously sends the tone at the selected fre- 6.4.14.5
Correction Coefficient No. to set in the NVM.
Tone quency.
Send Componet IIT Input Digital Input Checks the status of the IIT sensor. 6.4.16.6
DTMF Continuously sends the DTMF signal. 6.4.14.5 Check
Send IIT Output Digital Output Checks the status of the motor drive. 6.4.16.6
Dial Sends the multi-digits Dial Pulse (10/20pps) signal. 6.4.14.5 DADF DADF IIT Digital Input Checks the status of the DADF sensor. 6.4.16.7
Pulse Componet Input
Send Check
Ring Sends the ringback tone. 6.4.14.5 DADF IIT Digital Output Checks the status of the motor drive. 6.4.16.7
Back Output
Tone DADF Size (Ready to Performs troubleshooting for the IIT and displays the 6.4.16.8
Data Specifies the speed and pattern for checking data 6.4.14.5 Detect Start) presumed Faulty Parts No. on the UI.
Send forwarding(no pattern for V.34) Auto Adj.
Line Volt- Checks the status of the Line Voltage. 6.4.14.5 Parameter Chain Link Specifies the system data setting using ChainLink. 6.4.17
age BackupData All Clear Deletes the SRAM/EEPROM backup data. 6.4.18
Line Cur- Checks the status of the Line Current. 6.4.14.5 User Clear Deletes the SRAM/EEPROM backup data. 6.4.18
rent Sysytem Clear Deletes the SRAM/EEPROM backup data. 6.4.18
Information Scan Counter Displays the Scan counter value. 6.4.15.1 User&Sysytem Clear Deletes the SRAM/EEPROM backup data. 6.4.18
Scanner Scan Counter Clears the number of times were scanned using the 6.4.16.1 System Data Init Deletes the SRAM/EEPROM backup data. 6.4.18
Maintenance Counter Clear Platen. Document Clear Deletes the document data in the Fax Flash Memory. 6.4.18
Clear (FB)
DADF Clear Deletes the DADF data . 6.4.18
Counter Clears the number of times were scanned using the 6.4.16.1
Complete Complete Exits the CE mode and restarts the MPF. 6.4.4
Clear DADF.
(DADF)
Auto Shad- (Ready to (Platen) Performs auto correction for the White Ref- 6.4.16.2
ing Start) erence Board’s uneven density and degradation due
to the passage of time.
CVT Auto (Ready to This diagnostic function performs correction on the 6.4.16.3
Shading Start) density dispersion that is caused by floating DADF.
(Color) Scans in Color and calculates the Color Density
Coefficient.
CVT Auto (Ready to This diagnostic function performs correction on the 6.4.16.4
Shading Start) density dispersion that is caused by floating DADF.
(Gray) Scans in Gray and calculates the Gray Density Coef-
ficient.
Operation Procedure
1. Enter the CE mode. (See "6.4.2 How To Enter the CE Mode".)
2. Confirm that the [Printer Diag] is selected, and then press the [OK] button.
Figure 2 j0bs64006
Figure 1 j0bs64147
Figure 3 j0bs64008
5. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Printer Diag] screen.
Figure 4 j0bs64009
Normal Error
CHECK OK FlashROM ERROR xxxxxx
6.4.7.3 EEPROM Test 6.4.7.4 DRAM Test
EEPROM Test allows you to execute read/write/verify of the test pattern (0xff, 0xaa, 0x55, 0x00) from the DRAM Test checks whether the writing of the test data, 4-byte unit (0x00000000 -> 0x55555555 ->
head of the EEPROM for one byte in every 0 x 400. 0xaaaaaaaa -> 0xffffffff -> 0x00000000 -> ...), in the area available for the diagnosis is possible or not.
Values will be overwritten with the original value after the test.
Table 1 EEPROM Test
Area available for the diagnosis: Work areas other than the stack area and the task acquiring area.
Display After Diag
Normal Error
CHECK OK DRAM slot* ERROR (*: 0, 1)
The display shows [0] when the digital input test is started, and the value will be increased when the DI
components are switched from OFF to ON, which is used for confirming that the component functions
normally.The test targets all DI components.
5. Use the [Down arrow] or [Up arrow] button to select [077-303], and press the [OK] button.
Figure 3 j0bs64012
Figure 7 j0bs64016
Figure 4 j0bs64013
10. Exit the CE mode. (See "6.4.4 How to Exit the CE Mode".)
7. Open and shut the front cover to check that the display changes as shown below.
Figure 5 j0bs64014
Figure 6 j0bs64015
9. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Printer Diag] screen.
6.4.8.2 Digital Output Table 1 Digital Output Parameter
This function is used to check the operation of digital output (DO) component.The operation can be Chain Link Parameter
enabled for every DO component, and whether or not the component is operating normally can be 093 001 DISPENSE MOTOR-Y
judged by checking the operation from outside.
093 002 DISPENSE MOTOR-M
The Digital Output components can operate at the same time during the Digital Output test. When the 093 003 DISPENSE MOTOR-C
Interlock is opened during the Motor test, components stop their operations. 093 004 DISPENSE MOTOR-K
093 005 DEVE BIAS-DC-YMC
Table 1 Digital Output Parameter 093 006 DEVE BIAS-DC-K
Chain Link Parameter 093 007 DEVE BIAS-AC-YMC
042 001 Main Motor (126mm/s) 093 008 DEVE BIAS-AC-K
042 002 Main Motor (63mm/s) 094 001 2nd BTR (-)
042 003 Sub Motor (126mm/s) 094 002 2nd BTR (+)
042 004 Sub Motor (63mm/s) 094 003 1st BTR YMC Contact
042 005 Fusing Motor (126mm/s) 094 004 1st BTR YMC Retract
042 006 Fusing Motor (63mm/s) 094 005 1st BTR
042 007 YMC Link Solenoid
042 009 1st BTR Initialize Digital output test cases example
042 010 Fusing EXHAUST FAN The following shows an example of running tests to verify the behavior Invert Drive Motor (63-speed Fwd/
061 001 LPH forced lights (all-solid) MAX): tests to verify the operation of Sub Motor (126mm/s), 077-014 more here: 042-003.
Figure 5 j0bs64023
Figure 2 j0bs64018
5. Press [Down arrow] button or [Up arrow] button to select the "042-003".
Figure 6 j0bs64024
9. If you want to stop the operation of Invert Drive Motor, and then press [Cancel Print] button.
Figure 3 j0bs64021
Figure 7 j0bs64023
10. If you want to stop the operation of the Sub Motor (126 mm/s), select "042-003" with [Up arrow] but-
ton, and then press [Cancel Print] button.
Figure 4 j0bs64022
7. Then at the same time if you want to check the operation of Invert Drive Motor (63-speed Fwd/
MAX), or press [Up arrow] button and the [Down arrow] button without pressing the [Cancel Print]
button to display "077-014".
6.4.8.3 Analog Input
A feature to check the Analog Input (AI) component works correctly.
If you run the analog input test, values are displayed in hexadecimal (16).
Figure 1 j0bs64148
Figure 3 j0bs64016
Figure 1 j0bs64010
4. [Down arrow] "NVM Settings" button to select, and then press [OK] button.
Figure 2 j0bs64029 Figure 4 j0bs64031
Figure 5 j0bs64032
Figure 3 j0bs64030
9. Press [OK] button to write the changed the NVM value.
7. Press [OK] button to confirm the Chain-Link number.
• If the Chain-Link No. is applicable, the current NVM value and the cursor will be displayed.
• If the Chain-Link No. is not applicable, the NG screen will be displayed. In this case, return to
the Chain-Link No. input screen using the [Cancel Print] button.
Figure 6 j0bs64033
10. Press the [Cancel Print] button to return to the previous screen.
Operation Procedure
1. Enter the CE Mode. (Refer to "6.4.2 How to Enter the CE Mode")
2. Make sure [Printer Diag] is selected, and then press [OK] button.
3. Select "IOT Diag" with the [Down arrow] button and press the [OK] button.
Figure 7 j0bs64034
11. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Printer Diag] screen.
Figure 1 j0bs64010
4. Select "Clear IOT NVM" with the [Down arrow] button and press the [OK] button.
Figure 8 j0bs64016
12. Exit the CE mode. (See "6.4.4 How to Exit the CE Mode".)
Figure 2 j0bs64196
Figure 4 j0bs64198
Operation Procedure
1. Enter the CE Mode. (Refer to "6.4.2 How to Enter the CE Mode")
2. Make sure [Printer Diag] is selected, and then press [OK] button.
3. Select the "Print Info" in the [Down arrow] button, and then press [OK] button.
Figure 3 j0bs64057
6. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Printer Diag] screen.
Figure 1 j0bs64055
Figure 2 j0bs64056
Version 1.1 05/2014 6.4.9.1 Print Printer Configuration Data Config Page
6-219
DC SC2020 General
DC SC2020 05/2014
General
Version 1.1 6-220 6.4.9.2 Print Settings (Print Printer Settings Data)
6.4.9.2 Print Settings (Print Printer Settings Data) • FAX Total BackUp Count
• FAX To Server Page BackUp Count
Prints the printer settings data (Below) (printable paper size is A4).
• FAX To Email Page BackUp Count
• Serial No. (Serial No.) • FAX Color Error Count
• HexDump (HexDump ON/OFF data) • FAX B/W Error Count
• Tone Correction (IOT tone correction ON/OFF data) • FAX To Server Page Error Count
• MeterType (meter type data) • FAX To Email Page Error Count
• Print Full Color Count (Print Full Color Count) • Scan To Server Page Count
• Print Color 1 Count (toner save print count) • Scan To Email Page Count
• Print Color 2 Count (few-colored color printing count) • Scan To Server Page BackUp Count
• Print B/W Count (monochrome print count) • Scan To Email Page BackUp Count
• Print Total Count (total print count) • Scan To Server Page Error Count
• Print Full Color BackUp Count (full color print backup count) • Scan To Email Page Error Count
• Print Color 1 BackUp Count (toner save backup print count)
• Print Color 2 BackUp Count (few-colored backup color printing count) Operation Procedure
• Print B/W BackUp Count (backup monochrome print count) 1. To enter the CE mode, select the "Print Settings" in the "Print Info", and then press [OK] button.
• Print Total BackUp Count (backup total print count) (Refer to "6.4.2 How to Enter the CE Mode")
• Print Full Color Error Count (full color print error count)
• Print Color 1 Error Count (toner save print error count)
• Print Color 2 Error Count (few-colored color error print count)
• Print B/W Error Count (monochrome print error count)
1. Enter the CE Mode. (Refer to "6.4.2 How to Enter the CE Mode") 5. Change the serial number.
2. Make sure [Printer Diag] is selected, and then press [OK] button. • [Move the Cursor (A) to the left or the right by pressing the [<] [>] buttons.
3. Select "Installation" in the [Down arrow] button, and then press [OK] button. • Change the number of the cursor (A) by pressing the [Up arrow] button and [Down arrow] but-
ton.
• If you have changed the value, * mark disappears, it indicates serial number current value has
changed.
Figure 1 j0bs64100
Figure 4 j0bs64062
7. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Printer Diag] screen.
Figure 6 j0bs64100
4. Select "Copy Counter M to B" in the [Down arrow] button, and then press [OK] button.
Figure 5 j0bs64063
Figure 7 j0bs64176
2. Copy Counter B to M
• Copies data from Backup NVM of ESS to the Master NVM. 5. Press the [OK] button.
Figure 8 j0bs64177
6. Copy is started by pressing the [OK] button, the following screen is displayed when you exit.
Figure 9 j0bs641180
7. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Printer Diag] screen.
Figure 10 j0bs64063
NOTE: Do not pull out and reinsert the Cassette. This will cause the machine to be unable to print.
Before performing the test print, check that you have sufficient paper for the task.
Figure 3 j0bs64066
6. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Printer Diag] screen.
Figure 1 j0bs64064
Figure 4 j0bs64067
4. Select "Grid2 ESS" in the [Down arrow] button, and then press [OK] button.
Figure 2 j0bs64065
Figure 1 j0bs64114
Figure 1 j0bs64115
6.4.11.16 Procon ON ESS 6.4.11.17 LPH Chart LM1
Built-in ESS Procon chart with Procon: printed in ON mode. Print LPH line evaluation chart (LM1) of integrated IOT.
Figure 1 j0bs64117
Figure 1 j0bs64116
Figure 2 j0bs64118
Figure 1 j0bs64119
6.4.11.19 ToneUp [C] 5P 6.4.11.20 ToneUp [M] 5P
Print Tone up Cyan chart. HBPL data for built-in ESS. Print Tone up Magenta chart. HBPL data for built-in ESS.
Figure 1 j0bs64195
Operation Procedure
Here are example how to initialize and verify the 2nd BTR Unit life counter value.
Version 1.1 05/2014 6.4.12.1 Initialization (Life) and the display of life counter
6-243
DC SC2020 General
DC SC2020 05/2014
General
Version 1.1 6-244 6.4.12.1 Initialization (Life) and the display of life counter
7. To initialize the life counter value of 2nd BTR Unit, press the [Cancel Print] button, back to previous 10. Exit the CE mode. (See "6.4.4 How to Exit the CE Mode".)
screen.
Figure 4 j0bs64092
8. Select "Initialize" in the [Down arrow] button, and then press [OK] button.
Figure 5 j0bs64093
9. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Printer Diag] screen.
6.4.12.2 Life Print
Output of life count value maintained by IIOT.
NOTE:
Perform this with A4 paper loaded in Tray 1. (Reports are fit into A4 size)Although they still will be printed
even if any other paper size is loaded, parts of the images may be lost.If a paper size other than A4 is set
as a default settings for Paper Tray Settings, the reports will not be printed, while the Control Panel will
continue to display "Processing...".When that happens, turn the power OFF then ON, set the paper size
to A4 in Paper Tray Settings, and then instruct to print again in the CE Mode.
Operation Procedure
1. Enter the CE Mode. (Refer to "6.4.2 How to Enter the CE Mode")
2. Make sure [Printer Diag] is selected, and then press [OK] button.
3. "Parameter" in the [Down arrow] button to select, and then press [OK] button.
4. "Life Print" in the [Down arrow] button to select, and then press [OK] button.
Figure 2 j0bs64096
6. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Printer Diag] screen.
Figure 3 j0bs64087
Figure 1 j0bs64095
5. Press the [OK] button, and then outputs "life count value".
6.4.12.3 Procon Print 6. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Printer Diag] screen.
Operation Procedure
1. Enter the CE Mode. (Refer to "6.4.2 How to Enter the CE Mode")
2. Make sure [Printer Diag] is selected, and then press [OK] button.
3. Select [Parameter] with the [Down arrow] button and press the [OK] button.
4. Select [Procon Print] with the [Down arrow] button and press the [OK] button. Figure 3 j0bs64087
Figure 1 j0bs64199
Figure 2 j0bs64200
6.4.13 RTC Set
Setting of RTC (Real Time Clock).
Operation Procedure
1. Enter the CE Mode. (Refer to "6.4.2 How to Enter the CE Mode")
2. Make sure [Printer Diag] is selected, and then press [OK] button.
3. "RTC Set" in the [Down arrow] button to select, and then press [OK] button.
Figure 3 j0bs64099
Figure 1 j0bs64097
Figure 2 j0bs64098
Single Tone 0Hz - Continuously sends the selected frequency V.34 14400bps
Send 400Hz tone. V.34 12000bps
462Hz V.34 9600bps
V.34 7200bps
V.34 4800bps
1100Hz
V.34 2400bps
1300Hz
V.29 9600bps 5 patterns Sends the data specified with speed and
1500Hz
V.29 7200bps pattern.
V.27ter 4800bps 5 patterns Sends the data specified with speed and
2100Hz
V.27ter 2400bps pattern.
500Hz
V.21 300bps 5 patterns Sends the data specified with speed and
600Hz
pattern.
900Hz
V.17 14400bps 5 patterns Sends the data specified with speed and
1000Hz pattern.
V.17 12000bps
DTMF Send DTMF Continuous 0 - 9, A - D, *, # Continuously sends the DTMF signal.
V.17 9600bps
DTMF Individually 16 digits Sends the multiple digits DTMF signal.
(each digit 0 - 9, A V.17 7200bps
- D, *, #) Line Voltage - Checks the Line Voltage status.
Dial Pulse DP10 Individually 10 digits Sends the multiple digits dial pulse (10pps) Line Current - Checks the Line Voltage status.
Send (each digit: 0 - 9) signal.
DP20 Individually 10 digits Sends the multiple digits dial pulse (20pps) Procedure
(each digit: 0 - 9) signal. The procedure below explains [DTMF Send] > [DTMF Continuous] as an example.
Ring Back Tone - Sends the ringback tone.
1. Enter the CE mode. (See "6.4.2 How To Enter the CE Mode")
2. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [Fax/Scanner Diag], and press the [OK] button.
3. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [Fax/Scanner Diag], and press the [OK] button. 6. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [DTMF Send], and press the [OK] button.
4. Press the [OK] button.
Figure 4 j0bs64130
Figure 2 j0bs64128
7. Press the [OK] button.
5. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [Relay/Signal Test], and press the [OK] button.
Figure 5 j0bs64131
8. Use the [Up arrow] or [Down arrow] button to change the value and then press the [OK] button to
start sending the signal.
Figure 6 j0bs64132
Figure 7 j0bs64133
10. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Fax Scanner Diag] screen.
Figure 8 j0bs64134
11. Exit the CE mode. (See "6.4.4 How to Exit the CE Mode")
Procedure
1. Enter the CE mode. (See "6.4.2 How To Enter the CE Mode")
2. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [Fax/Scanner Diag], and press the [OK] button.
Figure 3 j0bs64136
5. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Fax/ Scanner Diag] screen.
Figure 4 j0bs64137
3. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [Information], and press the [OK] button.
Figure 2 j0bs64135
Procedure
1. Enter the CE mode. (See "6.4.2 How To Enter the CE Mode") Figure 3 j0bs64172
2. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [Fax/Scanner Diag], and press the [OK] button.
5. Press the [OK] button.
Figure 4 j0bs64173
Figure 1 j0bs64170
3. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [Scanner Maintenance], and press the [OK] button.
Figure 5 j0bs64174
Figure 2 j0bs641171
NOTE: Auto Shading is to be performed during CE Image Quality adjustment after replacing the Top
Cover or CIS Unit.
2. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [Auto Shading], and press the [OK] button. 6. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Fax/ Scanner Diag] screen.
3. Press the [OK] button. 7. Exit the CE mode. (See "6.4.4 How to Exit the CE Mode")
6.4.16.3 CVT Auto Shading (Color)
Purpose
This diagnostic function performs correction on the density dispersion that is caused by floating DADF.
• DADF Density Correction Mode (Color): Scans in Color and calculates the Color Density Coeffi-
cient.
NOTE: Auto Shading is to be performed during CE Image Quality adjustment after replacing the
DADF, Top Cover, or CIS Unit.
Figure 2 j0bs64154
Procedure
4. Load 1 A3 size blank sheet on the DADF and press <OK> to start the Auto Shading.
1. Enter the CE Diag Mode (FAX/Scanner Diag -> Parameter) and input 715-106 in the Chain-Link to
• Performs shading to stabilize the IIT state.
set the Paper Type used during Auto Shading.
• Obtains the shading data.
Table 1 • Performs sampling of white paper data to calculate and set the White Reference Correction
Coefficient. (Written into NVMs [715-097 to 715-099].)
Default Setting
Chain-Link No. Value Paper Type Value Range • Performs shading to reflect the result after the White Reference Adjustment.
2. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [CVT Auto Shading (Color)], and press the [OK] button.
Figure 4 j0bs64156
6. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Fax/ Scanner Diag] screen.
Figure 1 j0bs64153
• DADF Density Correction Mode (BW): Scans in BW and calculates the BW Density Coefficient.
NOTE: Auto Shading is to be performed during CE Image Quality adjustment after replacing the
DADF, Top Cover, or CIS Unit.
1. Enter the CE Diag Mode and input 715-106 in the Chain-Link to set the Paper Type used during 4. Load 1 A3 size blank sheet on the DADF and press <Start> to start the Auto Shading.
Auto Shading.
• Performs shading to stabilize the IIT state.
Table 1 • Obtains the shading data.
• Performs sampling of white paper data to calculate and set the White Reference Correction
Default Setting
Coefficient. (Written into NVM [715-100].)
Chain-Link No. Value Paper Type Value Range
• Performs shading to reflect the result after the White Reference Adjustment.
715-106 0 Use NVM Individual Paper Coeffi- 0 0~8
IIT Paper Code cient
1 J paper
2 P paper
3 C2 paper
4 Green100 paper
5 Digital Color Xpression
6 Color Tech+
7 Xerox4200 paper Figure 3 j0bs64159
8 Xerox Business
5. When the Auto Shading has completed, the following measured values will be displayed .
2. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [CVT Auto Shading (Gray)], and press the [OK] button.
Figure 4 j0bs64160
Figure 1 j0bs64157
6. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Fax/ Scanner Diag] screen.
3. Press the [OK] button.
6.4.16.5 LED Caliblation 4. When the LED Calibration has completed, the following measured values will be displayed .
Use <Up> and <Down> on the control panel to scroll through the display and select [OK] to display-
Purpose the result. Select [Back] to return to the previous screen.
1. Performs correction on the dispersion that is caused by the LED lamp color sensitivity. Calculates a*
and b* from the Y Patch scan value of Calibration Chart (STP5001) and then compares them with
reference values that were pre-set in the NVM to select the Correction Coefficient No. to set in the
NVM.
2. At the same time, IIT Calibration is also performed to obtain the Reflective Ratio of each color by
scanning each YMCK Patch of Calibration Chart (STP5001) and store them in the NVM.
NOTE: LED Calibration is to be performed during CE Image Quality adjustment after replacing the LED
Lamp PWB or CIS Unit.
Figure 1 j0bs64161 (3) Scan Image (for FLC), Result: displays [OK] or [NG]
• b*correction coefficient (NVM715-280)
2. Press the [OK] button.
• Calculated Value After b* Correction (NVM715-263) b*: Reference value
5. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Fax/ Scanner Diag] screen.
Figure 2 j0bs64162
3. Place the chart (STP5001) on the Platen and press <OK> to start the LED Calibration.
Figure 3 j0bs64163
Figure 1 j0bs64181
Figure 4 j0bs64181
2. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [IIT Output], and press the [OK] button.
Figure 2 j0bs64182
Figure 5 j0bs64184
Figure 3 j0bs64183
Figure 6 j0bs64190
Figure 2 j0bs64188
Figure 3 j0bs64187
Figure 7 j0bs64191
Figure 5 j0bs64188
Procedure
1. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [DADF Size Detect Auto Adj.], and press the [OK] button.
Figure 4 j0bs64168
7. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Fax/ Scanner Diag] screen.
Figure 1 j0bs64165
NOTE: Pressing <OK> for machines that do not have a DADF will cause an Error to be displayed.
Figure 2 j0bs64166
Figure 3 j0bs64167
6. When the DADF Size Detect Auto Adjust has completed, the following measured values will be dis-
played . (Adjust OK or Adjust NG)
Procedure
1. Enter the CE mode. (See "6.4.2 How To Enter the CE Mode")
2. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [Fax/Scanner Diag], and press the [OK] button.
3. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [Parameter], and press the [OK] button.
Figure 2 j0bs64139
4. Change the Chain Link number, and press the [OK] button. 6. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Fax Scanner Diag] screen.
• Use the [<-] and [->] buttons to move the cursor to right and left.
• Use the [Up arrow] and [Down arrow] buttons to increase or decrease the value where the cur-
sor is placed.
• Press the [OK] button, and the Chain Link number changed will appear.
Figure 4 j0bs64141
Backup data in SRAM and EEPROM can be cleared. User and System
Data All User System Sys Document Data DADF
Table 1 Calling Table * * * * *
Normal Error Broadcast CRB Document * * *
Number
All Clear
Management Data in Broad- * * *
User Clear
Refer to Table 2 cast 1 Job
System Clear
Broadcast 1 Job Result * * *
User and System Clear
Substitute Queue * * * * *
System Data Init
Receiving Document Informa- * * * * *
Document Clear tion
DADFClear Document Number * * * * *
Document Management Table * * * * *
Table 2 Initialization Data
Directory Management Table * * * * *
User and System
FAT Chain Table * * * * *
Data All User System Sys Document Data DADF
FAT Chain Save Range * * * * *
EEPROM System Data * * * * *
FAT Delete Status Table * * * * *
SRAM System Data * * * * *
Table of Number of Sector *
System Error History * * * Erase Times
SW Bug History * * * Garbage Correction Information * * * * *
Diag History * * * Sector for Garbage Correction * * * * *
Local ID G3 * * * Garbage Correction Preparation * * * * *
Local Name * * * Sector
TX Header Logo * * * Fax Communication Speed *
Forward Dial Number * * * Counter
System Counter * ADF Scan Counter *
Speed Dial Block (Speed Dial * * * Platen Scan Counter *
Control Block) Total Signal Number * * *
Dial Group Block (Group Dial * * * Signal Data Buffer Pointer * * *
Registration Block) Signal Information Table * * *
SCAN to FTP/SMB Address * * * Signal Data Buffer * * *
Book
Number of SCJL Job Log Reg- * * *
SCAN to Email Address Book * * * istrations
Email Group Block (E-mail * * * SCJL Job Log Data * * *
Group Registration Block) Backup Check Data 2 *
Email Subject * * * Backup Data Status *
Email Text * * * Backup RAM Bottom *
Block for Communication Result * * *
Registration
Procedure
Communication Result Regis- * * *
The following procedure explains how to clear the data using [User Clear] as an example.
tration for Protocol Monitor
Report
1. Enter the CE mode. (See "6.4.2 How To Enter the CE Mode")
Backup Check Data1 *
Figure 3 j0bs64144
Figure 1 j0bs64142 6. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [BackUp Data] screen.
4. Use the [Down arrow] button to select [User Clear], and press the [OK] button.
Figure 4 j0bs64145
7. Press the [<--] (Back) button to return to the [Fax Scanner Diag] screen.
Figure 2 j0bs64143
Figure 1 j0bs65001
Figure 1 j0bs65003
Table 1
Status Display Meaning Remarks
Figure 2 j0bs65002
Checking ... Checking memory... If this state continues for a long period of
time, there is a possibility that it froze during
reading/writing.The state can be restored by
turning the power OFF/ON since it cannot be
operated from the Panel.
Check OK Memory check result: Normal
Memory ERROR Memory check result: Abnormal
• The [Start] button and [<-] button/[Delete] key do not do anything if any memory check is in 6.5.5 Hardware Key Test
progress.
• Return to the Panel Diag Menu using the [<-] button/[Delete] key.
6.5.5.1 Function Explanation
• Perform a test to see if the Hardware Key will be detected by pressing it.
• Enable the detecting diagnosis of the Hardware Key when it is simultaneous pressed as well.
• The Hardware Key character string displayed on the LCD will change its color while the Hardware
Key is being pressed. By releasing the Hardware Key, the character string color will remain changed
indicating that it has been pressed.
Figure 1 j0bs65004
• Support simultaneous pressing of the Hardware Key as well, and if simultaneous pressing is Figure 1 j0bs65005
detected, change the corresponding multiple character string letter to Red (Even if it has already
been pressed, change to Red when multiple pressing occurs). 2. The color is changed if the "+" mark is touched.
Figure 2 j0bs65006
• Proceed to the Touch Screen Test screen after touching the last mark (First & middle marks need to
be touched before).
• Display the touched coordinate with a red "+" mark in the Panel Diag and CE Diag.
(In most cases, do not display if it was started up from the Maintenance Menu.)
6.5.7 Touch Screen Test 6.5.8 LED Test
6.5.7.1 Function Explanation 6.5.8.1 Function Explanation
• Display the Touch mark on the LCD and compare to see if the place matches with the place the user • Perform light test for the LED installed in the Panel Device to see if it turns ON/OFF.
has touched. If it matches after comparing, change the Touch mark color to indicate that it has been
touched correctly. Do not change the color of the Touch mark if it does not match.
• Energy saving LED is connected to the port in the ESS board. Due to this, the LED light control uses
USB I/F and the Panel Device instructs the energy saving LED control to the ESS.
6.5.7.2 Screen Layout
1. Switch to the touch test screen when the Menu is selected. (It will automatically switch to this screen 6.5.8.2 Screen Layout
once the touch correction is completed)
• If there is anything selected from the LED button group, turn ON the corresponding LED. If it is not
selected, turn OFF the corresponding LED.
• If the [ALL LED] button is selected, select the LED button group and turn all LEDs ON. If there is a
LED button that is not selected, turn OFF the [ALL LED] button.
• The buzzer volume can be switched between 3 volumes: Low, Mid, High • The value changed with the Panel diagnosis function will not be reflected on the system data since
the purpose is to diagnose. The Panel brightness adjustment is open to KO and it can be set from
• The buzzer will sound by sounding instructions and will stop sounding by stopping the buzzer. Do the corresponding screen.
not stop the buzzer sound automatically.
6.5.10.2 Screen Layout
• Enable the buzzer volume to be specified and buzzer to be turned on/off using the Hardware Key.
NOTE: The default value is 1.
Figure 1 j0bs65011
6.5.9.3 Operating Explanation • The brightness can be changed with the numeric keypad as well. If a number that exceeds the max-
imum value is entered, the numeric keypad input will be invalid. The numeric keypad [0] of first row
• Adjust the volume with Spinbox.1: Volume Low, 2: Volume Mid, 3:Volume High
is invalid as well.
• Volume adjustment can be done using the numeric keypad as well. If a number that exceeds the
maximum value is entered, the numeric keypad input will be invalid. Numeric keypad [0] is invalid as
well. • Return to the Panel Diag Menu using the [<-] button.
• Sound the buzzer by pressing the [Start] button.
• The buzzer will stop by pressing the [Stop] button. • By pressing the [Delete] key, the brightness will return to default.
• The [Stop] button should always be enabled. In other words, buzzer stop instructions should always
be enabled even if the buzzer is not sounding. • Disable the "+"/"-" button display when the counter value reaches its Max/Min.
• The [Start] key/[Stop] key of the Hardware Key shall also be able to control buzzer sounding instead
of the [Start]button/[Stop]button.
• Return to the Panel Diag Menu using the [<-] button.
• By pressing the [Delete] key, the volume will return to default.
• Disable the "+"/"-" button display when the counter value reaches its Max/Min.
6.5.11 Display Test
6.5.11.1 Function Explanation
• Display in the order of Red Screen, Green Screen, Blue Screen, White Screen, Black Screen,
Perimeter Frame Screen, Color Bar Screen, Grayscale Screen on the LCD and check to see if there
is no Data Line Bit missing.
6.5.11.2 Screen Layout
• Red Screen
Figure 3 j0bs65014
• White Screen
Figure 1 j0bs65012
• Green Screen
Figure 4 j0bs65015
• Black Screen
Figure 2 j0bs65013
• Blue Screen
Figure 5 j0bs65016
• When touch operating the Panel, use the adjusted value that was set with this device and detect the
touch.
Figure 6 j0bs65017
6.5.12.2 Screen Layout
• Color Bar Screen NOTE: The default value is 2801.
Figure 7 j0bs65018
Figure 1 j0bs65020
• Grayscale Screen
• The value range is from 0 (low) to 915 (high). If a number that exceeds the maximum value is
entered, the numeric keypad input will be invalid.
• Set the value with the [OK] button/[Start] key and return to the Panel Diag Menu. The [x] button/
[Delete] key will not set the value and will return to the Panel Diag Menu.
• Return the sensitivity to its default value by pressing the [All Clear] key.
Figure 8 j0bs65019
Table 1 Table 1
Document Recipien Start Time No. of Communicatio Communicatio Document Recipien Start Time No. of Mod Communicatio Communicatio
No. No. t Time used pages Mode n Contents n Result No. No. t Time used pages e n Contents n Result
1 xx xxx xx: xx x min xx x xx xxx xxxx 1 xx xxx xx: xx x min xx x xx xxx xxxx
2 xx xxx xx: xx sec xx xx xxx xxxx 2 xx xxx xx: xx sec xx xx xxx xxxx
x min xx x min xx
sec sec
**Receive** **Receive**
Table 2 Table 2
Document Start Time No. of Communicatio Communicatio Document Recipien Start Time No. of Communicatio Communicatio
No. No. Recipient Time used pages Mode n Contents n Result No. No. t Time used pages Mode n Contents n Result
1 xx xxx xx: xx x min xx x xx xxx xxxx 1 xx xxx xx: xx x min xx x xx xxx xxxx
2 xx xxx xx: xx sec xx xx xxx xxxx 2 xx xxx xx: xx sec xx xx xxx xxxx
x min xx x min xx
sec sec
Table 3
During Registration Dialing Outgoing Call Recipient Name > Telephone Number > Remote ID >
Communication Mode
Table 4
Communication Result Contents
Ready Print or Store to Mailbox completes without any errors.
Line Busy The specified number of redials was exceeded
Auto Resend Call for resend without exceeding the limit on resending
Disconnect The operator forced a specific call to stop on the panel
Recipient Verification Required Error during communication caused by the recipient or the network
xxx-xxx Error Code has occurred (Chain-Link Code)
The implication of the symbol which appears in the arrow Signal Name Description
CED Called Station Identification Signal
In G3 mode, the command for displaying added information in the arrow is displayed.
CNG Outgoing Calling Tone
< [Added Information] - CI Function Display Signal
Example) ANSam Varied Answering Tone
< @- , < #- CM Calling Menu Signal
Implication of added information JM Common Menu Signal
CJ CM Terminal Signal
Table 1
NSF Non-standard Features
Added Information
CSI Called Station Identification
Code When sending When receiving
DIS Digital Identification Signal
- Normal signal Normal signal
NSC Non-Standard Function Command
@ Undefined Undefined
CIG Calling Terminal Identification
X Undefined CRC Error Detection
DTC Digital Send Command
# Undefined Undefined
SEP Selection Polling
! Undefined Carrier disconnected for 1sec in image information
PSA Polling Sub-Address
= Undefined Intermittent discontinuity in image information
PWD Password
/ Undefined Undefined
NSS Non-Standard Function Settings
* Undefined Undefined
TSI Transmission Terminal Identification
+ Undefined Undefined
DCS Digital Command Signal
: Undefined Undefined
SUB Sub Address
A Undefined Undefined
SID Sending Station Identification
B Undefined Undefined
TCF Training Check
C Undefined Undefined
CFR Reception Preparation Verification
D Undefined Undefined
FTT Training Failed
E Undefined Undefined
CTC Correction Continuation (ECM)
F Undefined Undefined
CTR Correction Continuation Response (ECM) [Response for CTC]
NSSX Non-Standard Function Settings
TCFX Training Check
PIX Image Information
TRN Training
CPIX Image Information (ECM)
EOM Note
EOP Message Ends
EOS Procedure Ends
MCF Message Confirmation
MPS Multi-Page Signal
PIN Procedure Disruption Reject
PIP Procedure Disruption Affirmation
Table 2
Signal Name Description
PRI-EOM Procedure Disruption EOM
PRI-MPS Procedure Disruption MPS
PRI-EOP Procedure Disruption EOP
RTN Retraining Reject
RTP Retraining Affirmation
EOR. EOM Resend Ends / Message Ends (ECM)
EOR. EOP Resend Ends / Procedure Ends (ECM)
EOR. MPS Resend Ends / Multi-Page Signal (ECM)
EOR.NULL Resend Ends / Partial Page Boundary (ECM)
EOR.PEOM Resend Ends / Procedure Disruption EOM (ECM)
EOR.PEOP Resend Ends / Procedure Disruption EOP (ECM)
EOR.PMPS Resend Ends / Procedure Disruption MPS (ECM)
ERR Resend Completion Response (ECM) [Response for EOR]
PPR Partial Page Request (ECM)
PPS. EOM Partial Page Signal / Message Ends (ECM)
PPS. EOP Partial Page Signal / Procedure Ends (ECM)
PPS. MPS Partial Page Signal / Multi-Page Signal (ECM)
PPS. NULL Partial Page Signal / Partial Page Boundary (ECM)
PPS. PEOM Partial Page Signal / Procedure Disruption EOM (ECM)
PPS. PEOP Partial Page Signal / Procedure Disruption EOP (ECM)
PPS. PMPS Partial Page Signal / Procedure Disruption MPS (ECM)
RNR Reception Not Allowed (ECM)
RR Reception Allowed (ECM)
EOMX Message Ends (Xerox)
EOR.EOMX Resend Ends / Message Ends (Xerox, ECM)
EOR.MPSX Resend Ends / Multi-Page Signal (Xerox, ECM)
EOR.PEOX Resend Ends / Procedure Disruption EOM (Xerox, ECM)
EOR.PMPX Resend Ends / Procedure Disruption MPS (Xerox, ECM)
MPSX Multi-Page Signal (Xerox)
PPS. EOMX Partial Page Signal / Message Ends (Xerox, ECM)
PPS. MPSX Partial Page Signal / Multi-Page Signal (Xerox, ECM)
PPS. PEOX Partial Page Signal / Procedure Disruption EOM (Xerox, ECM)
PPS. PMPX Partial Page Signal / Procedure Disruption MPS (Xerox, ECM)
PRI-MPSX Procedure Disruption MPS (Xerox)
PRI-EOMX Procedure Disruption EOM (Xerox)
CRP Command Resend
DCN Disconnection Command
According to the recommendation in year 2000 ITU-T (previously, CCITT), FIF Bit assignment of DIS,
DCS, DTC signals was modified and reached the maximum of 12 bytes (96 bits). According to the new
recommendation (F Code/Color Fax/Internet Fax unctions, etc), the assignment of individual Bits is dis-
played as follows. (DIS FIF=20EEFAC4801F is used as an example)
Table 1
Hexadecimal
number Binary
0 0000
1 0001
2 0010
3 0011
4 0100
5 0101
6 0110
7 0111
8 1000
9 1001
A 1010
B 1011
C 1100
D 1101 Figure 1 j0mf2701
E 1110
F 1111
Link is provided inside each Bit in the following illustration described in the Electronic Manual. Press the
button of the item to link to its contents description.
NOTE: JBIG: Joint Bi-level Image Coding Experts Group... Binary Image Encoding Method, Reversible
(can be restored to original data after compression/expansion), for BW Fax Use
JPEG: Joint Photographic Coding Experts Group... Multi-Value Natural Image Encoding Method,
Non-Reversible (cannot be restored to original data once compressed or expanded), for Color Fax
Use
6.6.4.2 FCF/FIF Description 6.6.4.3 Bit 7 Description
DIS: 80 64: ECM Frame size (DCS is invalid)
Frame (Signal) List Table sent by Sending Station during F-Code Communication... Frame Name is
printed in protocol
Table 1
Frame Name FCF Name/Contents
PWD C1 Password. Enter password in FIF.
Sending permitted only when Bit 50 of DIS is 1.
SEP A1 Selective Polling. Enter the Sub Address in FIF.
Displays the specific document number when used with PSA concurrently.
Sending permitted only when Bit 47 of DIS is 1.
PSA 61 Polling Sub Address. Enter the Sub Address in FIF.
Sending permitted only when Bit 35 of DIS is 1.
SUB C2/C3 Sub Address. Enter the Sub Address of the called party in FIF.
Sending permitted only when Bit 49 of DIS is 1.
SID A2/A3 Sending Station ID. Enter the identification number (Local Station ID) of the
Sending Station in FIF.
Sending permitted only when Bit 50 of DIS is 1.
The frame (signal) that can be used is decided according to the capability of the Receiving Station
declared by DIS.
When sending, Bit 49 and 50 of DCS and Bit 35, 47, and 50 of DTC must be set to ’1’.
Enter 20 characters for Password in ASCII code (0-9, #, *) and 20 characters for Sub Address in ASCII
code (0-9).
• Bit 44: Refer to 6.6.4.22 0 0 0 0 V27ter Fall Back 2400 Bit/s: V27ter
• Displays the minimum scanning time per scan line for 7.7l/mm (High Quality) and 3.85l/mm (Stan-
dard) Slow Scan Linear Density of T7.7 and T3.85 respectively.
• T7.7=1/2 T3.85 means that the scanning time in High Quality mode is reduced to half of the scan-
ning time in Standard Mode.
• MSL is being ignored at ECM Communication.
Version 1.1 05/2014 6.6.4.10 Bit 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80, 88, 96, 104, 112 Description
6-285
DC SC2020 General
DC SC2020 05/2014
General
Version 1.1 6-286 6.6.4.12 Bit 19, 20 Description
Table 1 Table 1
Maximum Record Length (Slow Scan WA3 WB4 Maximum Record Width (Fast Scan Width)
UL LB4 Length) 0 0 A4 width (215mm)
0 0 A4 length (297mm) 0 1 Below B4 width (255mm) (A4 included)
0 1 B4 length (364mm) and A4 length (297mm) 1 0 Below A3 width (303mm) (B4 and A4 included)
1 0 Unlimited length (Roll Paper) 1 1 Invalid (Selection not allowed)
1 1 Invalid (Selection not allowed)
6.6.4.14 Bit 31 Description 6.6.4.15 Bit 28 Description
T6: T.6 Coding (MMR Coding) EFS: ECM Frame size (ECM Frame Octet Count)
NOTE: Among Bit 7 data, when DIS Bit 7 is '1', DCS Bit 28 will be declared as '1', and ECM frame will
become 64 Octet Mode. (For Description of Bit 7, refer to 6.6.4.3)
Division Description
Table 2
Division Contents
C: Color Fax Scan a color document with a Scanner of 200 dpi or more and encode (com-
press) the image data with 8x8 bits pixel elements (or more) (CIELAB data
Expressed by L*, a*, b*) to JPEG or T43 for transmission purposes. ECM is
required for G3. a*: +Red<->Green- (’+’ value for Red and ’-’ value for Green),
b*: +Yellow<->Blue-(same) CIELAB Data Color Component Sampling L*,a*,b* -
> 4: 1: 1 shows that a*, b* components are reduced to 1/4 of L* component
(Brightness element data).1: 1: 1 indicates that Sub Sampling is not performed
(not thinned out).
Moreover, if only L* component is being used while a*,b* value is set to 0, 0, it
will become BW Fax.
F: F-Code (Refer to Table 2 for F-Code) F-Code Communication also supports password-
protected Mail Box communication with machine of other brands. Registers the
password or sub-address to the receiving station and notifies the setup avail-
ability in DIS.
Add password, sub address, and others in the function frame at the Sending
Station and send. The Receiving station will receive only if the settings match. If
the Sending Station does not have the capability, the frame will not be sent.
T: File Transfer -
M: Mixed Mode -
6.6.4.21 Bit 45 Description 6.6.4.22 Bit 44 Description
MBR: Meteric Based Resolution Preferred IBR: Inch Based Resolution Preferred
(mm series resolution capability ... DIS only) (Inch Series Resolution Capability) DIS
Table 2
Resolution (relationship between Bit 15 and Bit 43, 44, and
MBR IBR 45)
0 0 Invalid (Selection not allowed)
0 1 400x400 pel/inch
1 0 16x15.4 l/mm
1 1 16x15.4 l/mm and 400x400 pel/inch
0: OFF 0: OFF
1: On (Bit 27: ECM is set to ’1’) 1: On (when DIS/DTC is 1, the reception capability of A4 size is required)
6.6.4.29 Bit 76 Description 6.6.4.30 Bit 105~109 Description
LET: North America Letter Size (215.9x279.4mm)
Table 1
0: OFF Bit NO Contents Description Value
1: On (when DIS/DTC is 1, the reception capability of A4 size is required)
105 600 600x600 pixels/25.4mm 1: ON
0: OFF
106 1200 1200x1200 pixels/25.4mm 1: ON
0: OFF
107 3x6 300x600 pixels/25.4mm 1: ON
0: OFF
108 4x8 400x800 pixels/25.4mm 1: ON
0: OFF
109 6x12 600x1200 pixels/25.4mm 1: ON
0: OFF
• When communicating via [Super G3] mode, [SG3] is recorded in the Report Mode column.
• [Super G3] Image Information Transmission is performed in ’ECM (Error Correction Mode)’.
• V.34 is the standard for 28.8K (option: 33.6K) to 2400 bps modem; V.8 is the standard for deciding
on the procedure to select the optimal mode for the preceding line condition to V.34.FIF configura-
tion (Table 1) of CM and JM signals used in V.8 and the details of every bit are as follows.
[Super G3 Fax] can communicate with conventional Fax in standards other than V.34 (28.8K), such as
V.17 (14.4K) and V.29/V.27ter(9600/4800), and has V.8 feature which supports the procedure for select-
ing the optimal speed for verifying the line condition.
Figure 1 j0mf2716
Figure 1 j0mf2717
6.6.5.3 V.8 Operation / Auto Send
[Super G3 Fax] can communicate with conventional Fax in standards other than V.34 (28.8K), such as
V.17 (14.4K) and V.29/V.27ter (9600/4800). Communication procedure is selected following the flow
below based on the capability of the remote station/detected signal.
Below is the flow when either the incoming or outgoing terminal or both has [Super G3 Fax] capability
and Auto Send takes place at the outgoing terminal.
Figure 2 j0mf2718
Figure 1 j0mf2719
Super G3 Fax can communicate up to a maximum speed of 28800bit/s with V.34 modem. With option, it
can communicate up to 33600bit/s.
As the conventional communication speed is 14400bit/s (V.17), to achieve high speed communication by
V.34, you have to perform data transmission of 2 times or above the conventional speed at one time.
Therefore, communication is affected by the quality of telephone line now more than before. Even with
telephone lines that can communicate without errors in 14400/9600bit/s, communication errors may
occur in Super G3.
Normal analog public lines have satisfactory frequency characteristics in 300-3400Hz zone. Even if
Super G3 communication sends or receives using the same remote party or telephone line, the commu-
nication speed may differ. This is because the speed is decided based on the line quality measured at the
sending side using the Probing feature performed in V.34 procedure, and when sending or receiving is
done in Super G3, the result from Probing is changed. That is, Super G3 mode cannot always communi-
cate at the highest speed (33600bit/s). Domestic Super G3 communication can achieve a speed of
21600bit/s and above in most cases.
The conventional Fax at 14400bit/s or lower uses half-duplex communication which sends the signal
alternately whereas Super G3 Fax is performed using full-duplex communication which has a different
communication procedure. In full-duplex communication, Fax from both sides will send signal concur-
rently and each side can monitor the signal of the remote party while sending its own signal. Therefore,
until now, the communication status can be verified by monitoring the sound of the line but Super G3
communication is unable to judge by the monitor sound. That is, when communication error occurs, pro-
tocol monitor analysis is required now more than ever, and the frequency in which the Traces between
the incoming and outgoing stations are compared increases.
ECM: ECM is required in Super G3 communication. Set the ECM feature to OFF and communicate via
V.17/V.29(1400/9600bit/s) instead of V.34, even if Super G3 mode is available.
Communication Procedure: Super G3 communication procedure consists of V.8 and V.34 procedures.
Figure 1 j0mf2720
V.8 procedure will determine the verification of Super G3 mode and the communication speed. Once the
V.8 procedure has completed, it will proceed to V.34 procedure and transmit image information via V.34
procedure. V.34 procedure has the same command names as G3 procedure (such as V.17/V.29) and
most of their protocol traces are the same, but as it uses full-duplex communication, its command trans-
mission speed is 1200bit/s.
V.8 procedure uses CNG (or CI: for Manual Send) sent by the outgoing terminal and ANSam tonal Line Frequency Characteristics (F attribute): Attributes for telephone line frequency is known as [Fre-
(sound) signal sent by the incoming terminal. If the line is noisy or the signal level is low, these tonal sig- quency Characteristic], and ideally, the characteristic is uniform between 300 to 3400Hz used by the tele-
nals cannot be recognized properly by the remote station and resulting in errors. Procure the protocol of phone. However, for public lines, it is normal for the lower frequency and the higher frequency to
the remote station and determine whether the signals (recorded in one’s Trace) sent from here are deteriorate (attenuation distortion, delayed signals), and the deterioration extent increases as the ground
recorded. distance (accurately speaking, the line distance for the analog section) becomes longer. As compared to
normal telephone calls and G3 Fax communication, the Frequency Characteristics for Super G3 commu-
V.34 procedure is being carried out in order of Phase 2, 3, and 4, and [V34ph2], [V34ph3], and [V34ph4] nication is greatly affected. Even for lines that can carry out 14000/9600bps communication normally,
is recorded in the Protocol Trace. If Phase 4 has completed successfully, proceed to Phase B, C, D, and error may occur in Super G3 communication. As audio compression is being performed in most of the
E. Please refer to the procedure in the past for the troubleshooting here. Corporate Leased Lines (digital lines), the Frequency Characteristic is worst than the NTT public line,
resulting in a high level of error occurrences in Super G3 communication.
When the line is noisy or the signal is low, the procedure is not carried out properly. When Phase 2, 3,
and 4 is being carried out repeatedly, [V34ph2], [V34ph3], [V34ph4], [V34ph2], [V34ph3], [V34ph4]... will
be recorded in the Protocol Trace repeatedly. If error occurred in the procedure of Phase 2, [V34ph2] is
recorded but not [V34ph3] and [V34ph4].
It can determine whether there is a problem with the analog characteristics of the telephone line in both
examples described here and determine if the Send level is not appropriate.
Send level: As Super G3 Fax is analog communication, the signal level is very important. Especially
when the noise level ratio (known as S/N ratio) becomes an issue. To detect the signal correctly, the S/N
ratio must be above a certain level. Verify the Protocol Trace, if the remote station indicates ’Same signal
is sent repeatedly’, ’Do not advance to the next procedure’, or the likes, it will mean that the remote sta-
tion cannot recognize the signal from here.
In such cases, you can try changing the Send Level. If the Send Level is increased with the same noise
level, S/N ratio becomes larger. When changing the Send Level, slowly increase or decrease the level (1-
2dB) and test the communication several times with the changed value to find the best value.
However, if digital lines (ISDN/Corporate Digital Leased Line) or digital devices (such as digital PBX/TA)
are used, analog signal with too high a level will cause the wave pattern to become erratic and the com-
munication cannot take place normally (when performing analog-digital modulation, the wave pattern of
high level signals is erratic). In line environment like this, lower the Send Level for satisfactory communi-
cation.
Speed: The highest speed is 33600bit/s for Super G3 mode; however, most of the PSTN communica-
tions in Japan are performed in 31200~21600 bit/s. If the line condition is very bad, the speed may be
reduced to 9600bit/s. Communication speed is determined by the result of Phase 2 procedure for V.34
Send Terminal. Therefore, even if the same line is used, a change in the Send Terminal will affect the
communication speed.
Figure 5 Xero. CRUM / CIS Sensor Assembly (j0bs71005) Figure 6 Fusing Unit (j0bs71006)
Figure 7 MOB / Regi. / MSI (j0bs71007) Figure 8 ESS PWB (j0bs71008)
Contents
i 7.2 Wire Network
ii Chapter 7 Wiring Data
7.2 Wire Network
FUSING UNIT
INTLK
+24VDC
j0bs720101
7.2.1.2 ACN
THERMOSTAT
FUSING
HEATER
ON SIGNAL
j0bs720102
7.2.1.3 +3.3VDC-1
ESS PWB FAX PWB 34.1 DRIVE PWB HVPS 9.3 9.10
J402 J500 P520 9.4 9.11
1 BLU
11
+5VDC +5VDC P432 J950 J951
From 7.2.1.7 TO 14 GRY B14
+5VDC +3.3VDC
TONER CRUM 9.5
16 GRY B15 CONNECTOR
J405 J101
3 2 ASSEMBLY (Y)
RED (DISPENSER
DRIVE (YM))
9.1
XERO CRUM
J407 J105
3 2 CONNECTOR
BLU ASSEMBLY (Y)
9.1
XERO CRUM
J106
7 2 CONNECTOR
BLU ASSEMBLY (M)
9.2
XERO CRUM
J107
11 BLU 2 CONNECTOR
ASSEMBLY (C)
9.2
XERO CRUM
J108
15 BLU 2 CONNECTOR
ASSEMBLY (K)
To 7.2.1.4
+3.3VDC-2
j0bs720103
7.2.1.4 +3.3VDC-2
From 7.2.1.3
+3.3VDC-1
DRIVE PWB
FUSING UNIT
j0bs720104
7.2.1.5 3.3VRTN-1
ESS PWB FAX PWB 34.1 DRIVE PWB HVPS 9.3 9.10
J402 J500 P520 9.4 9.11
4 BLU
8
DC COM P432 J950 J951
From 7.2.1.9 7 B7
5VRTN-1 BLU
TONER CRUM 9.5
11 BLU B5 CONNECTOR
J405 J101
1 4 ASSEMBLY (Y)
17 BLU B3 RED (DISPENSER
DRIVE (YM))
9.1
XERO CRUM
J407 J105
1 4 CONNECTOR
BLU ASSEMBLY (Y)
9.1
XERO CRUM
J106
5 4 CONNECTOR
BLU ASSEMBLY (M)
9.2
XERO CRUM
J107
9 4 CONNECTOR
BLU ASSEMBLY (C)
9.2
XERO CRUM
J108
13 BLU 4 CONNECTOR
ASSEMBLY (K)
To 7.2.1.6
3.3VRTN-2
j0bs720105
7.2.1.6 3.3VRTN-2
From 7.2.1.5
3.3VRTN-1
DRIVE PWB
J208 4.1
9 BLU
9 MAIN MOTOR
FUSING UNIT
J414 DP600S DJ600S P607 J607 HEAT ROLL 10.3
11 YEL 7 7 BLU
2 3 THERMISTOR
j0bs720106
7.2.1.7 +5VDC-1
LVPS ESS PWB
DC POWER
GENERATION
STBY STBY
+24VDC J501 J5C F5 To 7.2.1.3
From 7.2.1.11 +24VDC
TO 4 GRY 1 +3.3VDC-1
+24VDC DRIVE PWB 1.2
+5VDC
SLEEP
DEEP SLEEP ON/ +5VDC J3C J418 F2 To 7.2.1.8
SIGNAL OFF 2 BLU
3
+5VDC-2
J725 6.1
12 BLU 1 APS SENSOR 1
15 N.C
F35 To 7.2.56.1
DADF +5VDC
j0bs720107
7.2.1.8 +5VDC-2
DRIVE PWB LVPS 1.6 L/H COVER 1.6
INTERLOCK SWITCH
3 YEL
FRONT COVER 1.6 LVPS 1.6
INTERLOCK SWITCH
INTLK ON
J504 J120 J121 J504 +5VDC To 7.2.1.11
1 YEL 1 1 YEL 4
+24VDC
STM MODULE
STM PWB
J419 P630 J690 J541 J548 J108 TRAY 2 FEED OUT 8.2
5 BLU
A1 BLU
9 1 BLU
3 SENSOR
j0bs720108
7.2.1.9 5VRTN-1
LVPS ESS PWB
J725 6.1
10 BLU 3 APS SENSOR 1
CONTROL PANEL
13 N.C
UI PWB C 2.1
J436 J840 P5
4 BLK
4
5 GRY
5
To 7.2.56.3
DADF DC COM
j0bs720109
7.2.1.10 5VRTN-2
DRIVE PWB ESS PWB 3.1
J1 J6
From 7.2.1.9 60,49,37, 1,12,24,
5VRTN-1 24,12,1 37,49,60
52 9
53 8
FLAT
CABLE
J401 J502 1.1
2 BLU
5 LVPS
STM MODULE
STM PWB
J419 P630 J690 J541 J548 J108 TRAY 2 FEED OUT 8.2
4 VIO
B1 BLU
8 2 BLU
2 SENSOR
j0bs720110
7.2.1.11 +24VDC
DRIVE PWB HVPS 9.3 9.10
J402 J500 P520 9.4 9.11
LVPS 9 3
INTLK ON BLU
From 7.2.1.8 +5VDC
+5VDC-2 11 BLU 1
READY
POWER J411 J207 10.1
ON SIGNAL 8 BLU
1 FUSING MOTOR
STM MODULE
j0bs720111
7.2.1.12 24VRTN
DRIVE PWB
J202 FUSING EXHAUST 10.4
4 BLK FAN
8 BLU
4
24V J501 J400
RTN 3 VIO
2
10.1
ESS PWB J411 J207
6 BLU
3
FUSING MOTOR
J5C To 7.2.56.3
2 VIO
4 7 BLU
2
DADF DC COM
4.1
J208
14 BLU 3
MAIN MOTOR
15 BLU 2
4.2
J412 J209
6 BLU
3
SUB MOTOR
7 BLU
2
STM MODULE
j0bs720112
7.2.56 DADF
7.2.56.1 DADF +5VDC
F1
From 7.2.1.7 +5VDC P14 J421 J752 1A J759 J764 DOCUMENT TRAY 5.2
+5VDC-1 10 GRY B10 3 BLU
1 SIZE SENSOR 1
J773 5.5
9 BLU
1 DADF REGI. SENSOR
j0bs725601
3 ORN
B3
4 ORN
B4
F2
1.25A J756 EXIT NIP RELEASE 5.5
1 ORN SOLENOID
F7
1A J758 P780 J780 DADF FEED 5.4
1 ORN
2 1 BLU CLUTCH
j0bs725602
7.2.56.3 DADF DC COM
ESS PWB DADF PWB
From 7.2.1.12 24RTN P14 J421 J752 J759 J764 DOCUMENT TRAY 5.2
24VRTN 5 VIO
B5 1 BLU
3 SIZE SENSOR 1
J773 5.5
16 VIO
A7 7 BLU
3 DADF REGI. SENSOR
j0bs725603
CH5.1 DADF INTERLOCK AND DOCUMENT SETTING ................................................................................... 18 CH9.9 1ST BTR CONTACT RETRACT CONTROL ............................................................................................. 48
CH5.2 DOCUMENT SIZE SENSING (1 OF 2) ........................................................................................................ 19 CH9.10 IMAGE TRANSFER TO IBT ........................................................................................................................... 49
CH5.3 DOCUMENT SIZE SENSING (2 OF 2) ........................................................................................................ 20 CH9.11 IMAGE TRANSFER TO PAPER ................................................................................................................... 50
Contents
i 7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
ii 7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
Contents
CH9.12 WASTE TONER DISPOSAL .......................................................................................................................... 51
Chain 10 Fusing and Copy Transportation ..............................................................................................52
CH10.1 FUSING UNIT DRIVE CONTROL................................................................................................................ 52
CH10.2 FUSING HEAT CONTROL (1 OF 2) .......................................................................................................... 53
CH10.3 FUSING HEAT CONTROL (2 OF 2) .......................................................................................................... 54
CH10.4 FUSING .................................................................................................................................................................. 55
CH10.5 DUPLEX TRANSPORTATION...................................................................................................................... 56
Chain 25 ESS ........................................................................................................................................................57
CH25.1 ESS .......................................................................................................................................................................... 57
Chain 34 FAX........................................................................................................................................................58
CH34.1 FAX .......................................................................................................................................................................... 58
7.3.1 Preface
7.3.1.1 How to Use the BSDs Indicates where the input to a function originates. The
1.3 example indicates that the input originates from group
1. Enter the Chain specified in the Troubleshooting chapter. function 3 of Chain 1 Indicates that a mechanical drive signal goes in the
direction indicated.
2. Or enter the appropriate Chain, referring to the Contents.
3. Perform failure analysis in the Chain, using test data and Indicates where the output from a function goes. The
the general procedures in the General chapter. 6.1 Indicates Control Logic.
example indicates that the output goes to group function
4. Once you have located the failure, go to the Parts List No. 1 of chain 6.
and/or Adjustment No. indicated for reference on the
BSD.
A B Indicates that the signal line continues vertically. P11
1 2
J11
Indicates a double plug connector.
A B
Warning Before installing or removing parts, switch off 2 1
Refers to test data that is usually on the same page Indicates that the signal line goes back to another zone
TD when the voltage value shown on the BSD is different
ZONE in the same function. The example refers to zone A4
1 A4
from the measured value. Indicates that the fasten is used for connection.
Refers to the adjustment item(s) in the Disassembly, Indicates a power line output from Chain 1.
+5VDC
7.7.1 Assembly, and Adjustment chapter. 7.7.1 indicates that (1.2 J2) Indicates the symbol-pointed-to section has not been
the adjustment procedure is described under the 7.7.1 modified to code 1V.
section in the Disassembly, Assembly, and Adjustment Indicates frame ground.
chapter.
Indicates that the whole figure or the framed illustration
Indicates a twisted pair of wires. has information with 1V installed.
Indicates a variable register that is adjustable in the field.
Indicates that the signal goes from right to left, in the
opposite direction to the normal direction.
TP1 Indicates that the whole figure or the framed illustration
Indicates a signal test point. has information without 1V installed.
Indicates a feedback signal.
7.3.1 Preface
7-1 7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
7-2 7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
7.3.1 Preface
6 MAIN POWER
SWITCH
LVPS
AC INLET STM PWB
j0bs730101
SLEEP ALL
DEEP SLEEP ON/ +3.3VDC
SIGNAL OFF ALL
2 DC COM DC COM
3 BLU 2
LVPS SLEEP ALL
PL18.3 ON/ +5VDC
OFF
DC POWER F34 SLEEP ALL
GENERATION F34 +5VDC
SLEEP ALL
+5VDC F2 +5VDC
1 10.2 2 BLU 3
STBY ALL
3 +24VDC J501 +5VDC J5C F5 +5VDC
TO 4 GRY 1
STBY +5VDC ALL
+24VDC DC COM DC COM
(1.3 D3) 1 BLU 4
ALL
DC COM DC COM
RETURN 1 2
VIO
Output Over-voltage
+5VDC +6~+9VDC
+24VDC +26.7~32VDC
j0bs730102
A B C D E F G H J
READY
1.1 POWER INTLK ON INTLK 10.2
ON SIGNAL +5VDC (1.6 C3) +24VDC
DC COM
INTLK INTLK ALL
J501 +24VDC J400 +24VDC
6 ORN 1
2
F3 INTLK ALL
F3 +24VDC
F4 INTLK ALL
F4 +24VDC
DC POWER
3 GENERATION STBY 1.2 ESS PWB
+24VDC PL18.2
1
ALL
DC COM DC COM
RETURN 2 4
VIO
ALL
5 DC COM DC COM
3 VIO 2
j0bs730103
F1
1A ALL
F35 P14 J421 +5VDC J752 +5VDC
12 A4
GRY
SLEEP +5VDC
+5VDC 10 B10
(1.2 F2) GRY
+5VDC
11 B11
GRY
2
F2 +24VDC
1.25A 5.5
F36 +24VDC -F2
1 A11
ORN
SLEEP +24VDC F7 +24VDC
+24VDC 2 A12 5.4
ORN 1A -F7
(1.3 H4)
+24VDC
3 B3
ORN 5.1
+24VDC +24VDC
4 B4
3 ORN
ALL
5 - 9, DC COM B5 - B9, DC COM
13 - 16 VIO A6 - A9
DC COM
(1.3 H5)
j0bs730104
A B C D E F G H J
ALL
J419 P630 J690 J541 +5VDC
5 BLU A1 BLU
9
2
+5VDC
(1.2 J3)
ALL
DC COM
4 VIO B1 BLU
8
DC COM
(1.2 J3)
6 VIO A2 BLU
10
3
ALL
+24VDC
8 BLU B6 BLU
6
F4 INTLK
+24VDC
(1.3 J3) ALL
DC COM
7 VIO B5 BLU
7
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
4
9 VIO A6 BLU
5
j0bs730105
3 YEL
2
FRONT COVER
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
PL18.1 FRONT COVER
INTERLOCK SWITCH
J504 J120 J121 CLOSED (H)+5VDC
1 YEL 1 1 YEL
INTLK ON 1.3
+5VDC
3
4 YEL
DRIVE PWB
PL18.2
Digital Input 077-303
FRONT COVER +3.3VDC
INTERLOCK SWITCH
J502 CLOSED (L)+3.3VDC J401
1 BLU 6 077-300
4 Digital Input 077-300
DC COM
L/H COVER +3.3VDC
INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSED (H)+24VDC
4 BLU 3 077-301
DC COM
With STM
5
STM PWB
STM PWB STM LEFT PL10.6
PL10.6 COVER SWITCH FAIL CODE
PL10.4 STM LEFT COVER SWITCH
Digital Input 077-306 +5VDC 077-300
STM LEFT COVER SWITCH
J548 DC COM J104 J104 CLOSED (L)+5VDC J548 Front Cover Open
11 BLU 1 2 BLU 10 077-302
DC COM 077-301
(1.5 E2)
L/H Cover Open
6
077-302
STM Left Cover Open
j0bs730106
A B C D E F G H J
FAIL CODE
2.1 CONTROL PANEL
016-369 UI Panel - ESS Communication Fail
2
DATA + UI PWB L
2 WHT
2
016-369 Services / Menu
123-314 CR21 S3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
DATA - P2 P3
3 GRN
3 1~9 1~9
3 GND
4 BLK
4
Job Status
UI PWB L
DC COM
(1.2 F4) CR20 S31
FG TOUCH PANEL
5 GRY
5
UI LED SLEEP
6 6 System
YEL
4 CR19 S24
UI WAKE UP
7 BLU
7
TOUCH PANEL
P3 UI PWB R
1~10
5 FLAT
CABLE UI PWB C
j0bs730201
DAC DATA
14 47
4 DAC CLK
15 46
CRUM SCL
19 42
DAC LD
5 20 41
CRUM SDA
21 40
CRUM SEL 1
50 11
6
CRUM SEL 0
51 10
FLAT
CABLE
j0bs730301
A B C D E F G H J
FAIL CODE
3.2 PWB COMMUNICATION (ESS/MCU-DADF)
005-210
ESS PWB DADF PWB ESS PWB
1 PL18.2 PL56.2 PL18.2 DADF Download Fail
j0bs730302
+3.3VDC
IOT TO TRAY MODULE
J6 J1 J419 COMMUNICATION LINE P630 J690 J541
004-310 58 3 1 YEL A3 BLU
1
2
072-211 +3.3VDC DC COM
NVM
TRAY MODULE TO IOT
COMMUNICATION LINE
59 2 2 YEL A4 BLU
2
Digital Output 077-031
+3.3VDC Digital Input 077-121
REGI STOP SIGNAL
44 17 3 YEL A5 BLU
3
FLAT DC COM
3 CABLE
j0bs730303
A B C D E F G H J
FAIL CODE
3.4 ELECTRIC BILLING
117-347
ESS PWB Billing Life Error
1 PL18.2
117-347
124-325
124-325 Billing Error
124-375 124-375
BILLING
DATA Product information error (Master)
(BACKUP) BILLING
124-376
DATA 124-376
(MASTER) 124-377
2 Product information error (Backup/IOT)
124-378
124-377
124-379 Product information error (All)
124-378
Billing meter type error (Different value)
124-379
3
Billing meter type error (Wrong format)
j0bs730304
4 DC COM
15 BLU 2
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
j0bs730401
A B C D E F G H J
FAIL CODE
4.2 SUB DRIVE CONTROL
042-326
DRIVE PWB SUB MOTOR DRIVE PWB Sub Motor Error
1 PL18.2 PL3.4 PL18.2
Digital Output 042-003 (126mm/s)
042-004 (63mm/s) +3.3VDC
SUB MOTOR
J412 SUB MOTOR GAIN J209 J209 FAIL(H)+3.3VDC J412
1 BLU
9 6 BLU
3 042-326
DC COM
(1.2 J2)
ESS PWB 4.1
PL18.2 SUB MOTOR CW/CCW
2 BLU
8
2
SUB MOTOR DC COM
CLOCK
J6 J1 SUB MOTOR CLOCK
35 26 4 5 MOT
BLU
DC COM
SUB MOTOR
ON SUB MOTOR ON
36 25 5 BLU
4
FLAT DC COM
3 CABLE
INTLK +24VDC
8 BLU
1
INTLK
+24VDC
(1.3 J2)
DC COM
6 BLU
3
4 DC COM
7 BLU
2
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
j0bs730402
1
Main Motor (CH4.1) Gear Coupling IBT DR
IBT Cleaner Auger
Gear Coupling DRUM K
Coupling DRUM Cleaner Auger K
2 Gear Coupling DRUM YMC
DRUM Cleaner Auger YMC MAIN MOTOR
CH10
With DUP
j0bs730403
A B C D E F G H J
1
Main Motor (CH4.1) Gear Coupling IBT DR
IBT Cleaner Auger
Waste Box Auger
Gear Coupling DRUM K
Coupling DRUM Cleaner Auger K
2 Gear Coupling DRUM YMC
Regi Roll
DRUM Cleaner Auger YMC
CH10
DEVE K
Sub Motor (CH4.2) Gear Coupling DEVE K
Dup Roll
Coupling
Gear DEVE YMC
5
Gear Clutch Regi Roll
Clutch Coupling Tray Feed Roll
Clutch MSI Feed Roll
Clutch Dup Roll Tray Feed Roll
MSI Feed Roll
6 Waste Box Auger
j0bs730404
NOTE: 1 Inrush Current Protection Element (RT1) is installed to prevent a problem from occurring ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
in a surrounding circuit due to a great inrush current that generates at the opening/closing of Interlock Switch.
When Interlock Switch is closed, causing an inrush current to flow in RT1, the internal resistance of RT1 protects the circuit. DADF DOCUMENT
When 50ms has passed since Interlock was closed, FET (Q1) turns ON, leading to a stable power supply to the motors. SET SENSOR DADF FEEDER COVER
INTERLOCK SWITCH
5
DADF OPEN SENSOR
j0bs730501
A B C D E F G H J
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS NOTE: 1 The following table shows the relation between the combination of outputs from the sensors and the document size.
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
DOCUMENT TRAY
DADF TRAY SET SIZE SENSOR 2
5 GUIDE SENSOR 1 (CH5.2)
DOCUMENT TRAY
DADF TRAY SET SIZE SENSOR 1
6 (CH5.2)
GUIDE SENSOR 3
j0bs730503
A B C D E F G H J
j0bs730504
J760 DC COM J773 DADF IIT Input 005-110 005-123 005-130 DADF Invert Sensor On Jam
7 3 DADF REGI. SENSOR +5VDC
BLU
DOCUMENT 005-125
DC COM 005-131 DADF Invert Sensor On Jam on Inverting
(1.4 F3) J773 SENSED (L)+5VDC J760
+5VDC 2 8 005-136
9 1 BLU
BLU 005-132 DADF Invert Sensor On Jam
+5VDC
005-145
2 (1.4 F1)
005-908 005-134 DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam on Inverting
DADF INVERT SENSOR
PL56.10 005-130 005-136 DADF Side 2 Regi. Sensor On Jam
DC COM J771 DADF IIT Input 005-211 005-131
1 3 DADF INVERT SENSOR +5VDC 005-139 DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam
BLU
DC COM DOCUMENT 005-132
(1.4 F3) J771 SENSED (L)+5VDC
+5VDC 2 2 005-134 005-145 DADF Regi. Sensor Off Jam on Inverting
3 1 BLU
3 BLU
005-139
+5VDC 005-908 DADF Regi. Sensor Static Jam
(1.4 F1)
005-913
005-913 DADF Invert Sensor Static Jam
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
EXIT NIP EXIT NIP RELEASE SOLENOID
DADF IIT Output 005-072 RELEASE
EXIT NIP RELEASE SOLENOID
4 SOLENOID PL56.7
J756 ON (L)+24VDC
2
BLU
DC COM
+24VDC
1
ORN
+24VDC-F2 DADF REGI. SENSOR
(1.4 F2)
j0bs730505
A B C D E F G H J
1
DADF FEED
MOTOR
DADF FEED
CLUTCH
1 2
456
7
9
3 Exit Roll
8
T/A Roll
j0bs730506
1 DADF FEED
MOTOR (CH5.4) FEED ROLL DADF FEED CLUTCH (CH5.4)
NUDGER ROLL
Document Flow
3
T/A ROLL
j0bs730507
A B C D E F G H J
FAIL CODE
6.1 PLATEN DOCUMENT SENSING
ESS PWB 062-300
PLATEN CLOSE SENSOR PL18.2
PL1.3 DADF Platen Interlock Open
1 ESS PWB CLOSED 3.2
PL18.2 SIGNAL
J19 DC COM J724 SLEEP
8 BLU
2 IIT Input 062-300 +5VDC
DC COM PLATEN CLOSE SENSOR
(1.2 F4) J724 BLOCKED (H)+5VDC J19
+1.2VDC 1 BLU
9 062-300
7 BLU
3
F34 SLEEP
+5VDC
(1.2 F2) PLATEN ANGLE SENSOR
PL1.3
2
DC COM J723 SLEEP ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
5 BLU
2 IIT Input 062-301 +5VDC
DC COM PLATEN ANGLE SENSOR
(1.2 F4) J723 BLOCKED (H)+5VDC
+1.2VDC 1 BLU
6
4 BLU
3
F34 SLEEP
+5VDC
(1.2 F2) APS SENSOR 1
PL1.3
3 SLEEP
IIT Input 062-251 +5VDC
DC COM J725
10 BLU 3 APS SENSOR 1
J725 DOCUMENT SENSED (L)+5VDC
DC COM 2 BLU
11 PLATEN ANGLE
(1.2 F4)
12 BLU
+5VDC
1
SENSOR
F34 SLEEP
+5VDC
(1.2 F2) APS SENSOR 1
13 N.C
4 IIT Input 062-253 SLEEP
DC COM +5VDC
(1.2 F4)
15 N.C APS SENSOR 2
(RESERVED)
F34 SLEEP N.C 14
+5VDC
(1.2 F2)
5
PLATEN CLOSE
SENSOR
j0bs730601
Chain6 Imaging
7-25 7.3 BSD
7-26 7.3 BSD
Chain6 Imaging
A B C D E F G H J
FAIL CODE
6.2 CARRIAGE CONTROL
062-360
ESS PWB ESS PWB
1 PL18.2 PL18.2 Carriage Position Fail
IIT REGI. SENSOR
PL1.3
062-389
J19 DC COM J722
2 BLU 2 IIT Input 062-212 SLEEP
+5VDC Carriage Over Run Fail (Scan End Side)
DC COM IIT REGI. SENSOR
(1.2 F4) J722 BLOCKED (H)+5VDC J19 062-360
+1.2VDC 1 3
1 BLU 3 BLU
062-389
F34 SLEEP
+5VDC
2 (1.2 F2)
IIT Output IIT SCAN
F37 062-005 (SCAN DIRCTION) MOTOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
PL1.4
062-006 (RETURN DIRCTION)
SLEEP IIT SCAN MOTOR
+24VDC
(1.3 H4) J13 ON +24VDC CLOCK A J721 P721
1 BLU 4 IIT REGI. SENSOR IIT SCAN
DC COM MOTOR
IIT SCAN MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK /A
3 2 BLU 3
DC COM IIT SCAN MOTOR MOT
ON +24VDC CLOCK B
4 BLU 1
DC COM IIT SCAN MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK /B
3 BLU 2
DC COM
4
j0bs730602
A B C D E F G H J
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS FAIL CODE
6.3 DOCUMENT ILLUMINATION AND IMAGE INPUT
062-371
4 DC COM
(1.2 F4) 50 50
FLAT
CABLE
j0bs730603
Chain6 Imaging
7-27 7.3 BSD
7-28 7.3 BSD
Chain6 Imaging
A B C D E F G H J
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
F22 M
Y
2 SLEEP
+5VDC
(1.2 F2)
DC COM
(1.2 F4) 30 50
FLAT
CABLE
061-371
LPH (M)
PL2.1
3 CONTROL J10 M
SIGNAL AND 1 1
VIDEO DATA
F24
SLEEP
4 +5VDC
(1.2 F2)
DC COM
(1.2 F4) 30 50
FLAT
CABLE
5 NOTE: Drum
1 The operation varies depending on the diag code.
LPH Operation
Digital Output [061-001] Forcedly turns ON LPH. (Solid pattern)
Digital Output [061-002] Forcedly turns ON LPH. (Cin 50%)
Digital Output [061-003] Performs only thyristor transfer.
LPH
j0bs730604
A B C D E F G H J
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
K
F29
C
2 SLEEP
+5VDC
(1.2 F2)
DC COM
(1.2 F4) 30 50
FLAT
CABLE
061-371
LPH (K)
PL2.1
3 CONTROL J10 K
SIGNAL AND 1 1
VIDEO DATA
F31
SLEEP
4 +5VDC
(1.2 F2)
DC COM
(1.2 F4) 30 50
FLAT
CABLE
5 NOTE: Drum
1 The operation varies depending on the diag code.
LPH Operation
Digital Output [061-001] Forcedly turns ON LPH. (Solid pattern)
Digital Output [061-002] Forcedly turns ON LPH. (Cin 50%)
Digital Output [061-003] Performs only thyristor transfer.
LPH
j0bs730605
Chain6 Imaging
7-29 7.3 BSD
7-30 7.3 BSD
Chain6 Imaging
A B C D E F G H J
DC COM
1 YEL 9 1 YEL
5
DC COM
(1.2 J3)
MOB ADC SENSOR
MOB ADC (TMA) (R-RAD LOW)
SENSOR OUT R-RAD LOW
LED ON (L)+5VDC J113 J113 Analog Input 089-202 INT SIGNAL
8 YEL 2 8 YEL
2 4 N.C 44 17
(R-RAD LOW LED)
3 DC COM MOB ADC SENSOR
(R-RAD LOW)_VSPE R-RAD LOW
+5VDC SENSED SIGNAL LED SIGNAL
9 YEL 1 9 YEL
1 3 YEL 7 3 YEL
7 45 16
+5VDC FLAT
(1.2 J3) CABLE
DC COM
6 YEL 4 6 YEL
5 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
DC COM
(1.2 J3)
4
NOTE: 1 Paper size is sensed by voltage corresponding to combined resistance of Paper Size Switch and SW5 On/Off.
The table below shows the relation between paper size and combination of Switch ON/OFF pattern, voltage and AD value.
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
(Any combination other than the ones below results in an undetermined size.) TRAY 1 PAPER SIZE
AD Value SENSOR
Voltage (V) Analog Input[071-200]
Paper Size SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5
(J415-3)
Min Typ Max
SW3
4 NO TRAY OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 3.08±0.03 39a 3bd 3dd
SW2 SW1
A5S/5.5"×8.5"S OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 2.65±0.03 31d 33c 359
SW4
B5S OFF OFF ON ON ON 2.44±0.03 2df 2fd 31c SW5
8.5"×13"S OFF ON OFF ON OFF
2.03±0.03 262 280 29f
8.5"×14"S OFF ON OFF ON ON
A4S OFF ON ON OFF OFF
1.82±0.03 224 242 261
8.5"/9"×11"S OFF ON ON OFF ON
5 A4L ON OFF ON OFF OFF 1.00±0.03 130 14e 16d
A3S ON OFF ON ON OFF 0.80±0.03 f4 111 12f
B5L/7.25"×10.5"L ON ON OFF OFF ON 0.60±0.03 b8 d6 f3
8KS(GCO),(TFX) ON ON OFF ON OFF
0.40±0.03 7c 98 b7
B4S ON ON OFF ON ON
8.5"×11"L ON ON ON OFF OFF
0.20±0.03 40 5c 7b
16KL(GCO),(TFX) ON ON ON OFF ON
6 11"×17"S ON ON ON ON ON 0.00±0.03 0 20 3f
j0bs730701
NOTE: 1 Paper size is sensed by voltage corresponding to combined resistance of Paper Size Sensor and SW5 On/Off. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
The table below shows the relation between paper size and combination of Switch ON/OFF pattern, voltage and AD value.
TRAY 2 PAPER SIZE
(Any combination other than the ones below results in an undetermined size.)
SENSOR
AD Value
Voltage (V) Analog Input[072-200]
Paper Size SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW3
(J548-14)
4 Min Typ Max
SW2 SW1
NO TRAY OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 4.66±0.05 e7 ef f7
SW4
A5S/5.5"×8.5"S OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 4.01±0.05 c7 cf db SW5
B5S OFF OFF ON ON ON 3.69±0.05 b8 bf cb
8.5"×13"S OFF ON OFF ON OFF
3.07±0.05 99 a0 a7
8.5"×14"S OFF ON OFF ON ON
A4S OFF ON ON OFF OFF
2.75±0.05 89 91 98
5 8.5"/9"×11"S OFF ON ON OFF ON
A4L ON OFF ON OFF OFF 1.52±0.05 4d 54 5d
A3S ON OFF ON ON OFF 1.21±0.05 3d 45 4c
B5L/7.25"×10.5"L ON ON OFF OFF ON 0.91±0.05 2e 36 3c
8KS(GCO),(TFX) ON ON OFF ON OFF
0.60±0.05 1f 27 2d
B4S ON ON OFF ON ON
8.5"×11"L ON ON ON OFF OFF
0.30±0.05 10 18 1e
6 16KL(GCO),(TFX) ON ON ON OFF ON
11"×17"S ON ON ON ON ON 0.00±0.05 0 9 f
j0bs730702
A B C D E F G H J
3
TRAY 1 NO PAPER
SENSOR
j0bs730703
5 TRAY 2 FEED/LIFT
1 UP MOTOR
NOTE:
The operation varies depending on the diag code.
TRAY 2 FEED/LIFT UP
Operation TRAY 2 NO PAPER
MOTOR SENSOR
Digital Output [072-001] Rotates the Motor forward. (in the Feed direction. 2-phase excitation)
Digital Output [072-002] Rotates the Motor reverse. (in the Lift-up direction. 2-phase excitation)
However, if Level Sensor is ON when the motor starts driving, it does not operate.
6
Digital Output [072-003] Rotates the Motor forward. (in the Feed direction. 1-2-phase excitation)
Digital Output [072-004] Rotates the Motor reverse. (in the Lift-up direction. 1-2-phase excitation)
However, if Level Sensor is ON when the motor starts driving, it does not operate.
j0bs730704
A B C D E F G H J
j0bs730705
MSI FEED
Digital Output 075-001 CLUTCH
PL13.3
MSI FEED CLUTCH
J410 ON (L)+24VDC P602 J602 P206 J206
43 18 6 BLU 4 2 BLU 1 2
FLAT DC COM
CABLE +24VDC
5 BLU 5 1 BLU 2 1
3
F3 INTLK
+24VDC
(1.3 J2)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
4 TRAY 1 FEED
CLUTCH
MSI FEED
CLUTCH
5
j0bs730801
A B C D E F G H J
FAIL CODE
8.2 TRAY MODULE PAPER TRANSPORTATION (1TM)
072-100
STM PWB
1 PL10.6 Tray2 Miss Feed Jam
STM PWB TRAY 2 FEED OUT
PL10.6 SENSOR
PL10.5
J548 DC COM J108 Digital Input 072-103
2 BLU 2 +5VDC
TRAY 2 FEED
DC COM OUT SENSOR
(1.5 E2) J108 PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC J548
+1.2VDC 1 BLU
3 072-100
1 BLU 3
+5VDC
2 (1.5 E2)
Digital Output
077-033 (MAX SPEED) STM TAKE AWAY
MOTOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
077-034 (HALF SPEED) PL10.6
+24VDC
(1.5 E3)
STM TAKE AWAY MOTOR
J551 ON +24VDC CLOCK /B J224
1 BLU 1
DC COM STM TAKE AWAY MOTOR
3
ON +24VDC CLOCK B
2 BLU 3
DC COM
STM TAKE AWAY MOTOR MOT
ON +24VDC CLOCK /A
3 BLU 6
DC COM
STM TAKE AWAY MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK A
4 BLU 4
4 DC COM
6 TRAY 2 FEED
OUT SENSOR
j0bs730802
8.3 REGISTRATION
DRIVE PWB ESS PWB
PL18.2 PL18.2
1 DRIVE PWB REGI. SENSOR
PL18.2 PL15.1 024-910
J410 DC COM P603 J603 J111 Digital Input 077-104 024-911
11 BLU 2 2 BLU
2 +3.3VDC
REGI. SENSOR
DC COM PAPER SENSED 024-958
(1.2 J2) J111 J603 P603 (L)+3.3VDC J410 J1 J6
+1.2VDC 1 BLU 3 1 BLU
12 4 57 071-105
10 BLU 3 1 BLU
3
FLAT
+3.3VDC CABLE 072-105
(1.2 J1)
2 075-101
077-104
ESS PWB DRIVE PWB
PL18.2 PL18.2 REGI. 077-123
CLUTCH
Digital Output 077-002 PL15.1
REGI. CLUTCH
J6 J1 J410 ON (L)+24VDC P204 J204
48 13 2 BLU 1 2
FLAT DC COM FAIL CODE
3 CABLE
+24VDC 024-910
1 BLU 2 1
Tray 1 Paper Size Mismatch
F3 INTLK
+24VDC
(1.3 J2) 024-911
Tray 2 Paper Size Mismatch
024-958
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
4 MSI Paper Size Mismatch
REGI. REGI.
CLUTCH SENSOR 071-105
Regi. Sensor On Jam (Tray 1)
072-105
Regi. Sensor On Jam (Tray 2)
075-101
5
Regi. Sensor On Jam (MSI)
077-104
Regi. Sensor Off Jam
077-123
Regi. Sensor On Jam (Duplex Direct)
j0bs730803
A B C D E F G H J
7
2 Paper Size Sensor
No. Sensor Name CH
I-2 A-1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor 7.1
A-2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor 7.2
MAIN DRIVE
MOTOR
A-2
j0bs730804
Chain9 Marking
7-41 7.3 BSD
7-42 7.3 BSD
Chain9 Marking
A B C D E F G H J
DC COM
6 BLU 6
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
DC COM
4 8 BLU 4
+3.3VDC
1 BLU 11
+3.3VDC
(1.2 J1)
A GND
4 BLU 8
DC COM
5 (1.2 J2)
2
CLK
5 BLU 7 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
INTLK +24VDC
3 9 BLU 3
INTLK
+24VDC
(1.3 J2)
INTLK +24VDC
11 BLU 1
HVPS
DC COM
6 BLU 6
4 DC COM
(1.3 J5)
DC COM
8 BLU 4
+3.3VDC
1 BLU 11
+3.3VDC
(1.2 J1)
5 A GND
4 BLU 8
DC COM
(1.2 J2)
j0bs730904
Chain9 Marking
7-43 7.3 BSD
7-44 7.3 BSD
Chain9 Marking
A B C D E F G H J
FAIL CODE
9.5 TONER CARTRIDGE LIFE CONTROL (Y,M)
093-407
DRIVE PWB
PL18.2 Toner Y Pre Near Life
1 DRIVE PWB TONER CRUM CONNECTOR
PL18.2 ASSEMBLY (Y) (DISPENSER
DRIVE (YM)) 093-408
PL5.3 093-407 093-423
TONER CRUM (Y) TONER CRUM (Y) Toner M Pre Near Life
J405 CLOCK J101 J101 DATA J405
2 RED 3 1 RED
4 093-930 093-950
093-423
+3.3VDC 093-960 093-970 Toner Y Pre Life
3 RED 2
+3.3VDC 093-980 093-424
(1.2 J1) DC COM
2 1 RED 4 Toner M Pre Life
DC COM
(1.2 J2) CRUM P1 P2 P3 P4 093-930
PWB Toner Y Life Over
TONER CARTRIDGE (Y)
PL5.1 093-931
093-981
Toner M CRUM Data Broken
093-972
TONER CARTRIDGE (K) Toner C CRUM Not In Position
5
093-973
Toner K CRUM Not In Position
093-982
Toner C CRUM Data Broken
j0bs730906
Chain9 Marking
7-45 7.3 BSD
7-46 7.3 BSD
Chain9 Marking
A B C D E F G H J
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
9.7 TONER DISPENSE CONTROL
ESS PWB DRIVE PWB Digital Output TONER TONER DISPENSE
1 PL18.2 PL18.2 DISPENSE MOTOR (C,K)
093-001 (Y) MOTOR (Y,M)
INTLK 093-002 (M) (DISPENSER
+24VDC DRIVE (YM))
(1.3 J2) PL5.3
TONER DISPENSE TONER DISPENSE MOTOR (Y,M)
J6 MOTOR (Y,M) CLOCK J1 J417 ON +24VDC CLOCK /B J201
34 27 1 BLU 4
j0bs730907
A B C D E F G H J
DC COM 092-672
1 YEL 9 1 YEL
5
092-673
DC COM
(1.2 J3) 092-675
MOB ADC SENSOR
MOB ADC (TMA) (R-RAD LOW) 092-676
SENSOR OUT Analog Input 089-202 R-RAD LOW
LED ON (L)+5VDC J113 J113 INT SIGNAL 092-677
8 YEL 2 8 2 4 N.C (R-RAD LOW LED) 44 17
YEL
3 092-678
DC COM MOB ADC SENSOR
(R-RAD LOW)_VSPE R-RAD LOW 092-680
+5VDC SENSED SIGNAL LED SIGNAL
9 YEL 1 9 YEL
1 3 YEL 7 3 YEL
7 45 16 092-681
+5VDC
(1.2 J3) 092-682
ENV SENSOR
DC COM HUM SIGNAL 092-683
6 YEL 4 6 5 Humi. Sensor 39 22
YEL
DC COM
Temp. Sensor FLAT
4 (1.2 J3) CABLE
042-701
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
DRIVE PWB
Humi. /Temp. Sensor
FAIL CODE
042-700 092-662 092-673 092-678 092-683
5 IOT Cooling Down Humidity Sensor ADC Elec Patch ADC Tone Patch ADC TC Patch
Fail Fail K Fail K Fail K
Chain9 Marking
7-47 7.3 BSD
7-48 7.3 BSD
Chain9 Marking
A B C D E F G H J
FAIL CODE
9.9 1ST BTR CONTACT RETRACT CONTROL
DRIVE PWB 042-325(02h)
PL18.2
DRIVE PWB YMC LINK SENSOR YMC Link Sensor Fail
1
PL18.2 PL3.4
042-345
J409 DC COM J109 Drum Coupling Contact
4 BLU 2 Digital Input 042-200 +3.3VDC /Retract Fail
DC COM YMC LINK SENSOR 042-325(02h)
(1.2 J2) J109 BLOCKED (H)+3.3VDC J409
+1.2VDC 1 BLU
5 042-345
3 BLU 3
+3.3VDC
(1.2 J1)
2 Digital Output 042-007 (SOLENOID ON)
042-008 (1ST BTR INITIALIZE)
ESS PWB DRIVE PWB
PL18.2 PL18.2 094-003 (1ST BTR YMC CONTACT) YMC LINK
094-004 (1ST BTR YMC RETRACT) SOLENOID
PL3.2
YMC LINK SOLENOID
J6 J1 J416 ON (L)+24VDC P211 J211
46 15 2 BLU 1 2
FLAT DC COM
3 CABLE
+24VDC
1 BLU 2 1
F3 INTLK
+24VDC
(1.3 J2)
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
4
YMC LINK SOLENOID
j0bs730909
A B C D E F G H J
DC COM
6 BLU 6
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
DC COM HVPS
4 8 BLU 4 1ST BTR (Y)
1ST BTR (M)
+3.3VDC
1 BLU 11
1ST BTR (C)
+3.3VDC
(1.2 J1)
ZONE
F2
ZONE
F2
6 ZONE
F1
j0bs730910
Chain9 Marking
7-49 7.3 BSD
7-50 7.3 BSD
Chain9 Marking
A B C D E F G H J
Digital Output
DRIVE PWB HVPS
PL18.2 094-001 (2ND BTR -) PL18.1
094-002 (2ND BTR +)
2ND BTR 2ND BTR
IO MONITOR J402 J402 LD SIGNAL J500 P520 J500 IO MONITOR
2 3 BLU 9 10
BLU BLU
2
CLK 2ND BTR (Y) POWER ZONE
5 BLU 7 G5
DI SIGNAL
7 BLU 5
3 INTLK +24VDC
9 BLU 3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
INTLK
+24VDC HVPS
(1.3 J2)
INTLK +24VDC
11 BLU 1
BUCK UP ROLL
DC COM
6 BLU 6
4
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
DC COM
8 BLU 4
+3.3VDC
1 BLU 11
+3.3VDC ZONE
(1.2 J1) G2
5
A GND
4 BLU 8
DC COM
(1.2 J2)
j0bs730911
A B C D E F G H J
FAIL CODE
9.12 WASTE TONER DISPOSAL
091-400
Waste Toner Bottle
1 DRIVE PWB Near Full
PL18.2
DRIVE PWB WASTE TONER BOTTLE 091-910
PL18.2 FULL SENSOR
PL8.1 Waste Toner Box Detached
J403 DC COM J100 Digital Input 091-200
1 BLU 3 +3.3VDC 091-911
WASTE TONER BOTTLE
DC COM FULL SENSOR 091-400 Waste Toner Bottle Full
(1.2 J3) J100 BOTTLE EMPTY (L)+5VDC J403
+1.2VDC 2 BLU
2
3 BLU 1 091-910
2
+5VDC
(1.2 J3) 091-911
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
4
WASTE TONER BOTTLE
Chain9 Marking
7-51 7.3 BSD
7-52 7.3 BSD
Chain10 Fusing and Copy Transportation
A B C D E F G H J
FAIL CODE
10.1 FUSING UNIT DRIVE CONTROL
042-327
DRIVE PWB FUSING MOTOR DRIVE PWB Fusing Motor Fail
1 PL18.2 PL3.4 PL18.2
Digital Output 042-005 (126mm/s)
042-006 (63mm/s) +3.3VDC
FUSING MOTOR
J411 FUSING MOTOR GAIN J207 J207 FAIL(H)+3.3VDC J411
1 BLU
9 6 BLU
3 042-327
DC COM
(1.2 J2)
FUSING MOTOR CW/CCW
ESS PWB 2 8
BLU
2 PL18.2
DC COM
(1.2 J2) ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
J6 J1 FUSING MOTOR CLOCK
41 20 4 5 MOT Without DUP
BLU
DC COM FUSING MOTOR Exit Roll
FUSING MOTOR ON
42 19 5 BLU
4
FLAT DC COM
3 CABLE
INTLK +24VDC
8 BLU
1
INTLK
+24VDC
(1.3 J2)
DC COM
6 BLU
3 LINK
6
1stBTR Con/Ret
Fusing HR
j0bs731001
A B C D E F G H J
INTLK
DRIVE PWB +24VDC
PL18.2 (1.3 D1) HEATER
ROD
FUSING HEATER
P2 J511 ACH DP600 DJ600
2 1 BLK
1 BLK
POWER ON
ACH FUSING
(1.1 G1)
POWER ON
10.3 STS ACN FUSING
SIGNAL (1.1 G2)
ESS PWB
PL18.2 THERMOSTAT
+5VDC FUSING HEATER
3 (1.2 B3) ACN F10
FUSING HEATER 3 4
J6 J1 J401 ON SIGNAL J502 WHT BLK BLK
55 6 5 BLU
2
FLAT
CABLE
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
4
HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR
(CH10.3)
THERMOSTAT
j0bs731002
1 DRIVE PWB
DRIVE FUSING UNIT PL18.2
PWB PL7.1
PL18.2 HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR Analog Input 010-203 STS 10.2
HEAT ROLL +3.3VDC SIGNAL
THERMISTOR
J414 DC COM DP600S DJ600S P607 J607 J607 P607 DJ600S DP600S SENSED SIGNAL J414
11 YEL 7 7 BLU
2 3 4 1 BLU
8 8 YEL
10 010-397(01h)
DC COM
(1.2 J2) Analog Input 010-201 (TEMP.)
010-397(02h)
HEAT ROLL NC Analog Input 010-202 (DIFF.) +3.3VDC
2
SENSOR HEAT ROLL NC SENSOR 010-397(03h)
DC COM P606 P606 VC SENSED SIGNAL
14 YEL 4 4 BLU
3 1 BLU
6 6 YEL
12
DC COM
010-397(04h)
(1.2 J2)
Analog Input 010-200 (INF.) +3.3VDC 010-397(05h)
HEAT ROLL NC SENSOR
VD SENSED SIGNAL 010-397(06h)
2 BLU
5 5 YEL
13
3 010-397(07h)
010-397(08h)
FAIL CODE 010-397(09h)
010-397(01h) 010-397(09h)
010-397(0Ah)
Heat Roll STS Disconnection Fail Fusing Unit Hot Not Ready Return Time Fail
010-397(05h) 010-420
5
Heat Roll Paper Winding Fail Fusing Unit Near End Warning
010-397(06h) 010-421
Warm Up Time Fail Fusing Unit Life Warning
010-397(07h)
Fusing Unit On Time Fail
6 010-397(08h)
Heat Roll NC Sensor Differential Amp Fail
j0bs731003
A B C D E F G H J
10.4 FUSING
FUSING UNIT DRIVE PWB ESS PWB
PL7.1 PL18.2 PL18.2
DRIVE PWB
1 PL18.2 FUSING UNIT EXIT
SENSOR
Digital Input 077-101
J414 DC COM DP600S DJ600S J115
16 YEL 2 2 2 FUSING UNIT
BLU EXIT SENSOR +3.3VDC 077-106
DC COM PAPER SENSED
(1.2 J2) J115 DJ600S DP600S (L)+3.3VDC J414 J1 J6 077-108
+1.2VDC 1 BLU 3 3 YEL
15 5 56
17 YEL 1 1 BLU
3 077-109
FLAT
+3.3VDC CABLE
(1.2 J1)
2
DRIVE PWB
PL18.2
ESS PWB
PL18.2
DRIVE PWB
F3 INTLK PL18.2
+24VDC
(1.3 J2) Digital Output 042-010 (High Speed) FUSING EXHAUST
MAIN FAN +3.3VDC
Digital Output 042-011 (Low Speed) FAN
HIGH/LOW SIGNAL PL4.1 FUSING EXHAUST FAN
J6 J1 J202 FUSING EXHAUST FAN ON (H)+24VDC FAIL (H)+3.3VDC J202 042-313
3 52 9 1 RED WHT
3
FLAT 042-330
DC COM
CABLE MOT
DC COM
4 BLK
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
4
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS FAIL CODE
042-313
FUSING EXHAUST FAN
IOT Fan Motor Failure
042-330
Fusing Exhaust Fan Fail
077-106
5
Fusing Unit Exit Sensor
FUSING UNIT On Jam
EXIT SENSOR
077-108
Fusing Unit Exit Sensor
Off Jam (Short)
077-109
Fusing Unit Exit Sensor
6 Off Jam (Long)
j0bs731004
DUPLEX
CLUTCH
Digital Output 077-003 PL14.6
DUPLEX CLUTCH DUPLEX CLUTCH
ON SIGNAL J410 ON (L)+24VDC P205 J205
45 16 4 BLU 1 2 BLU
4 FLAT DC COM
CABLE
+24VDC
3 BLU 2 1 BLU
F3 INTLK
+24VDC
(1.3 J2) DUPLEX CLUTCH
j0bs731005
A B C D E F G H J
25.1 ESS
ESS PWB
PL18.2
1 P5 P432 FAX DATA
LVPS
SEE CH1 SEE CH34
P3
DRIVE POWER
SEE CH1
UI CONTROL P436 J433
PANEL PC PRINT
SEE CH2 USB DEVICE
P6
IOT
2 SEE CH3
P14 J1 ETHERNET
DADF (10/100BASE-T)
SEE CH3
P13
IIT MOTOR SPI FLASH (QUAD)
SEE CH6 512Mbit (On Board)
P15 1
IIT CIS M RAM (On Board)
SEE CH6
3 P19
IIT SENSOR
SEE CH6
P9
LPH Y
SEE CH6
P10
LPH M +3VDC
SEE CH6
P11
LPH C EEPROM
4 SEE CH6
P12
LPH K
SEE CH6
j0bs732501
Chain25 ESS
7-57 7.3 BSD
7-58 7.3 BSD
Chain34 FAX
A B C D E F G H J
34.1 FAX NOTE: 1 For the details of Fax Fail Codes, see Chap. 2 FIPs.
ESS PWB FAX PWB
PL18.2 PL18.5
1
P432 J950 MODEM CS J951 LINE
1 1 BLU B11
MODEM SCK
5 WHT B8
2 MODEM INT
6 BLU A10
MODEM SDI
9 WHT B6
MODEM SDI
10 BLU B12
3
MODEM RST
12 BLU B10
MODEM SDO
13 WHT B4
+3.3VDC 2
14,16 GRY B14,B15
+3.3VDC
4 (1.2 F1) SLEEP +5VDC
15 GRY A9
SLEEP
+5VDC DC COM 3
(1.2 F2) 7,11,17 BLU B7,B5,B3
DC COM
(1.2 F4) DC COM
18 VIO B2
DC COM
(1.2 F4) SPEAKER N
4 BLU A13
5
SPEAKER P
3 BLU A11
FAX SPEAKER
PL18.5
P430 J356 SPEAKER P
1 RED
6
SPEAKER N
2 BLK
j0bs733401
Chapter 9 Installation/Removal
9 Installation/Removal
9.1 Installation
9.1.1 Installation of Main Unit ......................................................................................... 3
9.1.2 DADF..................................................................................................................... 8
9.1.3 Duplex ................................................................................................................... 11
9.1.4 One Tray Module................................................................................................... 18
9.1.5 Fax Kit ................................................................................................................... 22
9.1.6 Tray Lock Kit ......................................................................................................... 26
9.1.7 Odor Filter Kit ........................................................................................................ 28
9.2 Removal
9.2 Removal ................................................................................................................... 33
Table 1
No Name Qty
1 Main Unit 1
2 Power Cord and Stopper Bracket 1
3 USB Cable 1
4 Toner Cartridge Set 1
5 Guide Set 1 Figure 2 j0bs91042
6 Manual Set 1
7 Driver CD Kit 1 • Platen Type (Figure 3)
Figure 3 j0bs91043
3. To remove packaging material and packing tape, open DADF or Platen Cover, remove Platen
Figure 1 j0bs91041
Sheet.
WARNING • DADF Type (Figure 4)
[DADF Type]: As the Main Unit is very heavy (51 kg), make sure you have 4 or more persons
(2 at the left and 2 at the right) to perform any moving.
[Platen Type]: As the Main Unit is very heavy (45 kg), make sure you have 3 or more persons
(2 at the left and 1 at the right) to perform any moving.
2. Hold onto the Main Unit at the indicated positions and place it at the installation location.
• DADF Type (Figure 2)
Figure 6 j0bs91046
Figure 4 j0bs91044
Figure 7 j0bs91047
Figure 5 j0bs91045
7. Change the position of Handle Stopper and Retract Handle. (Figure 9) 9. Match the Label color to replace the Toner Cartridge. (Figure 11)
(1) Move the Retract Handle to direction of the arrow.
(2) Move the Handle Stopper to the direction of the arrow.
Figure 11 j0bs91051
11. Pull out Tray. (Figure 13) 13. Shift the Side Guide and End Guide, grasp the Lever according to fit the paper that is going to be
loaded in Tray. (Figure 15)
Figure 13 j0bs91053
Figure 15 j0bs91055
12. Lower the Bottom Plate. (Figure 14)
14. Load paper into Tray. (Figure 16)
• The amount of paper stored should not exceed the Max Line.
Figure 16 j0bs91056 Figure 18 j0bs91060
15. Storage Tray in main body of the printer. (Figure 17) 17. Connect the Power Cord. (Figure 18)
(1) Remove the Blind Cover by using a minus driver and connect the Power Cord.
(2) Install the Stopper Bracket.
(3) Connect the Power Cord into an electrical outlet.
Figure 17 j0bs91057
9.1.2 DADF
Product Code
• EL201034
CAUTION
When installing this Kit, upgrade the Main Unit Controller and DADF Firmwares to the latest version.
Installation Procedures
1. Check the bundled items. (Figure 1)
Table 1
No Name Qty
1 DADF 1
Figure 20 j0bs91059 2 Platen Cushion 1
3 DADF Label 1 set
19. Perform Network Setting and Driver Installation. 4 CVT Plate 1
20. Check the operation.
21. Turn OFF the Power Switch.
22. Pull out Tray 1.
23. Remove the Inner Cover of Tray 1 and store NVM Lise, Engineers History List. (Figure 21)
Figure 1 j0mg91002
Figure 2 j0lj91118
Figure 6 j0bs41902
Figure 7 j0bs91025
Figure 5 j0bs41901
12. Connect the wire harness of the DADF. (Figure 8)
10. [Machines with One Tray Module]: Disconnect the connector. (Figure 6) (1) Connect the connector.
(1) Remove the cable band. (2) Install the cable band.
9.1.3 Duplex
Product Code
• EC102679
Installation Procedures
1. Check the bundled items. (Figure 1)
Table 1
No Name Qty
1 L/H Cover 1
2 Motor Wire Harness 1
3 Inverter Motor 1
4 Gear 1
Figure 8 j0bs91026 5 Screw (M3x6) 2
6 Duplex Set Up Instruction 1
13. Paste the DADF Label with the applicable country languages. (Figure 9)
(1) Paste the DADF Label. • There is no illustration for Item 6
14. Reinstall the parts that were removed in Steps 9, 10, and 11. 2. Remove screw, packaging tapes and materials from L/H Cover. (Figure 2)
15. Plug the power cord into power outlet, and turn ON the power switch. (1) Remove screw, Tag.
16. Upgrade the Main Unit Controller and DADF Firmwares to the latest version. (2) Remove the packaging tape.
17. Check the operation of the DADF and perform adjustments as required. (3) Remove the packaging materials.
18. Explain to the customer how to operate the DADF where necessary.
Figure 2 j0bs91002
3. Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that power-saving LED and screen display turn OFF.
CAUTION Figure 4 j0bs41902
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data" lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in
progress. 7. Remove the Rear Cover. (Figure 5)
4. Unplug the power plug. (1) Remove the Docking Screw.
WARNING (2) Remove the Docking Bracket.
When maintaining the machine, turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power plug. (3) Remove the screw (x8).
(4) Remove the Rear Cover.
5. [Machines with One Tray Module]: Remove the STM Connector Cover. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the STM Connector Cover.
Figure 5 j0bs41003
9. Install the gear provided in the Kit. (Figure 7) 11. Connect Wire Harness to Inverter Motor in the kit. (Figure 9)
(1) Put the gear. (1) Connect Wire Harness to the Inverter Motor.
(2) Secure it by using the E-Clip that were removed in Step 8.
Figure 9 j0bs91006
Figure 7 j0bs91004
12. Install the Inverter Motor. (Figure 10)
10. Connect the wire harness in the Kit. (Figure 8) (1) Install the Inverter Motor.
(1) Connect the wire harness. (2) Secure it by using the screw (x2) that are provided in the Kit.
(2) Wire the Wire Harness in Hook of Duct (x2).
13. Reinstall the parts that were removed in Steps 5 to 7. 16. Remove the MSI. (Figure 13)
14. Remove the Hinge Rear Cover. (Figure 11) (1) Remove the screw (x2).
(1) Remove the screw. (2) Remove the MSI.
(2) Remove the Hinge Rear Cover.
Figure 13 j0bs41303
Figure 11 j0bs41301
17. Pull out Tray 1 slightly and remove the screw that secures the Hinge Front Cover. (Figure 14)
15. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 12) (1) Remove the screw.
(1) Release the wire harness from the clamp.
(2) Disconnect the connector.
Figure 14 j0bs41401 Figure 16 j0bs91008
18. Release hook and release boss (x2) from the installation holes to remove the Hinge Front Cover. 20. Remove 2nd BTR Housing. (Figure 17)
(Figure 15) (1) Open the chute.
(2) Remove the 2nd BTR Housing from Boss and Tab.
Figure 15 j0bs41402
Figure 17 j0bs91009
19. Remove screws that secure the 2nd BTR Housing. (Figure 16)
(1) Remove the screws (x2). 21. Attach the removed 2nd BTR Housing L/H Cover in the Kit. (Figure 18)
(2) Remove the Connector Cover.
22. Fix 2nd BTR Housing on the Front side. (Figure 19) 24. Release the L/H Cover Support (x2). (Figure 21)
(1) Secure it by using Screws that were removed in Step 19. (1) Rotate by 90 degrees and pull L/H Cover Support off the Rear side.
(2) Rotate by 90 degrees and pull L/H Cover Support off the Front side.
Figure 19 j0bs91011
Figure 21 j0bs91013
23. Fix 2nd BTR Housing on the Rear side. (Figure 20)
(1) Secure it by using Screws that were removed in Step 19. 25. Remove the L/H Cover. (Figure 22)
(1) Align the position of Tab of L/H Cover Boss Hole Bracket with Cutout of Boss Bracket in the
Front side and move L/H Cover in the Front side.
Figure 22 j0bs91014 Figure 24 j0bs91016
26. Install the L/H Cover that is provided in the Kit. (Figure 23) 30. Reinstall the parts that were removed in Steps 14 to 18.
(1) Install by performing Step 25 in reverse. 31. When installing the MSI, insert the boss (x2) of the MSI into the holes for the boss. (Figure 25)
(2) When it is placed, do not to let Harness Guide of the Rear side of L/H Cover touch Boss
Bracket.
Figure 25 j0bs41304
Figure 23 j0bs91015 32. When put back Connector of MSI, fix Wire Harness of MSI and Wire Harness of L/H Cover in
Clamp.
27. Attach the L/H Cover Support (x2).
• Install by performing Step 24 in reverse.
28. Close the L/H Cover.
29. Connect the connector of the L/H Cover. (Figure 24)
(1) Connect the connector.
Table 1
No Name Qty
1 One Tray Module 1
2 Bracket 1
3 Wire Harness 1
4 Clamp A 1
5 Clamp B 1
Figure 26 j0bs91017 6 Docking Bracket 1
7 Docking Screw 3
33. Plug the power cord into power outlet, and turn ON the power switch. 8 Size Label 1
34. Enter the CE Mode and change the following NVM at [NVM Setting]. 9 Screw 2
• Change the value of [742-114] from ’0’ to ’1’. 10 Installation Guide 1
Table 2
• There is no illustration for Item 9,10 (Figure 1)
NVM 742-114 Contents
0 No Dup Option
1 Dup Option available
Figure 1 j0bs91029
2. Remove the packaging tapes and materials from the One Tray Module.
NOTE: When removing the Rear Cover from the box, make sure that 2 persons hold the cover as
shown. (Figure 2)
Figure 3 j0bs91031
Figure 4 j0bs91032
Figure 5 j0bs91033
Figure 6 j0bs91034
Figure 8 j0bs91035
Figure 11 j0bs91037
17. Connect the connector of the One Tray Module. (Figure 12)
(1) Connect the connector.
Figure 9 j0bs91030 (2) Install the cable band.
Figure 12 j0bs91039
Table 1
No Name Qty
1 Fax 1
2 Wire Harness 1
3 Core 2
4 Screw(M3x6) 3
5 Fax Kit Installation Guide 1
Figure 13 j0bs91040 6 PTT Label 1
Figure 1 j0bs91018
Figure 14 j0bs91038 2. Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that power-saving LED and screen display turn OFF.
CAUTION
21. Reconnect all the cables that are supposed to be connected to the right of the IOT. When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data" lamp is OFF and that there is no job in
22. Plug the power cord into power outlet, and turn ON the power switch. progress.
23. Check the operation of the One Tray Module. 3. Unplug the Power Plug.
24. Explain to the customer how to operate the One Tray Module where necessary. WARNING
When maintaining the machine, turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power plug.
4. Remove the Right Cover. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the Screw (2).
(2) Remove the Right Cover in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 2 j0bs41904 Figure 4 j0bs91019
5. Remove the Blind Cover of the Right Cover. (Figure 3) 7. [One Tray Module equipped machine]: Remove the STM Connector Cover. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the Blind Cover (1) Remove the Screw.
(2) Remove the STM Connector Cover.
Figure 3 j0bs91020
Figure 5 j0bs41901
6. Return the Right Cover to the original state. (Figure 4)
• Insert the Right Cover Hook (2) into the Frame Hole (2). 8. [One Tray Module equipped machine]: Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 6)
(1) Unplug the Cableband.
(2) Disconnect the Connector.
9. Remove the Rear Cover (Figure 7) 11. Check to see if the Connector Housing and the Wire Harness is securely connected. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the Docking Screw.
(2) Remove the Docking Bracket.
(3) Remove the Screw (8).
(4) Remove the Rear Cover.
Figure 9 j0bs91062
13. Connect the Wire Harness from the Kit. (Figure 11) 16. Attach the PPT Label from the Kit. (Figure 13)
(1) Connect the Connector (2).
(2) Secure with the Cable band.
(3) Install the Core from the Kit. (Small)
Figure 13 j0bs91063
17. Insert the power plug and turn ON the Power Switch.
18. Set up the Fax Kit.
Figure 11 j0bs91023
19. Check the Fax Kit operation.
14. Reinstall the parts that was removed in steps 7-9. 20. Explain how to use the Fax Kit to the customer if necessary.
15. Connect the Data Cable to the ’LINE’. (Figure 12)
Installation Procedures
1. Check the bundled items. (Figure 1)
Table 1
No Name Qty
1 Lock Tray Support 1
2 Tray Lock 1
3 Screw 1
Figure 2 j0bs41904
Figure 1 j0mg91026
2. Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that power-saving LED and screen display turn OFF.
CAUTION
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data" lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in Figure 3 j0bs91028
progress.
3. Unplug the power plug. 6. Install the Lock Tray Support. (Figure 4)
WARNING (1) Install the Lock Tray Support.
When maintaining the machine, turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power plug. (2) Secure it by using the screw.
4. Remove the Right Cover. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screw (2).
(2) Remove the Right Cover in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 4 j0mg91029 Figure 6 j0mg91030
Figure 7 j0mg91031
Figure 5 j0bs91019
10. Plug the power cord into power outlet, and turn ON the power switch.
8. Install the Tray Lock. (Figure 6)
Installation Procedures
1. Check the bundled items.
Table 1
No Name Qty
1 Odor Filter 1
2 Top Cover 1
2. Turn OFF the Power Switch and make sure that power-saving LED and screen display turn OFF.
CAUTION Figure 2 j0bs41906
When turning OFF the power switch, check that the "Data" lamp is OFF and that there is no Job in
progress. 7. Remove the Waste Bottle. (Figure 3)
3. Unplug the power plug. (1) Turn the Retract Handle in counter clockwise direction.
WARNING (2) Release the Hook (2).
When maintaining the machine, turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power plug. (3) Remove the Waste Bottle.
Figure 3 j0bs40813
9. Remove the Inner Cover. (Figure 5) NOTE: Indicates the removed Top Cover. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the Screw.
(2) Remove the Inner Cover.
Figure 7 j0bs41911
Figure 5 j0bs41909 11. Attach the Duct from the removed Top Cover to the Top Cover from the Kit. (Figure 8)
12. Attach the Bracket from the removed Top Cover to the Top Cover from the Kit. (Figure 9) 15. For attaching the Top Cover, insert the Boss on the Front side of the Top Cover into the attachment
hole. (Figure 11)
Figure 9 j0bs41916
Figure 11 j0bs41913
13. Attach the Top Cover.
14. For attaching the Top Cover, insert the Boss (3) on the Rear side of the Top Cover into the attach- 16. Reinstall the Inner Cover.
ment hole. (Figure 10) 17. Reinstall the Pillar Left Cover.
18. Reinstall the Waste Bottle.
19. Reinstall the Front Cover.
20. For attaching the Front Cover, insert the Boss of the Inner Cover into the Front Cover attachment
hole.
Figure 12 j0bs41907
Figure 13 j0bs41917
23. Enter CS Mode after installing and set the Chain Link [741-006] value from "0" (No Odor Filter) to
"1" (With Odor Filter) with Printer Diag > IOT Diag > NVM Settings > Edit NVM.
NOTE: When replacing, initialize with CS Mode > Printer Diag > Parameter > Life > Deodorant Filter
to reset the life counter.